sklan 〈◊〉 without respect of persone g 〈◊〉 in re ligion and make it not as a thing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 followe God or Ball or whether ye 〈◊〉 God wholly or in 〈◊〉 h By sending downe fire from heauen to 〈◊〉 the sacrifice i As 〈◊〉 with some strange 〈◊〉 k You esteme him as a god l He 〈◊〉 their beastly madnes which thinke that by anie instance or sure the dead and vile idoles can helpe their worshipers in their necessities 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. king 17 34. †Ebr Sats which 〈◊〉 thinke conteine about 〈◊〉 pottels a third parte a piece m Hereby he declared the excellēr power of God who 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 colde mak the fyre burne euen in the water to the intent thei shulde haue none occasion to 〈◊〉 that he is the 〈◊〉 lie God n Thogh God suffer his to 〈◊〉 in blindenes and error for a 〈◊〉 yet at the length he 〈◊〉 them home to him by some 〈◊〉 signe worke o He commāded them that as they were truely persuaded to 〈◊〉 the onely God so thei welde serue him with all their power and destroye the idolaters his enemies p As Gods Spirit moued him to pray so was he strengthened by the same that he did not 〈◊〉 but continued 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he had obteined “ Or here and there q He was so 〈◊〉 with Gods Spirit that he ran 〈◊〉 then the charet was able to runne a To wit of Baal b Thogh the wicked rage against Gods childrē yet he holdeth them backe that they can not execute 〈◊〉 malice “ Or whether his minde led him c So hard a thing it is to 〈◊〉 our 〈◊〉 in affliction that the saincts colde not ouercome the same d He declareth that except God had nourished him mitaculously it had not bene possible for him to haue gone this iourney e He complaineth that the more zealous that he shewed him self to mainteine Gods glorie the more crue'ly was hepersecured Rom. 11. 12. f For the nature of man is notable to come nere vnto God if he shul de appeare in his strength and ful maiestie and 〈◊〉 of his mercie he submitteth 〈◊〉 selfe to our capacitie g VVe ought not to depend on the multi ude in mal teining 〈◊〉 glo rie but because our dueri so requireth We oght to do it “ Or Syria 2. king 9. 〈◊〉 eccles 48. 8. Rom. 11. 4. h He declareth that Wicked dissemblers and idolaters are not his k He wolde nor slay til wood was broght so great was his desire to 〈◊〉 we his vocacion Or Syris a That is gouernours and rulers of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Or 〈◊〉 b I am content to obey and pay tribute c He wolde not accept his 〈◊〉 wet 〈◊〉 he did 〈◊〉 of hand deliuer 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for he 〈◊〉 tan 〈◊〉 how to make 〈◊〉 against him d They thoght it their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 liues then to 〈◊〉 to that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 onely 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of a tyrant e 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shal 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pray that is worthe anie thing when they shal be so manie f 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g Before God went about with signes and miracles to pul Ahab from his 〈◊〉 and now againe with wonderful victories h That 〈◊〉 yong mē 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 of princes †Ebr. man “ 〈◊〉 Syrians i VVith them 〈◊〉 were appointed for the preseruacion of his persone k Thus the wicked blaspheme God in their 〈◊〉 whome not withstanding he suffreth not vnpunished l All they which were in the battel of the 〈◊〉 yere 〈◊〉 15. m VVho am of like power in the the valley 〈◊〉 I am on the hills can aswel destroy a multitude with fewe as with ma nie †Ebr. from cham ber to chamber n In signe of submission and that we 〈◊〉 deserued death if he wil punishe vs with rigour “ Or and caught it of him o He is aliue p Thou 〈◊〉 appoint in my chief 〈◊〉 what thou 〈◊〉 and I wil obey thee “ 〈◊〉 of the discples q By this external signe he wolde more liuely touche the kings heart r Because thou hast transgressed the commandement of the Lord s By this parable he maketh Ahab condemne him selfe who made a couenant with Gods enemie let him escape whome God had appointed to be slaine Chap. 22. 38. “ Or Shomeron “ Or at this time a Thogh Ahabs 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 condemned by the holy Spirit 〈◊〉 he was not sor gorous that he wold take frō ano her man his right without ful recompence b Thus the wicked consider not what is iust and lauful but fret inwardely when they can not haue their in 〈◊〉 appetites satisfied c As thogh she said thou knowest not what it is to reigne Comman de 〈◊〉 not †Ebr. let 〈◊〉 heart be mery Thus the worldelings con trary to Gods cō mandemēt who willeth not to cō sent to the sheding of innocent blood obey rather the wicked commandements of princes thē the iust Lawes of God †Ebr. blesse f This example of monstreouscrueltie the holy Gost 〈◊〉 to vs to the intēt that we shulde abhorre all tyrannie and specially in them whome nature kinde shulde mouero be 〈◊〉 and inclined to mercie g 〈◊〉 thou thinke to haue anie aduantage by mutthering of an 〈◊〉 h This was fulfilled in loram his 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 Kin 9. 25 Chap. 14. 16. 〈◊〉 King 9 8. 〈◊〉 Sam. 25. 22. Chap. 14. 10. Chap. 15. 29. Chap. 16. 〈◊〉 “ Or forteresse or possession a. kin 9 33. i By the wicked counsel of his wife he became vile idolater and crud murtherer as one that gaue him selfe wholly to serue sinne †Ebr. his 〈◊〉 k In token of mourning or as some read 〈◊〉 foted l Meaning in 〈◊〉 tarns time 2 kin 9. 26. 2 Chro. 〈◊〉 1. a Benhadad the king of Syria and Ahab made a peace 〈◊〉 indured 〈◊〉 yeres b To se and visite him c The kings of Sy ria kept 〈◊〉 before this league was made by Bēhadah therefore he thoghtnot him selfe boūle there by to restore it d I am ready to ioyne and go with thee and all mine is at thy cōmandement e He semed that he wolde not go to the warre except God approued it yet when Michah counseled the contrarie wolde not obey f Meaning the false prophetes which were 〈◊〉 rers serued for lucre whome 〈◊〉 had assembled kept after the 〈◊〉 of those whome Elias flewe g Iehoshaphat did not acknow ledge the false Prophetes to be Gods ministers but did 〈◊〉 them h VVhereby we se that thewicked can not abide to heare the trueth 〈◊〉 hate the 〈◊〉 of God moleste them i Read Gen. 3 7. 36. k In their kinglie apparel l The true prophe tes of God were accustomed to vsesignes for the confirmacion of their doct ine Isa. 20 2. Iere 7. 2. VVhere in the false Prophetes did imitate thē thinking thereby to make their
vnto this lande how fearce is this great wrath 25 And they shal answer Because they haue for sakē the couenant of the Lord God of their fathers which he had made with them whē he broght them out of the land of Egypt 26 And went and serued others gods and wor shipped thē euen gods which they knewe not and which had giuen them nothing 27 Therefore the wrath of the Lorde waxed hote agaynst this land to bring vpon it euerie curse that is written in this boke 28 And the Lorde hathe rooted them out of their land in angre and in wrath and in great indignacion and hathe caste them into another land as appeareth this day 29 The secret thyngs belong to the Lorde our God but the things reueiled belong vn to vs and to our children for euer that we may do all the wordes of this Law CHAP. XXX 1 Mercie shewed when they repent 6 The Lord doeth circumcise the heart 〈◊〉 All excuse of ignorance is taken away 19 Life and death is set before them 20 The Lorde is their life which obey him 1 NOw when all these things shall come vppō thee ether the blessing or the curse which I haue set before thee ād thou shalt turne into thine heart among all the naciōs whether the Lord thy God hath driuē thee 2 And shalt returne vnto the Lorde thy God and obey hys voyce in all that I commande thee this day thou and thy children with all thine heart and with all thy soule 3 Then the Lorde thy God will cause thy ' captiues to returne and haue compassion vpon thee and will returne to gather thee out of all the people where the Lord thy God had scatered thee 4 Thogh thou werest caste vnto the vtmost parte of heauen from thence will the Lord thy God gatherthee ād from thence wil he take thee 5 And the Lord thy God wil bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed and thou shalt possesse it and he wil shewe thee fauour and wil multiplie thee aboue thy fathers 6 And the Lord thy God wil circumcise thine heart and the heart of thy sede that thou maist loue the Lord thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule that thou maist liue 7 And the Lord thy God wil lay all these curses vpon thine enemies and on them that hate thee and that persecute thee 8 Returne thou therefore obey the voice of the Lord and do all his commandements which I commande thee this day 9 And the Lord thy God wil make thee plenteous in euerie worke of thine hand in the frute of thy body and in the frute of thy cattel and in the frute of the land for thy welth for the Lord wil turne againe and reioyce ouer thee to do thee good as he reioyced ouerthy fathers 10 Because thou shalt obey the voyce of the Lord thy God in keping his commandemēts and his ordinances which are written in the boke of this Lawe when thou shalt returne vnto the Lord thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule 11 ¶ For this cōmandement which I commande thee this day is nothid frō thee nether is it farre of 12 It is not in heauen that thou shuldest say * Who shal go vp for vs to heauen and bring it vs and cause vs to heare it that we may do it 13 Nether is it beyonde the sea that thou shul dest say Who shal go ouer the sea for vs and bring it vs and cause vs to heare it that we may do it 14 But the worde is verie nere vnto thee euen in thy mouth and in thine heart for to do it 15 Beholde I haue set before thee this day life and good death and euil 16 In that I commande thee this day to loue the Lord thy God to walke in his wayes ād to kepe his commandements and his ordinances and his lawes that thou maiest liue and be multiplied and that the Lord thy God may blesse thee in the land whether thou goest to possesse it 17 But if thine heart turne away so that thou wilt not obey but shalt be seduced and wor ship other gods and serue them 18 I pronounce vnto you this day that ye shal surely perish ye shal not prolong your dayes in the land whether thou passest ouer Iordén to possesse it 19 * I call heauen and earth to recorde this day against you that I haue set before you life and death blessing and cursing therfore chose life that bothe thou and thy sede may liue 20 By louing the Lord thy God by obeying his voyce and by cleauing vnto him for he is thy life and the length of thy dayes that thou maist dwel in the land which the Lord sware vnto thy fathers Abrahám Izhák and Iaakób to giue him CHAP. XXXI 2. 7 Mosés preparing him selfe to dye appointeth 〈◊〉 to rule the people 9 He giueth the I 〈◊〉 to the Leuites that they shulde read it to the people 19 God giueth thē a song as a witnes betwene him and them 23 God 〈◊〉 Ioshúa 29 Mosés 〈◊〉 them that they wil rebel after his death 1 THen Mosés went and spake these wordes vnto all Israél 2 And said vnto them I am an hundreth and twentie yere olde this day I can no more go out and in also the Lord hathe said vnto me * Thou shalt not go ouer this Iordén 3 The Lord thy God he wil go ouer before thee he wil destroy these naciōs before thee and thou shalt possesse thē * Ioshúa he shal go before thee as the Lord hathe said 4 And the Lord shal do vnto them as he dyd to * Sihôn and to Og Kings of the Amorites and vnto their land whome he destroyed 5 And the Lord shal giue them before you that ye may do vnto them according vnto euerie * commandement which I haue cōmanded you 6 Plucke vp your hearts therefore and be strong dread not nor be afrayd of them for the Lord thy God him selfe doeth go with thee he wil not fayle thee nor forsake thee 7 ¶ And Mosés called 〈◊〉 and said vnto him in the sight of all Israél Be of a good courage and strong for thou shalt go with this people vnto the land which the Lord hathe sworne vnto their fathers to giue thē and thou shalt giue it them to inherit 8 And the Lord him selfe 〈◊〉 go before thee he wil be with thee he wil not fayle thee nether forsake thee feare not 〈◊〉 re nor be discomforted 9 ¶ And Mosés wrote this Lawe and deliuered it vnto the Priestes the sonnes of Leui which bare the Arke of the couenāt of the Lord and vnto all the Elders of Israél 10 And Mosés cōmanded them saying * Euerie seuenth yere* when the yere of fredome shal be in the feast of the 〈◊〉 11 When
My merciful God wil preuent me God wil let me se my desire vpon mine enemies 11 Slay them not lest my people forget it but scater them abroad by thy power put them downe ô Lord our shield 12 For the sinne of their mouth the wordes of their lippes and let them be taken in their pride euen for their periurie and lies that thei spake 13 Consume them in thy wrath consume them that thei be no more and let them know that God ruleth in Iaakób euē vnto the ends of the worlde Seláh 14 And in the euening they shal go to and fro and barcke like dogs and go about the citie 15 Thei shal runne here and there for meat surely they shal not be satisfied thogh thei tarie all night 16 But I wil sing of thy power and wil praise thy mercie in the morning for thou hast bene my defence and resuge in the day of my trouble 17 Vnto thee ô my Strength wil I sing for God is my defence and my merciful God PSAL. LX Dauid being now King ouer Iudáh and hauing had ma nie victories sheweth by euident signes that God elected him King assuring the people that God wil prosper them if they approue the same 11 After he prayeth vnto God to finish that that he hathe begonne ¶ To him that excelleth vpō Shushan Eduth or Michtám A psal of Dauid to teache * When he soght against Aram Nabaraim and against Arám Zobáh when Ioab retur ned and slew twelue thousand Edomites in the salt vallei 1 O God thou hast castvs out thou hast scatered vs thou hast bene angrie tur ne againe vnto vs. 2 Thus hast made the land to tremble and hast made it to gape heale the breaches thereof for it is shaken 3 Thou hast shewed thy people heauie things thou hast made vs to drinke the wine of gidines 4 But now thou hast giuen a banner to thē that feare thee that it maie be displaied because of thy trueth Sélah 5 That thy beloued maye be deliuered helpe with thy right hand and heate me 6 God hathe spoken in his holines therefore I wil reioyce I shall deuide Shechém and measure the valley of Succóth 7 Gilead shal be mine and Manasseh shal be myne Ephraim also shal be the strength of mine head Iudah is my law giuer 8 Moáb shal be my washe pot ouer Edom wil I cast out my 〈◊〉 Palestina shewe thy self joyful for me 9 Who will lead me into the stronge citie who wil bring me vnto Edóm 10 Wilt not thou o God whiche hadest cast vs of and didest not go forthe o God with our armies 11 Giue vs helpe againste trouble for vain cis the helpe of man 12 Through God we shall do valiantly for he shal treade downe our enemies PSAL. LXI 1 Whether that he were in danger of the Ammonites or being pursued of Absalom here he cryeth to be heard ād deliuered 8 And confirmed in his kingdome 1 He promiseth perpetual praises ¶ To hym that excelleth on Neginóth A Psalme of Dauid 1 HEare my crye ô God giue eare vnto my prayer 2 From the ends of the earth wil I crye vnto thee when mine heart is opprest bring me vpon the rocke that is highter then I. 3 For thou hast bene mine hope and a strong tower against the enemie 4 I will dwel in thy Tabernacle foreuer and my trust shall be vnder the 〈◊〉 of thy wings Sélah 5 For thou o God hast heard my desires thou hast giuen an heritage vnto those that feare thy Name 6 Thou shalt giue the Kyng a longlyfe his yeres shal be as manie ages 7 He shal dwell before God for euer prepare mercie and faithfulnes that they may preserue him 8 So wil I alway sing praise vnto thy Name in performing daiely my vowes PSAL. LXII This Psalme 〈◊〉 conteineth meditations whereby Dauid incourageth hym selfe to trust in God againste the assalts of tentations And because our mindes are easely drawen from God by the allurementes of the worlde he sharpely reproueth this vanitie to the intent he myght cleaue fast to the Lord. ¶ To the excellent musician * Ieduthun A Psalme of Dauid 1 YEt my soule kepeth silence vnto God of him cometh my saluacion 2 Yet he is my strength and my saluaciō ād my defence therefore I shall not muche be moued 3 How long will ye imagine mischief against a man ye shal be all slaine ye shal be as a bowed wall or as a wall shaken 4 Yet they consulte to cast hym downe from his dignitie their delite is in lies they blesse with their mouthes but curse with their hearts Sélah 5 Yet my soule kepe thou silence vnto God for mine hope is in him 6 Yet is he my strength and my saluation ād my defence therfore I shall not be moued 7 In God is my saluacion and my glorie the rocke of my strength in God is my trust 8 Trust in hym alwaye ye people powre out your hearts before hym for GOD is our hope Sélah 9 Yet the children of men are vanitie the chief men are lies to lay them vpon a balan ce they are altogether lighter then vanitie 10 Trust not in oppression nor in roberie be not vayne if riches increase set not your heart thereon 11 God spake once or twise I haue heard it that power belongeth vnto God 12 And to thee ó Lorde mercie for thou rewardest euerie one according to his worke PSAL. LXIII 1 Dauid after he had bene in greate danger by Saulin the deserte of Ziph made this Psalme 3 Wherein he giueth thankes to God for his wonderful deliuerance in whose mercies he trusted euen in the middes of his miseries 9 Prophecying the destructiō of Gods enemies 11 And cō 〈◊〉 happines to all them that trust in the Lord. ¶ A Psalme of Dauid when he was in the wildernes of Iudah 1 O God thou art my God early will I seke thee my soule thirsteth for thee my fleshe longeth greatly aster thee in a baren and drye land without water 2 Thus I beholde thee as in the Sanctuarie when I beholde thy power and thy glorie 3 For thy louing kindenes is better then life therefore my lippes shal praise thee 4 Thus will I magnifie thee all my life and lift vp mine hands in thy Name 5 My soule shal be satisfied as with maro we and fatnes and my mouth shal praise thee with ioyful lippes 6 When I remember thee on my bed and when I thinke vpon thee in the night wat ches 7 Because thou hast bene mine helper therefore vnder the shadow of thy wings wil I reioyce 8 My soule cleaneth vnto thee for thy right hand vpholdeth me 9 Therfore they that seke my soule to destroy it they shall go
the Lord. 18 The Lord hathe chastened me sore but he hathe not deliuered me to death 19 Open ye vnto me the gates of righteousnes that I maye go in to them and praise the Lord. 20 This is the gate of the Lord the righteous shal entre into it 21 I wil praise thee for thou hast heard me and hast bene my deliuerance 22 * The stone which the buylders refused is the head of the corner 23 This was the Lords doing and it is maruelous in our eyes 24 This is the daye whiche the Lord hathe made let vs reioyce and be glad in it 25 O Lord I praye thee saue now ô Lord I praye thee now giue prosperitie 26 Blessed be he that cometh in the Name of the Lord we haue blessed you out of the house of the Lord. 27 The Lord is mightie and hathe giuen vs light binde the sacrifice with cordes vnto the hornes of the altar 28 Thou art my God I wil praise thee euē my God therefore I wil exalt thee 29 Praise ye the Lord because he is good for his mercie endureth for euer PSAL. CXIX 1 The Prophet exhorteth the children of God to frame their liues according to his holie worde 12 Also he sheweth wherein the true seruice of God standeth that is whē we serue him according to his worde not after our one fantasies ALEPH. 1 BLessed are those that are vpright in their waye and walke in the Lawe of the Lord. 2 Blessed are they that kepe his testimonies and seke him with their whole heart 3 Surely they worke none iniquitie that walke in his wayes 4 Thou hast commanded to kepe thy precepts diligently 5 Oh that my wayes were directed to kepe thy statutes 6 Then shulde I not be confounded when I haue respect vnto all thy commandements 7 I wil praise thee with an vpright heart when I shal learne the iudgements of thy righteousnes 8 I wil kepe thy statutes for sake me not ouer long BETH 9 Where with shal a yong man redresse his waye in taking hede thereto according to thy worde 10 With my whole heart haue I soght thee let me not wander from thy commandements 11 I haue hid thy promes in mine heart that I might not sinne against thee 12 Blessed art thou ô Lord teache me thy statu tes 13 With my lippes haue I declared all the iudgements of thy mouth 14 I haue had as great delite in the waie of thy testimonies as in all riches 15 I wil meditate in thy precepts and consider thy wayes 16 I wil delite in thy statutes and I wil not for get thy worde GIMEL 17 Be benificial vnto thy seruant that I maye liue and kepe thy worde 18 Open mine eyes that I may se the wonders of thy Law 19 I am a stranger vpon earth hide not thy commandements from me 20 Mine heart breaketh for thy desire to thy iudgements alwaie 21 Thou hast destroied the proude cursed are they that do erre from thy commandement 22 Remoue from me shame and contempt for I haue kept thy testimonies 23 Princes also did sit ād speake against me but thy seruant did meditate in thy statutes 24 Also thy testimonies are my delite ād my counselers DALETH 25 My soule cleaueth to the dust quicken me according to thy worde 26 I haue declared my waies and thou heardest me teache me thy statutes 27 Make me to vnderstand the waie of thy pre cepts and I wil meditate in the wonderous workes 28 My soule melteth for heauines raise me vp according vnto thy worde 29 Take from me the 〈◊〉 waie of lying and grant me graciously thy Law 30 I haue chosen the waie of trueth and thy iudgements haue I laied before me 31 I haue cleaued to thy testimonies ô Lord confounde me not 32 I wil runne the waie of thy cōmandements when thou shalt enlarge mine heart HE. 33 Teache me ô Lorde the waie of thy statutes and I wil kepe it vnto the end 34 Giue me vnderstanding and I wil kepe thy Law yea I wil kepe it with my whole heart 35 Direct me in the path of thy commandements for therein is my delite 36 Incline myne heart vnto thy testimonies and not to couetousnes 37 Turne awaie mine eyes from regarding va nitie and quicken me in thy waie 38 Stablish thy promes to thy seruant because he feareth thee 39 Take awaie my rebuke that I feare for thy iudgements are good 40 Beholde I desire thy commaundements quicken me in thy righteousnes VAV 41 And let thy louyng kindenes come vnto me o Lord and thy saluacion according to thy promes 42 So shal I make answere vnto my blasphemers for I trust in thy worde 43 And take not the word of truth vtterly out of my mouth for I wait for thy iudgements 44 So shall I alwaie kepe thy Lawe for euer and euer 45 And I wil walke at libertie for I seke thy precepts 46 I will speake also of thy testimonie before Kings and wil not be ashamed 47 And my delite shal be in thy commandements which I haue loued 48 Mine hands also wil I lift vp vnto thy commandements whiche I haue loued and I will meditate in thy statutes ZAIN 49 Remembre the promes made to thy seruant wherein thou hast caused me to trust 50 It is my comfort in my trouble for thy promes hathe quickened me 51 The proud haue had me excedingly in deri sion yet haue I not declined from thy Law 52 I remembred thy iudgementes of olde o Lord and haue bene comforted 53 Feare is come vpō me for the wicked that forsake thy Law 54 Thy statutes haue bene my songs in thy hou se of my pilgrimage 55 I haue remembred thy Name o Lord in the night and haue kept thy Law 56 This I had because I kept thy precepts CHETH 57 O Lord that art my porcion I haue deter mined to kepe thy wordes 58 I made my supplicatiō in thy presence with my whole heart be merciful vnto me accor ding to thy promes 59 I haue considered my waies ād turned my fete into thy testimonies 60 I made haste and delayed not to kepe thy commandements 61 The bands of the wicked haue robbed me but I haue not forgotten thy Law 62 At midnight wil I rise to giue thankes vnto thee because of thy righteous iudgements 63 I am companiō of all them that 〈◊〉 thee and kepe thy precepts 64 The earth o Lord is full of thy mercie teache me thy statutes TETH 65 O Lord thou hast delt graciously with thy seruant according vnto thy worde 66 Teache me good iudgemēt and knowledge for I haue beleued thy commandements 67 Before I was afflicted I went astraye but now I kepe
thy worde 68 Thou art good and gracious teache me thy statutes 69 The proude haue imagined a lie against me but I wil kepe thy precepts with my whole heart 70 Their heart is fat as grease but my delite is in thy Law 71 It is good for me that I haue afflicted that I maie learne thy statutes 72 The Lawe of thy mouth is better vnto me then thousands of golde and siluer IOD 73 Thine hands haue made me and facioned me giue me vnderstanding therefore that I maie learne thy commandements 74 So they that feare thee seing me shal reioyce because I haue trusted in thy worde 75 I knowe o Lord that thy iudgements are right ād that thou hast afflicted me iustly 76 I praie thee that thy mercie maye comfort me according to thy promes vnto thy seruāt 77 Let thy tender mercies come vnto me that I maie liue for thy Law is my delite 78 Let the proude be ashamed for they haue dealt wickedly and falsely with me but I meditate in thy precepts 79 Let suche as feare thee turne vnto me and they that knowe thy testimonies 80 Let mine heart he vpright in thy statutes that I be not ashamed CAPH 81 My soule fainteth for thy saluacion yet I waite for thy worde 82 Mine eyes faile for thy promes sayinge When wilt thou comfort me 83 For I am like a bottel in the smoke yet do I not forget thy statutes 84 How manie are the daies of thy seruaunt when wilt thou execute iudgement on them that persecute me 85 The proude haue digged pits for me whiche is not after thy Law 86 Althy commandements are true they per secute me falsely helpe me 87 They had almost consumed me vpon the earth but I forsoke not thy precepts 88 Quicken me accordyng to thy 〈◊〉 kindenes so shall kepe the testimonie of thy mouth LAMED 89 O Lorde thy worde endureth for euer in heauen 90 Thy trueth is from generacion to genera racion thou hast laied the fundacion of the earth and it abideth 91 They continue euen to this daie by thine ordinances for all are thy seruants 92 Except thy Law had bene my delite I shuld now haue perished in mine affliction 93 I wil neuer forget thy precepts for by them thou hast quickened me 94 I am thine saue me for I haue soght thy precepts 95 The wicked haue waited for me to destroye me but I wil consider thy testimonies 96 I haue sene an end of all perfection but thy commandement is exceding large MEM. 97 Oh how loue I thy Lawe it is my meditacion continually 98 By thy commaundements thou hast made me wiser then mine enemies for they are euer with me 99 I haue had more vnderstandyng then all my teachers for thy testimonies are my me ditacion 100 I vnderstode more then the ancient because I kept thy precepts 101 I haue refrained my fete from euerie euill way that I might kepe thy worde 102 I haue not declined from thy iudgements for thou didest teache me 103 Howe swete are thy promises vnto my mouthe yea more then honie vnto my mouth 104 By thy preceptes I haue gotten vnderstandyng therefore I hate all the wayes of falsehode NVN. 105 Thy worde is a lanterne vnto my fete and a light vnto my path 106 I haue sworne and wil performe it that I wil kepe thy righteous iudgements 107 I am verie sore afflicted o Lorde quicken me according to thy worde 108 O Lorde I beseche thee accept the fre offrings of my mouthe and teache me thy iudgements 109 My soule is continually in mine hand yet do I not forget thy Law 110 The wicked haue layed a snare for me but I swarued not from thy precepts 111 Thy testimonies haue I taken as an heritage for euer for they are the ioye of mine heart 112 I haue applied mine heart to fulfil thy statutes alwaye euen vnto the end SAMECH 113 I hate vaine inuentions but thy Lawe do I loue 114 Thou art my refuge and shield and I trust in thy worde 115 A waie from me ye wicked for I wil kepe the commandements of my God 116 Stablishe me accordynge to thy promes that 〈◊〉 maye liue and disapoint me not of mine hope 117 Stay thou me and I shal be safe and I will delite continually in thy statutes 118 Thou hast troden downe all them that departe frome thy statutes for their deceit is vaine 119 Thou hast taken awaye all the wicked of the earth like drosse therefore I loue thy testimonies 120 My flesh trembleth for feare of thee and I am afraied of thy iudgements AIN 121 I haue executed iudgemēt and iustice leaue me not to mine oppressours 122 Answer for thy seruant in that whiche is good ād let not the proude oppresse me 123 Mine eyes haue failed in waiting for thy saluacion and for thy iuste promes 124 Deale with thy seruant according to thy mercie and teache me thy statutes 125 I am thy seruaunt grante me therfore vnderstandynge that I maye knowe thy testimonies 126 It is time for the Lord to worke for they haue destroyed thy Law 127 Therefore loue I thy cōmandemēts aboue golde 〈◊〉 aboue moste fine golde 128 Therefore I esteme all thy precepts moste iuste and hate all false waies PE. 129 Thy testimonies 〈◊〉 wōderful therefore doeth my soule kepe them 130 The entrance into thy wordes sheweth light and giueth vnderstanding to the simple 131 I opened my mouth and panted because I loued thy commandements 132 Loke vpon me and be merciful vnto me as thou vsest to do vnto those that loue thy Name 133 Direct my steppes in thy worde and let no ne iniquitie haue dominion ouer me 134 Deliuer me from the oppression of men I wil kepe thy precepts 135 Shewe the light of thy countenance vpon thy seruant and teache me thy statutes 136 Mine eyes gush out with riuers of water because they kepe not thy Law STADDI 137 Righteous art thou ô Lord and iuste are thy iudgements 138 Thou hast commanded iustice by thy testimonies and trueth especially 139 * My zeale hathe euen cōsumed me becau se mine enemies haue forgoten thy wordes 140 Thy worde is proued moste pure ād thy seruant loueth it 141 I am smale and despised yet do I not for get thy precepts 142 Thy righteousnes is an euerlasting righteousnes and thy Law is trueth 143 Trouble and anguishe are come vpon me yet are thy commandements my delite 144 The righteousnes of thy testimonies is euerlasting grante me vnderstanding and I shal liue KOPH 145 I haue cryed with my whole heart he are me ô Lord and I wil kepe thy statutes 146 I called vpon thee saue me and I wil kepe thy testimonies 147 I preuented the morning
light and cryed for I waited on thy worde 148 Mine eyes preuent the night watches to meditate in thy worde 149 Heare my voice according to thy louing kindenes ô Lord quicken me according to thy iudgement 150 They drawe nere that followe after malice and are farre from thy Law 151 Thou art nere ô Lord for all thy commande ments are true 152 I haue knowen long since by thy testimo nies that thou hast established them for euer RESH 153 Beholde mine afflictiō and deliuer me for I haue not forgotten thy Law 154 Pleade my cause and deliuer me quicken me according vnto thy worde 155 Saluacion is farre from the wicked becau se they seke not thy statutes 156 Great are thy tender mercies ô Lord quicken me according to thy iudgements 157 My persecutours and mine oppressours are manie yet do I not 〈◊〉 from thy te stimonies 158 I sawe the transgressours and was grieued because they kept not thy worde 159 Consider ô Lord how I loue thy precepts quicken me according to thy louing kindenes 160 The beginning of thy worde is trueth and all the iudgements of thy righteousnes endure for euer SCHIN 161 Princes haue persecuted me without cause but mine heart stode in awe of thy wordes 162 I reioyce at thy worde as one that findeth a great spoile 163 I hate falsehode and abhorre it but thy Lawe do I loue 164 Seuen times a daie do I praise thee because of thy righteous iudgements 165 They that loue thy Law shal haue great prosperitie and they shal haue none hurt 166 Lord haue trusted in thy saluacion and haue done thy commandements 167 My soule hathe kept thy testimonies for I loue them excedingly 168 I haue kept thy precepts and thy testimonies for all my waies are before thee TAV 169 Let my cōplaint come before thee ô Lord and giue me vnderstanding according vn to thy worde 170 Let my supplicatiō come before thee deliuer me according to thy promes 171 My lippes shal speake praise when thou hast taught me thy statutes 172 My tongue shal in treate of thy worde for all thy commandements are righteous 173 Let thine hand helpe me for I haue chosen thy precepts 174 I haue longed for thy saluacion ô Lord thy Law is my delite 175 Let my soule liue and it shal praise thee and thy iudgements shal helpe me 176 I haue gone astraye like a lost shepe seke thy seruant for i do not forget thy commandements PSAL. CXX 1 The prayer of Dauid being vexed by the false reportes of Sauls flatterers 5 And therefore he lamenteth his long abode among those infideles 7 who were giuen to all kinde of wickednes and contention ¶ A song of degrees 1 I Called vnto the Lord in my trouble and he heard me 2 Deliuer my soule ô Lord from lying lippes and from a deceitful tongue 3 What doeth thy deceitful tongue bring vnto thee or what doeth it auaile thee 4 It is as the sharpe arrowes of a mightie man and as the coles of iuniper 5 Wo is to me that I remaine in Méshech dwell in the tentes of Kedár 6 My 〈◊〉 hathe to long dwelt with him that hateth peace 7 I seke peace and whē I speake thereof they are bent to warre PSAL. CXXI 2 This Psalme teacheth that the faithful ought onely to loke for helpe at God 7 VVho onely doeth mainteine preserue and prosper his Church ¶ A song of degrees 1 I Wil lift mine eyes vnto the mountaines from whence mine helpe shal come 2 Mine helpe commeth frō the Lord which hathe made the heauen and the earth 3 He wil not suffer thy fore to slippe for he that kepeth thee wil not slumber 4 Beholde he that kepeth Israél wil nether slumber nor slepe 5 The Lord is thy keper the Lord is thy shadowe at thy right hand 6 The sunne shal not smite thee by daie nor the moone by night 7 The Lord shal preserue thee from all euil he shal kepe thy soule 8 The Lord shal preserue thy going out and thy 〈◊〉 in from hence forthe and for euer PSAL. CXXII 1 Dauid reioyceth in the name of the faithful that God hathe accomplished his promes and placed his Arke in Zión 5 For the which he giueth thankes 8 And praieth for the prosperitie of the Church ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 I Reioyced when they said to me We wil go into the house of the Lord. 2 Our fete shal stand in thy gates ô Ierusalém 3 Ierusalém is buylded as a citie that is compact together in it self 4 Whereunto the tribes euen the tribes of the Lord go vp according to the testimonie to Israél to praise the Name of the Lord. 5 For there are thrones set for iudgement euen the thrones of the house of Dauid 6 Praise for the peace of Ierusalém let thē pro sper that loue thee 7 Peace be within thy walles and prosperitie within thy palaces 8 For my brethren and neighbours sakes I wil wish thee now prosperitie 9 Because of the House of the Lord our God I wil procure thy welth PSAL. CXXIII 1 A praier of the faithful which were afflicted ether in Babylō or vnder Antiochus by the wicked worldelings and contemners of God ¶ A song of degrees 1 I Lift vp mine eyes to thee that dwellest in the heauens 2 Beholde as the eyes of seruants loke vnto the hand of their masters and as the eyes of a maiden vnto the hād of her mastres so our eyes waite vpon the Lord our God vntil he haue mercie vpon vs. 3 Haue mercie vpon vs ô Lord haue mercie vpon vs for we haue suffred to muche contempt 4 Our soule is filled to ful of the mocking of the welthie and of the despitefulnes of the proude PSAL. CXXIIII 2 The people of God escaping a great peril do acknowledge them selues to be deliuered not by their owne force but by the power of God 4 They declare the greatnes of the peril 6 And praise the Name of God ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 IF the Lord had not bene on our side maie Israél now say 2 If the Lord had not bene on our side when men rose vp against vs 3 They had then swallowed vs vp quicke when their wrath was kindled against vs. 4 Then the waters had drowned vs and the streame had gone ouer our soule 5 Then had the swelling waters gone ouer our soule 6 Praised be the Lord which hathe not giuē vs as a praye vnto their teeth 7 Our soule is escaped euen as a birde out of the snare of the foulers the snare is broken and we are deliuered 8 Our helpe is in the Name of the Lord which hathe made heauen and earth PSAL. CXXV
the strange woman euen from the stranger whiche flattereth with her wordes 17 Which for saketh the guide of her youth and forgetteth the couenant of her God 18 Surely her house tendeth to death and her paths vnto the dead 19 All thei that go vnto her returne not againe nether take they holde of the waies of life 20 Therfore walke thou in the waie of good men and kepe the waies of the righteous 21 For the iust shall dwell in the land the vpright men shal remaine in it 22 But the wicked shal be cut of frō the earth the transgressers shal be rooted out of it CHAP. III. 1 The worde of God giueth life 5 Trustin God 7 Feare him 9 Honour him 11 Suffre his correction 22 To thē that followe the worde of God all thinges shall succede well 1 MY sonne forget not thou my law but let thine heart kepe my cōmādemēts 2 For thei shal increase the length of thy daies the yers of life thy prosperitie 3 Let not mercie and trueth for sake thee binde them on thy necke write them vpon the table of thine heart 4 So shalt thou finde fauour good vnderstanding in the sight of God and man 5 ¶ Trust in the Lord with all thine hearte and leane not vnto thine owne wisdome 6 In all thy waies acknowledge him and he shal direct thy waies 7 ¶ Be not wise in thine owne eyes but feare the Lord and departe from euil 8 So health shal be vnto thy nauel and marow vnto thy bones 9 Honour the Lord with thy riches with the first frutes of all thine increase 10 So shal thy barnes be filled with abundāce thy presses shal burst with new wine 11 ¶ My sonne refuse not the chastening of the Lord nether be grieued with his correction 12 * For the Lord correcteth him whome he loueth euen as the father doeth the child in whome he deliteth 13 Blessed is the man that findeth wisdome and the man that getteth vnderstanding 14 For the marchandise thereof is better thē the marchandise of siluer and the gayne thereof is better then golde 15 It is more precious then pearls and all things that thou canst desire are not to be compared vnto her 16 Lēgth of daies is in her right hand in her left hand riches and glorie 17 Her waies are waies of pleasure and all her paths prosperitie 18 She is a tre of life to them that laie holde on her blessed is he that reteineth her 19 The Lord by wisdome hath laied the fūdacion of the earthe and hathe stablished the heauens through vnderstanding 20 By his knowledge the deapths are brokē vp the cloudes droppe downe the dewe 21 My sonne let not the 〈◊〉 thinges depart from thine eies but obserue wisdome counsel 22 So thei shal be life to thy soule and grace vnto thy necke 23 Then shalt thou walke safely by thy waie and thy fote shal not stumble 24 If thou sleapest thou shalt not be afraied whē thou slepest thy slepe shal be swete 25 Thou shalt not feare for anie suddē feare nether for the destructiō of the wicked when it cometh 26 For the Lord shal be for thine assurance shal preserue thy fote from taking 27 ¶ Withholde not the good frome the owners thereof thogh there be power in thine hand to do it 28 Saie not vnto thy neighbour Go come againe and to morowe will I giue thee if thou now haue it 29 ¶ Intēde none hurt against thy neigbour seīg he doeth dwel without feare by thee 30 ¶ Striue not with a man causeles whē he hathe done thee no harme 31 ¶ Be not enuious for the wicked mā nether chuse anie of his waies 32 For the froward is abominaciō vnto the Lord but his secret is with the righteous 33 The curse of the Lord is in the house of the wicked but he blesseth the habitation of the righteous 34 With the skorneful he skorneth but he giueth grace vnto the humble 35 The wise shal in herite glorie but fooles dishonour thogh they be exalted CHAP. IIII. 1 Wisdome and her frutes ought to be searched 14 The way of the wicked must be refused 20 By the worde of God the heart eyes and course of life must be guided 1 HEare ôye children the instruction of a father and giue eare to learne vnderstanding 2 For I do giue you a good doctrine therefore forsake ye not my law 3 For I was my fathers sonne tender and dere in the sight of my mother 4 When he taught me and said vnto me Let thine heart holde fastmy wordes kepe my commandements and thou shalt liue 5 Get wisdome get vnderstāding forget not nether decline frō the wordes of my mouth 6 Forsake her not and she shall kepe thee loue her and she shal preserue thee 7 Wisdome is the beginning get wisdome therfore and aboue all thy possessiō get vnderstanding 8 Exalt her and she shalt exalt thee she shall bring thee to honour if thou embrace her 9 She shall gyue a comelie ornament vnto thine head yea she shall giue thee a crowne of glorie 10 ¶ Heare my sonne and receiuemy wordes and the yeres of thy life shal be manie 11 I haue taught thee in the waie of wisdome and led thee in the paths of righteousnes 12 Whē thou goest thy gate shal not be strait and when thou runnest thou shalt not fal 13 Take holde of instruction and leaue not kepe her for she is thy life 14 ¶ Entre not into the way of the wicked and walke not in the waie of euil men 15 Auoide it and go not by it turne from it and passe by 16 For thei can not slepe excepte thei haue done euil their slepe departeth except thei cause some to fall 17 For they eat the bread of wickednes drinke the wine of violence 18 But the way of the righteous shineth as the light that shineth more and more vnto the perfite daie 19 The waie of the wicked is as the darkenes they knowe not wherein thei shal fal 20 ¶ My sonne hearkē vnto my wordes encline thine eare vnto my sayings 21 Let thē not departe from thine eies but kepe them in the middes of thine heart 22 Forthei are life vnto those that finde thē and helthe vnto all their flesh 23 Kepe thine heart with all deligence for thereout cometh life 24 Put awaie from thee a frowarde mouth put wicked lippes farre from thee 25 Let thine eyes beholde the right and let thine eyeliddes direct thy way before thee 26 Pondre the path of thy fete and let all thy waies be ordred aright 27 Turne not to the right hande nor to the left but remoue thy fote from euil CHAP. V. 3 Whoredome forbiddé
hac also thou gauest acob and Esau * and didest chose Iacob and cast of Esau and so Iacob became a great multitude 17 And whē thou leddest his sede out of Egypt * thou broghtest them vp to mount Sina 18 And enclinedst the heauens and bowedst downe the earth didest moue the groūde and cause the depths to shake didest astonish the worlde 19 And thy glorie went thorowe foure gates of fyre with earth quakes winde and colde that thou mightest giue the Lawe vnto thee sede of Iacob and that which the generaciō of Israél shulde diligently obserue 20 Yet tokest thou not away frō them the wic ked heart that thy Law might bring forthe frute in them 21 For * Adam first hauing a wicked heart was ouercome and vain quished and all they that are borne of him 22 Thus remained weakenes ioyned with the lawe in the hearts of the people with the wickednes of the roote so that the good de parted away and the euil abode stil. 23 So the times passed away and the yeres were broght to an end * til thou didest raise thee vp a seruant called Dauid 24 * Whome thou commādedst to buyld a citie vnto thy Name to call vpô thee therein with incense and sacrifice 25 When this was done many yeres the inhabitants forsoke thee 26 Followyng the wayes of Adam and all hys generacion for they also had a wycked heart 27 Therefore thou gauest thy citie ouer into the hands of thine enemies 28 But do they that dwell at Babylon any better that they shulde haue the dominion of Sion 29 For when I came thether and sawe their wicked dedes without nōber for this is the thirtieth yere that I se many trespacing I was discouraged 30 For I sawe how thou sufferedst them that sinne and sparedst the wicked doers where as thou hast destroyed thine owne people preserued thine enemies and thou hast not shewed it 31 I can not perceiue how this cōmeth to passe Are the dedes of Babylon better then thei of Sion 32 Or is there any other people that knoweth thee besides Israél or what generacion hath so beleued thy Testimonies as Iacob 33 And yet their rewarde appeareth not and their labour hathe no frute for I haue gone here and there thorow out the heathen and I se them florish and thinke not vpon thy cō mandements 34 Weigh thou therefore our wickednes now in the balance and theirs also that dwell in the worlde and no mention of thee shal be founde but in Israel 35 Or when is it that they that dwell on the earth haue not sinned in thy sight or what people hathe so kept thy commandements 36 Thou shalte surely finde that Israel by name hathe kept thy precepts but not the heathen CHAP. IIII. 5 The Angel reproueth Esdras because he semed to entre into the profunde iudgements of God 1 ANd the Angel that was sent vnto me whose name was Vriel answered 2 And said Thine heart hathe taken to much vpon it in this worlde and thou thinkest to comprehende the wayes of the Hiest 3 Then said I Yea my lord And he answered me and said I am sent to shewe thee thre wayes and to set forthe thre similitudes before thee 4 Where of if thou canst declare me one I wil shewe thee also the way that thou desirest to se and I wil shewe thee from whence the wicked heart cometh 5 And I said Tell on my lord Then said he vnto me Go thy way weigh me the weight of the fyre or measure me the blast of the wind or call me againe the daye that is past 6 Then answered I said What man is borne that can do that which thou requirest me cō cerning these things 7 And he said vnto me If I shulde aske thee how deepe dwellings are in the middes of the sea or how great springs are in the begin ning of the depth or how great springs are in the stretchyng out of the heauen or whiche are the borders of Paradise 8 Peraduenture thou woldest saye vnto me I neuer went downe to the depe 〈◊〉 nor yet to the hell nether dyd I euer clime vp to heauen 9 But now haue I asked thee but of fyre and winde of the day whereby thou hast passed and from the which things thou canst not be separated and yet canst thou giue me none answer of them 10 He said moreouer vnto me Thine owne things and suche as are growen vp with thee canst thou not knowe 11 How 〈◊〉 thy vessel then be able to comprehend the wayes of the Hiest and now out wardly in the corrupt worlde to vnderstand the corruption that is euident in my sight 12 Then said I vnto him It were better that we were not at all then that we shulde liue in wickednes and to suffer and not to knowe wherefore 13 And he answered me and said * I came to a forest in the plaine where the trees helde a counsel 14 And said Come let vs go fight against the sea that it may giue place to vs and that we may make vs more woods 15 Like wise the floods of the sea toke counsel and said Come let vs go vp and fight against the trees of the wood that we may get another countrey for vs. 16 But the purpose of the wood was vaine for the fyre came and consumed it 17 Likewise also the purpose of the floods of the sea for the sand stode vp and stopped them 18 If thou were iudge betwene these two who me woldest thou iustifie or whome woldest thou condemne 19 I answered and said Verely it is a foolish pur pose that they bothe haue deuised for the grounde is appointed for the wood and the sea hathe his place to be are his floods 20 Then answered he me and said Thou hast giuē a right iudgemēt but why iudgest thou not thy self also 21 For like as the grounde is appointed for the wood and the sea for his floods so * they that dwell vpon earth can vnderstand nothing but that which is vpon earth and they that are in the heauens the things that are 〈◊〉 the height of the heauens 22 Then answered I and said I beseche thee ô Lord let vnderstanding be giuen me 23 For I did not purpose to inquire of thine hie things but of suche as we dayely medle with all namely wherefore Israel is made a reproche to the heathen and for what cause the people whome thou hast loued is giuen ouer to wicked naciōs and why the Law of our fathers is abolished and the writen ceremonies are come to none effect 24 Why we are tossed to and fro through the worlde as the greshoppes and our life is a ve ry feare and we are not thoght worthie to obteine mercie 25 But what wil 〈◊〉 do to his Name whiche is called vpon 〈◊〉 vs Of these things haue I asked the question 26 Then answered he me
him in talke 16 And they sent vnto him their disciples with the Herodians sayinge Master we knowe that thou art true and teachest the waye of GOD truelye nether carest for anye man for thou considerest not the persone of men 17 Tell vs therefore how thinkest thou Is it lawful to giue tribute vnto Cesar or not 18 But Iesus perceiued their wickednes and said Why tempt ye me ye hypocrites 19 Shewe me the tribute money 〈◊〉 And thei broght him a penie 20 And he said vnto them Whose is this image and superscription 21 They said vnto him Cesars Then said he vnto them * Giue therefore to Cesar the things which are Cesars and giue vnto God those which are Gods 22 And when they heard it thei marueiled and left him and went their way 23 ¶ * The same day the Sadduces came to him which say that there is no resurrection and asked him 24 Saying Master * Moses said If a man dye hauing no children let his brother marie his wife and raise vp sede vnto his brother 25 Now there were with vs seuen brethren ād the first maried a wife ād deceased hauing none yssue left his wife vnto his brother 26 Likewise also the seconde and the third vnto the seuenth 27 And last of all the woman dyed also 28 Therefore in the resurrection whose wife shal she be of the seuen for all had her 29 Then Iesus answered and said vnto them Ye are deceiued not knowing the Scriptures nor the power of God 30 For in the resurrection they nether marie wiues nor wiues are bestowed in mariage but are as the Angels of God in heauen 31 And concerning the resurrectiō of the dead haue ye not red what is spoken vnto you of God saying 32 * I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Iacob God is not the God of the dead but of the liuing 33 And when the people heard it they were astonied at his doctrine 34 ¶ * But when the Pharises had heard that he had put the Sadduces to silence they assembled together 35 And one of them which was an expounder of the Law asked him a question tēpting him and saying 36 Master which is the great commandement in the Law 37 Iesus said to him * Thou shalt loue the Lord thy God with all thine heart with all thy soule and with all thy minde 38 This is the first and the great cōmandemēt 39 And the seconde is like vnto this * Thou shalt loue thy neighbour as thy self 40 On these two commandements hāgeth the whole Law and the Prophetes 41 ¶ * While the Pharises were gathered together Iesus asked them 42 Saying What thinke ye of Christ whose sonne is he They said vnto him Dauids 43 He said vnto them How then doeth Dauid in spirit call him Lord saying 44 * The Lord said to my Lord Sit at my right hand til I make thine enemies thy fote stole 45 If then Dauid call him Lord how is he his sonne 46 And none colde answer him a worde nether durst anie from that daye forthe aske him anie mo questions CHAP. XXIII 3 Christ condemneth the ambicion couctousnes and hypo crisie of the Scribes and Pharises 31 Their persecutions against the seruants of God 37 He prophecieth the destruction of Ierusalem 1 THen spake Iesus to the multitude and to his disciples 2 Saying The * Scribes and the Pharises sit in Moses seat 3 All therefore what soeuer they byd you obserue that obserue and do but after their workes do not for they say and do not 4 * For they binde heauie burdens ād grieuous to be borne and laye them on mens shulders but they them selues wil not moue thē with one of their fingers 5 All their workes they do for to be sene of mē for they make their phy lacteries broad make long the * fringes of their garmēts 6 * And loue the chief place at feasts and to haue the chief seates in the assemblies 7 And gretings in the markets and to be called of men Rabbi Rabbi 8 * But be not ye called Rabbi for one is your doctor to wit Christ and all ye are brethren 9 And* call no man your father vpon the earth for their is but one your Father which is in heauen 10 Be not called doctors for one is your doctor euen Christ. 11 But he that is greatest among you let him be your seruant 12 * For whosoeuer wil exalt him self shal be broght low and whosoeuer wil humble him self shal be exalted 13 ¶ Wo therefore be vnto you Scribes and Pharises hypocrites because ye shut vp the kingdome of heauē before men for ye your selues go not in nether suffer ye them that wolde enter to come in 14 * Wo be vnto you Scribes and Pharises hy pocrites for ye deuoure widdowes houses euen vnder a colour of long prayers wherefore ye shal receiue the greater damnacion 15 Wo be vnto you Scribes and Pharises hypocrites for ye compasse sea and land to make one of your profession and when he is made ye make him two folde more the childe of hel then you your selues 16 Wo be vnto you blinde guides whiche say Whosoeuer sweareth by the Temple it is nothing but whosoeuer sweareth by the golde of the Temple he offendeth 17 Ye fooles and blinde whether is greater the golde or the Temple that sanctifieth the golde 18 And whosoeuer sweareth by the altar it is nothing but whosoeuer sweareth by the offring that is vpon it offendeth 19 Ye fooles and blinde whether is greater the offryng or the altar whiche sanctifieth the offring 20 Whosoeuer therefore sweareth by the altar sweareth by it ād by all things thereon 21 And whosoeuer sweareth by the Temple sweareth by it ād by hym that dwelleth therein 22 * And he that sweareth by heauen sweareth by the throne of God by him that sitteth thereon 23 ¶ * Wo be to you Scribes and Pharises hypocrites for ye tythe mynt and annyse and commyn and leaue the weightier matters of the Law as iudgement and mercie and fidelitie These oght ye to haue done not to haue left the other 24 Ye blinde guides whiche straine out a gnatte and swalow a camel 25 ¶ Wo be to you Scribes and Pharises hypocrites for ye make cleane the vtter side of the cup of the platter but within thei are ful of briberie and excesse 26 Thou blinde Pharise clense first the inside of the cup and platter that the outside of them may be cleane also 27 Wo be to you Scribes and Pharises hypocrites forye are like vnto whited tombes which appeare beautiful out warde but are within ful of
Sea of the plaine vnder the * springs of pisgáh CHAP. V. 5 Mosés is the meane betwene God the people 6 The Lawe is repeted 23 The people are afrayde at Goddes voyce 29 The Lord wisheth that the people wolde feare him 32 They muste nether decline to the ryghte hand nor left 1 THen Mosés called all Israél and sayde vnto them Heare ô Israél the ordinances and the Lawes whiche I propose to you this day that ye maye learne them take hede to obserue them 2 * The Lord our God made a couenant with vsin Horéb 3 The Lorde made not this couenant with our fathers onelye but with vs euen with vs all here a liue this day 4 The Lorde talked with you face to face in the mount out of the middes of the fire 5 At that time I stode betwene the Lorde and you to declare vnto you the worde of the Lord for ye were afraide at the sight of the fire and went not vp in the mount and he said 6 ¶ * I am the Lord thy GOD whiche haue broght thee out of the land of Egypte frō the house of bondage 7 Thou shalt haue none other Gods before my face 8 Thou shalt make 〈◊〉 no grauen image or anie likenes of that that is in heauen aboue or which is in the earthe beneth or that is in the waters vnder the earth 9 Thou shalt nether bowe thy self vnto thē nor serue them for * I the Lord thy God am a ielous God visiting the iniquitie of the fathers vpon the children euen vnto the third and fourth generacion of them that hate me 10 And shewing mercie vnto thousandes of them that loue me and kepe my cōmandements 11 Thou shalt not take the Name of the Lord thy God in vaine for the Lord will not holde him giltles that taketh his name in vaine 12 Kepe the Sabbath daye to sanctifie it as the Lord thy God hathe commāded thee 13 Six daies thou shalt labour and shalt do all thy worke 14 But the seuenth daye is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God thou shalt not do anye work 〈◊〉 thou nor thy sonne nor thy daughter nor thy man seruante nor thy maide nor thine oxe nor thine asse nether anie of thy cattel nor the stranger that is within thy gates that thy man seruant thy maide may rest aswel as thou 15 For remember that thou wast a seruant in the land of Egypt and that the Lord the God broght thee out thence by a mightye hand and a stretched out arme therefore the Lord thy God commanded thee to obserue the Sabbath day 16 ¶ Honour thy father and thy mother as the Lord thy God hathe commanded thee that thy daies may be prolonged and that it may go wel with thee vppon the lande which the Lord thy God giueth thee 17 * Thou shalt not kil 18 * Nether shalt thou commit adulterie 19 * Nether shalt thou steale 20 Nether shalt thou beare false witnes against thy neighbour 21 * Nether shalt thou couet thy neighbours wife nether shalt thou desire thy neighbours house his field nor his man seruāt nor his maid his oxe nor his asse nor ought that thy neighbour hathe 22 ¶ These wordes the Lorde spake vnto all your multitude in the mounte out of the middes of the fire the cloude the darknes with a great voyce added no more thereto and wrote them vpō two tables of stone and deliuered them vnto me 23 And when ye heard the voyce out of the middes of darknes for the mountaine did burne with fire then ye came tó me all the chief of your tribes and your Elders 24 And ye said Beholde the Lord our GOD hath shewed vs his glorie his greatnes * we haue heard his voice out of the middes of the fire we haue sene this day that God doeth talke with man and he * liueth 25 Now therefore why shuld we dye for this greate fire will consume vs if we heare the voyce of the Lord our God anye more we shal dye 26 For what flesh was there euer that heard the voyce of the liuynge GOD speaking out of the middes of the fire as we haue and liued 27 Go thou nere and heare all that the Lord our GOD saith and declare thou vnto vs all that the Lord our God sayeth vnto thee * and we will heare it and do it 28 Then the Lord hearde the voyce of your wordes when ye spake vnto me and the Lord said vnto me I haue heard the voyce of the wordes of this people whiche they haue spokē vnto thee they haue wel said all that they haue spoken 29 Og that there were suche an hearte in them to feareme and to kepe all my cōmandementes alway that it might go wel with them with their children for euer 30 Go say vnto thē Returne you into your tentes 31 But stand thou here with me and I wil tell thee all the commandements and the ordinances and the Lawes whiche thou shalt teache them that they may do them in the land which I giue them to possesse it 32 Take hede therefore that ye do as the Lord your GOD hathe commanded you turne not a side to the ryghte hand nor to the left 33 But walke in all the wayes whiche the Lord your God hath commanded you that ye may liue and that it may go well with you and that ye may prolong your dayes in the land whiche ye shall possesse CHAP. VI. 1 An exhortation to feare God and kepe his commandements 5 whiche is to loue him with all thine hearte 7 The same muste be taught to the posteritie 16 Not to tempt God 25 Righteousnes is conteined in the Lawe 1 THese now are the commandements ordinances and Lawes which the Lord your God commanded me to teach you that ye might do them in the land whether ye go to possesse it 2 That thou myghtest feare the Lorde thy God and kepe all his ordinances and hys commandements which I commande thee thou and thy sonne and thy sonnes sonne all the dayes of thy life euen that thy dayes may be prolonged 3 He are therefore ô Israél and take hede to do it that it may go wel with thee and that ye maye in crease mightelye in the lande that floweth with milke and hony as the lord God of thy fathers hath promised thee 4 Heare ô Israél The Lorde our GOD is Lord onely 5 And * thou shalt loue the Lord thy GOD with all thine heart and with all thy soule and with all thy might 6 * And these wordes which I commāde thee this day shal be in thine heart 7 And thou shalt rehearse them continually vnto thy children and shalt talke of thē when thou tariest in thyne house and as thou walk est by the waye
and when thou lyest downe and when thou risest vp 8 And thou shalt binde them for a signe vpō thine hand and they shal be as frontelets betwene thine eyes 9 Also thou shalt write them vpon the postes of thine house and vpon thy gates 10 And when the Lord thy God hath broght thee into the lande whiche he sware vnto thy fathers Abrahám Izhák and Iaakób to giue to thee with great and goodly cities which thou buyldedst not 11 And houses ful of all maner of goods whiche thou filledst not and wels digged whiche thou diggedst not vine yardes and oliue trees which thou plantedst not whē thou hast eaten and art ful 12 Beware lest thou forget the Lord which broght thee out of the land of Egypte frō the house of bondage 13 Thou shalt feare the Lord thy God serue him and shalt sweare by his Name 14 Ye shal not walke after other gods after anie of the gods of the people which are round about you 15 For the Lorde thy God is a ielous GOD among you lest the wrathe of the Lorde thy God be kindeled against thee and de stroy thee from the face of the earth 16 ¶ Ye shal not tempt the Lord your God as ye did tempt himin 〈◊〉 17 But ye shal kepe diligently the commandements of the Lord your God and his te stimonies and his ordinances which he hathe commanded thee 18 And thou shalt do that which is right and good in the sight of the Lord that thou maiest prosper and that thou maiest go in and possesse that good lād which the Lord sware vnto thy fathers 19 To cast out all thine enemies before thee as the lord hathe said 20 When thy sonne shal aske thee in time to come saying What meane these testimonies and ordinances and lawes which the Lord our God hathe commanded you 21 Then thou shalt say vnto thy sonne We were Pharaosh bōdmen in Egypt but the Lord broght vs out of Egypt with a migh ty hand 22 And the Lord shewed signes and wonders great and euil vpon Egypt vpon Pharaoh and vpon all his housholde before our eyes 23 And broght vs out from thēce to bring vs in and to giue vs the land whiche he sware vnto our fathers 24 Therefore the Lord hathe commanded vs to do all these ordinances and to feare the Lord our God that it may go euer wel with vs and that he may preserue vs a liue as at this present 25 Moreouer this shal be our rigtheousnes before the Lord our God if we take hede to kepe all these commandements as he hathe commanded vs. CHAP. VII 1 The Israélites may make no couenant with the Gentiles 5 They must destroy the idoles 8 The election depēdeth on the freloue of God 19. The experience of the power of God ought to cōsirme vs. 25 To auoide all occasion of 〈◊〉 1 WHen the Lord thy God shal bring thee into the lād whither thou goest to possesse it * and shal roote out manie nations before thee the Hittites and the Girgashites and the Amorites and the Ca naánites and the Perizzites and the Hiuites and the Iebusites seuen nacions grea ter and mightier then thou 2 And the Lord thy God shal giue them before thee then thou shalt smite thē thou shalt vtterly destroy thē thou shalt make no * couenant with them nor haue compassion on them 3 Nether shalt thou make mariages with thē nether giue thy daughter vnto his sōne nor take his daughter vnto thy sonne 4 For they wil cause thy sonne to turne a way from me and to serue other gods thē wil the wrath of the Lord waxe hote a gainst you and destroy thee sodenly 5 But thus ye shal deale with them Ye shal ouerthrowe their altars breake downe their pillers and ye shal cut downe their groues and burne their grauen images with fire 6 * For thou art an holy people vnto the Lord thy God * the Lord thy God hathe chosen thee to be a precious people vnto him selfe aboue all people that are vpon the earth 7 The lord did not set his loue vpon you nor chose you because ye were mo in nomber then anie people for ye were the fewest of all people 8 But because the Lord loued you and because he wolde kepe the othe which he had sworne vnto your fathers the Lord ha the broght you out by a mighty hād and deliuered you out of the house of bondage from the hand of Pharaóh King of Egypt 9 That thou maiest knowe that the Lord thy God he is God the faithful God which kepeth couenant and mercie vnto them that loue him and kepe his commandements euen to a thousand generacions 10 And rewardeth them to their face that hate him to bring them to destruction he wil not deferre to rewarde him that hateth him to his face 11 Kepe thou therefore the commandemēts and the ordinances and the lawes which I commande thee this day to do them 12 〈◊〉 For if ye hearken vnto these lawes and obserue and do them then the Lord thy God shal kepe with thee the couenant the mercy which he sware vnto thy fathers 13 And he willoue thee and blesse thee and multiplie thee he wil also blesse the frute of thy wombe and the frute of thy land thy corne and thy wine and thine oyle the increase of thy kine and the flockes of thy shepe in the land which he sware vnto thy fathers to giue thee 14 Thou shalt be blessed aboue all people * there shal be nether male nor female baren among you nor among your cattel 15 Moreouer the Lord wil take away from thee all in firmities and wil put none of the euil diseases of * Egypt which thou knowest vpon thee but wil send thē vpō all that hate thee 16 Thou shalt therefore consume all people which the Lord thy God shal giue thee thine eie shal not spare thē nether shalt thou serue their gods for that shal be thy * destruction 17 If thou say in thine heart These nacions are mo then I how can I cast them out 18 Thou shalt not feare them but remember what the Lord thy God did vnto Pharaóh and vnto all Egypt 19 The great tentacions which thine eyes sa we and the signes and wonders and the mightie hand and stretched out arme whe reby the Lord thy God broght thee out so shal the Lord thy God do vnto all the people whose face thou fearest 20 * Moreouer the Lord thy God wil send homettes amōg them vntil they that are left and hide them selues from thee be de stroied 21 Thou shalt not feare them for the Lord thy God is amōg you a God mighty and dreadful 22 Andth Lord thy God wil roote out these nacions before thee by litle and litle thou maist not consume them at
bread in the feast of the weks and in the feast of the Tabernacles and they shal not appeare before the Lord empty 17 Euerie man shall gyue accordyng to the gift of hys hande and accordynge to the blessing of the Lord thy God which he hath giuen theé 18 ¶ Iudges and officers shalt thou make thee in all thy cities whiche the Lord thy God gi ueth thee throughout thy tribes and they shall iudge the people with ryghteous iudgement 19 Wrest not thou the Lawe nor respect anye persone nether take reward for the reward blindeth the eyes of the wise ād peruerteth the wordes of the iust 20 That which is iust and right shalt thou followe that thou maiest liue and possesse the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee 21 ¶ Thou shalt plante thee no groue of anie trees nere vnto the altar of the Lorde thy God which thou shalt make thee 22 Thou shalte set thee vp no piller whiche thing the Lord thy God hateth CHAP. XVII 2 The punishment of the idolater 9 Hard controuersies are broght to the Priest and the iudge 12 The contemner muste dye 15 The election of the Kyng 16 and 17. What things he ought to auoide 18 And what he ought to imbrace 1 THou shalt offer vnto the Lorde thy God no bullocke nor shepe wherein is blemish or anie euill fauored thyng for that is an abominacion vnto the Lord thy God 2 ¶ If there be found among you in anie of thy cities whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee man or woman that hathe wroght wicked nes in the sight of the Lord thy God in trans gressing his couenant 3 And hathe gone and serued other gods and worshipped them as the sunne or the moone or anie of the hoste of heauen whiche I haue not commanded 4 And it be tolde vnto thee thou hast heard it then shalte thou inquire diligently and if it be true and the thing certeine that suche abominacion is wroght in Israél 5 Then shalte thou bryng forthe that man or that woman whyche haue committed that wicked thynge vnto thy gates whether it be man or woman ād shalt stone them with stones til they dye 6 * At the mouth of two or thre witnesses shal he that is worthy of death dye but at the mouth of one witnes he shal not dye 7 The hands of the witnesses shal be first vpon him to kil him and afterwarde the háds of all the people so thou shalt take the wicked away from among you 8 ¶ If there rise a matter to hard for thee in iudgement betwene blood and blood betwene plea and plea betwene plague plague in the matter of cōtrouersie within thy gates then shalt thou arise and go vp vnto the place which the Lord thy GOD shal chose 9 And thou shalt come vnto the Priests of the Leuites and vnto the iudge that shal be in those dayes and aske thei shal she we thee the sentence of iudgement 10 And thou shalt do according to that thing which they of that place which the Lord hathe chosen shewe thee and thou shalt obserue to do according to all that they informe thee 11 According to the Lawe which they shal teach thee and according to the iudgement whiche they shall tell thee shalte thou do thou shalt not decline from the thyng whiche they shall shewe thee nether to the right hand nor to the left 12 And that man that will do presumpteously not heark enyng vnto the Priest that standeth before the Lorde thy God to minister there or vnto the iudge that man shal dye and thou shalt take away euil from Israél 13 So all the people shall heare and feare and do no more presumpteously 14 ¶ When thou shalte come vnto the lande whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee and shalt possesse it and dwel therein if thou say I wil set a King ouerme like as all the nacions that are about me 15 Thē thou shalt make him King ouer thee whome the Lord thy God shal chose from amonge thy brethren shalte thou make a King ouer thee thou shalt not set a stranger ouer thee which is not thy brother 16 In anie wise he shal not prepare him manie horses nor bring the people againe to Egy pte for to increase the nōber of horses seing the Lord hathe said vnto you Ye shal hence forthe go no more againe that way 17 Nether shall he take hym manie wiues lest his heart turne away nether shal he gather him muche siluer and golde 18 And when he shall sit vppon the throne of his kyngdome then shall he write hym this Lawe repeted in a boke by the Priests of the Leuites 19 And it shal be wyth hym and he shall read therein all dayes of hys lyfe that he maye learne to feare the Lorde his God and to kepe all the wordes of this Lawe and these ordinances for to do them 20 That hys heart be not lyfted vp aboue hys brethren and that he turne not frome the commandement to the ryght hande or the left but that he maye prolong hys dayes in hys kyngdome he and hys sonnes in the middes of Israél CHAP. XVIII 3 The portion of the Leuites 6 Of the Leuite comming frome another palce 9 To auoyde the abominacion of the 〈◊〉 15 God wil not leaue them without a true Prophete 20 The false prophete shal be slayne 22 How he may be knowen 1 THe Priestes of the Leuites and all the tribe of Leui * shall haue no parte nor inheritance wyth Israél * but shall eat the offrings of the Lorde made by fire and his inheritance 2 Therefore shall they haue no inheritance among their brethren for the Lorde is their inheritance as he hathe said vnto them 3 ¶ And thys shal be the Priests duetie of the people that they whyche offer sacrifice whether it be bullocke or shepe shall giue vnto the Priest the shulder ād the two chekes and the mawe 4 The firste frutes also of thycorne of thy wine and of thine oyle and the firste of the flece of thy shepe shalt thou giue him 5 For the Lorde thy God hathe chosen hym out of all thy tribes to stande and minister in the Name of the Lorde him and hys sonnes for euer 6 ¶ Also when a Leuite shall come out of anie of thy cities of Israél where he remained and come wyth all the desire of hys hearte vnto the place whyche the LORD shall chose 7 He shall then minister in the Name of the Lord his God as al his brethren the Leuites whiche remaine there before the Lorde 8 They shall haue lyke porcions to eat beside that whiche commeth of hys sale of his patrimonie 9 When thou shalt come into the land whiche the Lorde thy God giueth thee thou shalte not learne to do after the
all thine heart and with all thy soule 17 * Thou hast set vp the Lord this day to be thy God and to walke in his wayes and to kepe his ordinances and his commandements and his lawes and to hearken vnto his voyce 18 And the Lord hathe set thee vp this day to be a precious people vnto him as he hathe promised thee and that thou shuldest kepe all his commandements 19 And to make thee * high aboue all nacions which he hathe made in praise and in name and in glorie * and that thou shuldest be an holie people vnto the Lord thy God as he hathe said CHAP. XXVII 2 They are commanded to write the Law vpon stones for a remembrance 5. Also to buylde an altar 13 The cursings are giuen on mount Ebál 1 THen Mosés with the Elders of Israél commanded the people saying Kepe all the commandements which I commande you this day 2 And whē ye shal passe ouer Iordén vnto the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee thou shalt setthee vp great stones plaister them with plaister 3 And shalt write vpon them all the wordes of this Lawe when thou shalt come ouer that thou maiest go into the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee a lād that floweth with my lke and hony as the Lord God of thy fathers hathe promised thee 4 Therefore when ye shal passe ouer Iordén ye shal set vp these stones which I commande you this day in mount Ebál thou shalt plaister them with plaister 5 * And there shalt thou buyld vnto the Lord thy God an altar euē an altar of stones thou shalt lift none yron instrument vpon them 6 Thou shalt make the altar of the Lord thy God of whole stones offer burnt offrings thereon vnto the Lord thy God 7 And thou shalt offer peace offrings and shalt eat there and reioyce before the Lord thy God 8 And thou shalt write vpon the stones all the wordes of this Lawe wel and plainly 9 ¶ And Mosés and the Priests of the Leuites spake vnto all Israél saying Take hede and heare ô Israél this day thou art become the people of the Lord thy God 10 Thou shalt hearken therefore vnto the voyce of the Lord thy God and do his commandements and his ordināces which I commande thee this day 11 ¶ And Mosés charged the people the same day saying 12 These shal stand vpon mount Gerizzim to blesse the people when ye shal passe ouer Iordén Simeôn and Leui and Iudáh and Issa chár and Ioséph and Beniamin 13 And these shal stand vpon 〈◊〉 Ebál to curse Reubén Gâd and Ashér and Zebulún Dan and 〈◊〉 14 And the Leuites shal answer and say vnto all the men of Israél with a loude voyce 15 ¶ Cursed be the mā that shal make anie carued or moltē image which is an abominaciō vnto the Lord the worke of the hāds of the craftesmā and putteth it in a secret place And al the people shal answer and say So be it 16 Cursed be he that curseth his father and his mother And all the people shal say So be it 17 Cursed be he that remoueth his neighbours marke And all the people shal say So be it 18 Cursed be he that maketh the blinde go out of the way And all the people shal say So be it 19 Cursed be he that hindreth the right of the stranger the fatherles and the wido we And all the people shal say So be it 20 Cursed be he that lieth with his fathers wif for he hathe vncouered his fathers skirt And all the people shal say So be it 21 Cursed be he that lieth with anie beast And all the people shal say So be it 22 Cursed be he that lieth with his sister the daughter of his father or the daughter of his mother And all the people shal say So be it 23 Cursed be he that lieth with his mother in lawe And all the people shal say So be it 24 Cursed be he that smiteth his neighbour secretly And all the people shal say So be it 25 * Cursed be he that tak eth a rewarde to put to death innocent blood And all the people shal say So be it 26 * Cursed be he that confirmeth nor all the wordes of this Lawe to do them And all the people shal say So be it CHAP. XXVIII 1 The promises to them that obey the commandements 15. The threatenings to the contrarie 1 IF * thou shalte obey diligently the voyce of the Lorde thy God and obserue and do all his commandements whiche I commande thee this daye then the Lorde thy GOD wil set thee on hygh aboue all the nacions of the earth 2 And al these blessings shal come on thee and 〈◊〉 thee if thou shalt obey the voyce of the Lord thy God 3 Blessed shalt thou be in the citie and blessed also in the field 4 Blessed 〈◊〉 be the frute of thy body and the frute of thy ground and the frute of thy cattel the increase of thy kine and the flockes of thy shepe 5 Blessed shal be thy basket and thy dough 6 Blessed shalt thou be when thou comest in and blessed also when thou goest out 7 The Lord shall cause thyne enemies that rise against thee to fall before thy face they shal come out against thee one way and shal flee before thee seuen wayes 8 The Lorde shall commande the blessing to be with thee in thy store houses and in all that thou 〈◊〉 thine hād to will blesse thee in the land which the Lord thy Godgiueth thee 9 The Lord shal make thee an holy people vnto him selfe as he hathe sworne vnto thee if thou shalt kepe the commandements of the Lord thy God and walke in his waies 10 Thē all people of the earth shal se that the Name of the Lord is called vpon ouer thee and they shal be afraid of thee 11 And the Lord shal make thee plenteous in goods in the frute of thy body and in the frute of thy cattel and in the frute of thy ground in the land which the Lord swarevn to thy fathers to giue thee 12 The Lord shal open vnto thee his good treasure euen the heauen to giue rayne vnto thy land in due season and to blesse all the worke of thine hands thou shalt lend vnto many nacions but shalt not borowe thy self 13 And the Lord shal make thee the head and not the tayle and thou shalt be aboue onely and shalt not be beneth if thou obey the commandemēts of the Lord thy God which I commande thee this day to kepe and to do them 14 But thou shalt not decline from anie of the wordes which I commande you this day ether to the right hand or to the left to go after other gods to serue them
hast forgotten the myghtie GOD that begate thee and haste forgotten God that formed thee 19 The Lord then sawe it and was angry for the prouocacion of his sonnes and of hys 〈◊〉 20 And he said I will hide my face from them I will se what their end shal be for they are a frowarde generacion children in whome is no fayth 21 They haue moued me to ielousie with hat which is not God they haue prouoked me to angre with theyr vanities * and I wyll moue them to ielousie with those whiche are no people I will prouoke them to angre with a 〈◊〉 nacion 22 For fire is kyndled in my wrath and shall burne vnto the bothome of hell and shall consume the earth with her increase and set on fire the fundacions of the mountaines 23 I will send plagues vppon them I will bestowe mine arrowes vpon them 24 They shal be burnt with hunger and consumed wyth heat and with bitter destruction I will also send the teeth of 〈◊〉 vpon them with the venime of serpents 〈◊〉 in the dust 25 The sworde shall kill them without and in the chambers feare bothe the 〈◊〉 man and the yong womā the suckeling with the man of graye heere 26 I haue said I wolde scatter them abroade I wolde make their remembrance to cease frō among men 27 Saue that I feared the furie of the enemie lest their aduersaires shulde waxe proude and lest they shulde saye Our hye hand and not the Lord hathe done all this 28 For they are a nacion voyde of counsel nether is there anie 〈◊〉 in them 29 Oh that they were wise then they wolde vnderstand this they wolde consider their later 〈◊〉 30 Howe shulde one chase a thousande and two putten thousand to flight except their strong God had solde them and the Lorde had shut them vp 31 For their God is not as our God euen our enemies being iudges 32 For their vine is of the vine of Sodom and of the vines of Gomoráh their grapes are grapes of gall their clusters be bitter 33 Their wine is the poyson of dragons and the cruel gall of aspes 34 Is not this laid in store with me and sealed vp among my treasures 35 * Vengeance and recopense are mine their fote shall slide in due time for the daye of their destruction is at hand and the thinges that shal come vpon them make haste 36 For the Lorde shall iudge his people and repent toward his seruantes when he seeth that their power is gone and none shut vp in holde nor 〈◊〉 abroad 37 When men shal say Where are their gods their myghtie God in whome their trusted 38 Whyche did eat the fat of their sacrifices and did drynke the wyne of theyr drynke offrynge 〈◊〉 hym ryse vp and helpe you let 〈◊〉 be your refuge 39 Beholde now for I I am he and there is no Gods 〈◊〉 me * I 〈◊〉 ād giue life I wounde and I make whole * nether is there anie that can deliuer out of mine hand 40 For I lift vp mine hand to heauen and say I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 euer 41 If I whet my glitteryng sworde and myne hand take holde on iudgement I wil execute vengeance on mine enemies and wyll rewarde them that hate me 42 I wyll make mine arrowes dronke wyth blood and my worde shall eat flesh for the blood of the 〈◊〉 and of the captiues whē I beginne to take vengeance of the enemie 43 * Ye nations prayse hys people for he will auenge the blood of hys seruauntes and wyll execute vengeance vpon hys aduersaries and wil be merciful vnto his land and to his people 44 ¶ Then Mosés came and spake all the wordes of this song in the audience of the people he and Hoshéa the sunne of Nun. 45 When Mosés had made an end of speaking all these wordes to all Israél 46 Then he said vnto them * Set your hearts vnto all the wordes which I testifie agaynst you this daye that ye may commande them vnto your children that they may obserue and do all the wordes of this Lawe 47 For it is no vaine worde concerning you but it is your life and by this worde ye shall prolong your dayes in the land whether ye go ouer lordén to possesse it 48 * And the Lord spake vnto Mosés the selfe same day saying 49 Go vp into this mountaine of Abarim vnto the mount Nebó whiche is in the land of Moáb that is ouer agaynst Ierichô and beholde the land of Canáan whiche I giue vnto the children of Israél for a possession 50 And dye in the mount whyche thou goest vp vnto and thou shalte be * gathered vnto thy people * as Aarôn thy brother dyed in mounte Hor and was gathered vnto hys people 51 Because ye * trespassed agaynst me among the children of Israél at the waters of Meribáh at Kadésh in the wildernes of Zin for ye sanctified me not among the children of Israél 52 Thou shalt therfore se the land before thee but shalt not go thither I meane into the land which I giue the children of Israél CHAP. XXXIII 1 Mosés before his death blesseth all the tribes of Israél 26 There is no God like to the God of Israél 29 Nor anie people like vnto his 1 NOw this is the blessing where with Mosés the man of God blessed the children of Israél before his death and said 2 The LORD came from Sinái and rose vp from Seir vnto them and appeared clearely from mount Parán and he came with ten thousandes of Saintes and at hys ryght hand a firy Lawe for them 3 Thogh he loue the people yet all thy Saintes are in thine hands and they are hum bled at thy fete to receiue thy wordes 4 Mosés commanded vs a Lawe for an inheritance of the Congregacion of Iaakób 5 Thē he was among the righteous people as King when the heades of the people ād the tribes of Israél were assembled 6 ¶ Let Reubén liue and not dye thogh hys men be a small nomber 7 ¶ And thus he blessed Iudáh ād said Heare ô Lorde the voice of Iudáh and bryng hym vnto hys people hys handes shal be sufficient for hym if thou helpe hym against his ennemies 8 ¶ And of Leui he sayd Let thy * Thummim and thine Vrim be with thine holy one whō thou didest proue in Massáh and didest cause him to striue at the waters of Meribáh 9 Who sayd vnto hys father and to hys mother I haue not sene hym nether knewe he hys brethren 〈◊〉 knewe hys owne children for they obserued thy worde and kept thy couenant 10 They shall teache Iaakób thy iudgements and Israél thy Lawe they shall put in cens before thy face and the burnt offring vpon thine altar 11 Blesse ô Lorde hys substance and
the gods whiche your fathers serued beyonde the flood and in Egypt and ser ue ye the Lord. 15 And if it seme euyll vnto you to serue the Lord chuse you this day whom ye wil serue whether the gods whiche your fathers serued that were beyonde the floode or the gods of the Amorites in whose land ye dwel but I and mine house wil serue the Lord. 16 Then the people answered and sayd God forbid that we shulde forsake the Lorde to serue other gods 17 For the Lord our GOD he broght vs and our fathers out of the land of Egypt frome the house of bondage and he dyd those great miracles in our sight and preserued vs in all the waye that we went and among all the people through whome we came 18 And the Lorde did cast out before vs all the people euen the Amorites whiche dwelt in the lande therefore will we also serue the Lord for he is our God 19 And Ioshua sayd vnto the people Ye can not serue the Lord for he is an holy God he is a ielous God he will not pardon your iniquitie nor your sinnes 20 If ye forsake the Lorde and serue straunge gods * then he will returne and bring euill vpon you and consume you after that he hathe done you good 21 And the people said vnto Ioshua Nay but we will serue the Lord. 22 And Ioshua sayd vnto the people Ye are witnesses agaynste your selues that ye haue chosen you the Lord to serue him and they said We are witnesses 23 Then put away now sayd he the strange gods which are among you and bow your hearts vnto the Lord God of Israél 24 And the people said vnto Ioshua The Lord our God will we serue and his voyce wil we obey 25 So Ioshua made a couenant with the people the same day and gaue them an ordinan ce and lawe in Shechém 26 And Ioshua wrote these wordes in the boke of the Lawe of God and toke a great stone and pitched it there vnder an oke that was in the Sanctuarie of the Lord. 27 And Ioshua sayd vnto all the people Beholde this stone shal be a witnes vnto vs for it hathe heard all the wordes of the Lorde which he spake with vs it shal be therefore a witnes against you lest ye deny your God 28 Then Ioshúa let the people departe euerie man vnto his inheritance 29 And after these things Ioshua the sonne of Nun the seruant of the Lord dyed beyng an hundreth and ten yeres olde 30 And they buryed him in the border of hys inheritance in * Timnath-seráh whiche is in mount Ephráim on the Northside of mount Gáash 31 And Israél serued the Lorde all the dayes of Ioshua and all the dayes of the Elders that ouer lyued Ioshua and whiche had knowen all the 〈◊〉 of the Lorde that he had done for Israél 32 And the * bones of Ioséph which the chil dren of Israél broght out of Egypt buryed they in Shechém in a parcell of grounde which laak ob boght of the * sonnes of Hamór the father of Shechém for an hūdreth pieces of siluer and the children of Ioséph had them in their inheritance 33 Also Eleazár the sonne of Aarón dyed whō they buried in the hill of Phinehás his sonne which was giuē him in mount Ephraim THE BOKE OF IVDGES THE ARGVMENT ALbeit there is nothing that more prouoketh Gods wrath then mās ingratitude yet 〈◊〉 there nothing so displeasant and heinous that can turne backe Gods loue from his Churche for now when the Israelites were entred into the land of Canáan sawe the trueth of Gods promes performed in stead of acknowledging his greate benefites giuyng thankes for the same they fel to moste horrible obliuion of Gods graces contrarie to their solemne promes made vnto Ioshúa so prouoked his vengeance as muche as in thē stode to their vtter destruction Whereof as they had moste euident signes by the mutabilitie of their state for he suffered thē to be moste cruelly vexed tormented by tyrants he pulled thē from libertie cast them into 〈◊〉 to the intent they might fele their owne miseries so cal vnto him be deliuered Yet to shewe that his mercies indure for euer he raised vp from time to time suche as shulde deliuer thē and assure thē of his fauour grace if they wolde turne to him by true repentāce And these deliuerers the Scriptures calleth Iudges because they were executers of Gods iudgements not chosen of the people nor by succession but raised vp as it se med best to God for the gouernance of his people They were twelue in nōber besides Ioshúa and gouerned frō Ioshúa vnto Saúl the first King of Israél Ioshúa these vnto the tyme of Saúl ruled 336 yeres In this boke are manie notable points declared but two especially first the battel that the Churche of God hathe for the maintenance of true religion against idolatrie and superstition next what great danger that commune wealth is in when as God giueth not a magistrate to reteine his people in the purenes of religion and his true seruice CHAP. I. 1 After Ioshúa was dead Iudáh was constitute captaine 6 Adoni-bézek is taken 14 The request of Achsah 16 The children of Keni 19 The Canaanites are made tributaries but not destroyed 1 AFter that Ioshúa was dead the children of Israél asked the Lord saying Who shal go vp for vs against the Canaanites to fight first against them 2 And the Lorde said Iudáh shall go vp beholde I haue giuen the land into his hand 3 And Iudáh said vnto Simeón his brother Come vp with me into my lot that we may fight against the Canaanites and I like wise wil go with thee into thy lot so Simeon went with him 4 Then Iudáh went vp and the Lord deliuered the Canaanites and the Perizzites into their hands and they slew of them in Bézek ten thousand men 5 And they founde Adoni-bézek in Bézek and they fought against him and slewe the Canaanites and the Perizzites 6 But Adoni-bézek fled they pursued after him and caught him cut of the thumbes of his hands and of his fete 7 And Adoni-bézek said Seuētie Kings hauing the thūbes of their hands of their fete cut of gathered bread vnder mytable as I haue done so God hathe rewarded me so they broght him to Ierusalém and there he dyed 8 Now the children of Iudáh had fought against Ierusalém and had taken it and smitten it with the edge of the sworde and had set the citie on fire 9 ¶ Afterwarde also the childrē of Iudáh went downe to fight against the Canaanites that dwelt in the mountaine and towarde the South and in the lowe countrey 10 And Iudáh wēt against the Canaanites that dwelt in Hebrón which Hebrón before time was called * Kiriath-arbá and they
burnt the citie with fire 28 And there was none to helpe because Laish was 〈◊〉 from Zidôn and they had no busides with other mē also it was in the valley that lyeth by Beth-rehôb 29 After they buylt the citie and dwelt therein 30 * And called the name of the citie 〈◊〉 after the name of 〈◊〉 their father which was borne vnto Israél 〈◊〉 howbeit the 〈◊〉 of the cities was Laish at the beginning 30 Then the children of 〈◊〉 set them vp the grauen image and Ionathán the sonne of 〈◊〉 the sonne of 〈◊〉 and his sonnes were the Priests in the tribe of the Danites vntil the day of the captiuitie of the land 31 So they set them vp the grauen image which Micháh had made all the while the house of God was in Shiloh CHAP. XIX 1 A Leuites wife being an harlot 〈◊〉 her housband and he toke her againe 25 At Gibeah she was moste 〈◊〉 abused to the death 29 The Leuite cutteth her in 〈◊〉 and sendeth 〈◊〉 to the twelue tribes 1 ALso in those daies * when there was no King in Israél a certaine Leuite dwelt on the side of mount Ephraim and toke to wife a * concubine out of Beth-lé hem Iudáh 2 And his concubine played the whore there and went away from him vnto her fathers 〈◊〉 to Beth-léhem Iudáh and there continued the space of foure moneths 3 And her housband arose and went after her to speaké friendly vnto her and to bring her againe he had also his seruant with him and a couple of asses and she broght him vnto her fathers house and when the yong womans father sawe him he reioyced of his comming 4 And his father in lawe the yong womans father reteined him and he abode with him thre daies so they did eat and drinke and lodged there 5 ¶ And when the fourth day came thei arose early in the morning and he prepared to departe thē the yong womās father said vnto his sonne in lawe Comforte thine heart with a morsel of bread and then go your way 6 So they sate downe and did eat and drink bothe of them together And the yong womans father said vnto the man Be content I pray thee tary all night and let thine heart be mery 7 And when the man rose vp to departe his father in lawe was earnest therefore he returned and lodged there 8 And he arose vp early the fifte day to de parte and the yong womans father said Comforte thine heart I pray thee and they taryed vntil after midday and they bothe did eat 9 Afterwarde when the man arose to departe with his concubine and his seruant his father in lawe the yong womans father said vnto him Beholde now the day dra weth towarde euē I pray you tary all night beholde the sunne goeth to rest lodge here that thine heart 〈◊〉 be mery and to morowe get you early vpon your way go to thy tent 10 But the man wolde not tary but arose departed and came ouer against Iebûs which is Ierusalém and his two asses laden and his concubine were wit him 11 When thei were nereto Iebús 〈◊〉 the day 〈◊〉 was sore spent and the seruant said vnto his master Come I pray thee and let vs turne into this citie of the Iebusites and lodge all night there 12 And his master answered him We wil not turne into the citie of strangers that are not of the children of Israél but we wil go forthe to Gibeáh 13 And he said vnto his seruant Come and let vs drawe nere to one of these places that we may lodge in Gibeáh or in Ramáh 14 So they went forwarde vpon their way and the sunne went downe vpō them nere to Gibeáh which is Beniamin 15 ¶ Then thei turned thether to go in and lodge in Gibeáh when he came he fate him downe in a strete of the citie for there was no man that toke them into his hou se to lodging 16 And beholde there came an olde mā from his worke out of the field at euen and the man was of mount Ephraim but dwelt in Gibeáh and the men of the place were the children of Iemini 17 And when he had lift vp his eyes he sawe a way faring man in the stretes of the citie 〈◊〉 then ths olde man sayd Whether goest thou and whence camest thou 18 And he answered him We came from Bet-léhem Iudáh vnto the side of mount Ephráim from thence am I 〈◊〉 and I went to Beth-léhem Iudáh and go now to the house of the Lord and no man receiueth me to house 19 Althoght we haue strawe and prouandre for our asses and also bread and wine for me and thine handmayd and for the boy that is with thy seruāt we lacke nothing 20 And the olde man said Peace be with the as for all that thou lackest shalt thou finde with me onely abide not in the stret all night 21 ¶ So he broght him into his house and gaue foddre vnto the asses 〈◊〉 washed their fete and did eat and drinke 22 〈◊〉 as they were making their hearts mery beholde the men of the citie wicked men beset the house round about and smote at the dore and spake to this olde man the master of the house saying Bring forthe the man that came into thine hou se that we may knowe him 23 And * this man the master of the house went out vnto them and said vnto them Naye my brethren do not so wickedly I pray you seing that this man is come into mine house do not this vilanie 24 Beholde here is my daughter a virgine and his concubine them wil I bring out now and humble them and do with thē what semeth you good but to this man do not this vilanie 25 But the men wolde not hearken to him therefore the man toke his concubine broght her out vnto them they knewe her and abused her all the night vnto the morning when the day began to spring they lét her go 26 So the womā came in the dawning of the day and fel downe at the dore of the mās house were her lord was til the light day 27 And her lord arose in the morning and opened the dores of the house and went out to go his way and beholde the woman his concubine was dead at the dore of the house and her hand lay vpon the thresholde 28 And he said vnto her Vp and let vs go but she answered not Then he toke her vp vpon the asse and the man rose vp and went vnto his place 29 And when he was come to his house he toke a knife and laid hand on his concubine and deuided her in pieces with her bones into twelue partes and send her through all quarters of Israél 30 And all that sawe it said There
Israelites that were with Saúl and Ionathán 22 Also all the men of Israél whiche had hid them selues in mount Ephráim when they heard that the Philistims were fled they followed after them in the battel 23 And so the Lord saued Israél that day and the battel continued vnto Beth-áuen 24 ¶ And at that time the men of Israél were pressed with hunger for Saúl charged the people with an othe saying Cursed be the man that eateth foode til ny ght that I may be auēged of mine enemies so none of the people tasted anie sustenance 25 And all they of the land came to a wood where hony lay vpon the ground 26 And the people came into the wood and beholde the hony dropped and no man moued his hand to his mouth for the people feared the othe 27 But Ionathán heard not when hys father charged the people with the othe wherefore he put forthe the end of the rod that was in his hand and dipt it in an hony cōbe and put his hand to his mouthe and hys eyes receyued sight 28 Then answered one of the people and said Thy father made the people to sweare saying Cursed be the man that eateth sustenance thys daye and the people were faint 29 Then said Ionathán My father hathe troubled the land se now how mine eyes are made cleare because I haue tasted a litle of this hony 30 How muche more if the people had eatē to day of the spoile of their enemies which they founde for had there not bene now a greater slaughter among the Philistims 31 ¶ And they smote the Philistims that day from Michmásh to Aiialón and the people were exceding faint 32 So the people turned to the spoyle and toke shepe and oxen and calues and slewe them on the grounde and the people did eat them * with the blood 33 Then men tolde Saúl saying Beholde the people sinne against the Lord in that thei eate with the blood And he said Ye haue trespassed roule a greate stone vnto me this day 34 Againe Saúl said Go abroade among the people and bid them bring me euerie man his oxe and euery man his shepe and slaye them here and eate and sinne not against the Lord in eating with the blood And the people broght euery mā his oxe in hys hand that night and slewe them there 35 Then Saúl made an altar vnto the Lorde and that was the first altar that he made vnto the Lord. 36 ¶ And Saúl said Let vs go downe after the Philistims by night and spoyle them vntil the morning shine and let vs not leaue a mā of them And they said Do whatsoeuer thou thinkest best Then said the Priest Let vs drawe nere hither vnto God 37 So Saúl asked of God saying Shall I go downe after the Philistims wilt thou deliuer them into the hāds of Israél But he answered him not at that time 38 ¶ And Saúl said * All ye chief of the people come ye hither and knowe and se by whome this sinne is done this day 39 For as the Lord liueth whiche saueth Israél thogh it be done by Ionathán my sonne he shall dye the death But none of all the people answered him 40 Then he said vnto all Israél Be ye on one side and I and Ionathán my sonne will be on the other side And the people said vnto Saúl Do what thou thinkest best 41 Then Saúl said vnto the Lord God of Israél Giue a perfet lot And Ionathán Saúl were taken but the people escaped 42 And Saúl said Cast lot betwene me Ionathán my sonne And Ionathán was taken 43 Then Saúl said to Ionathán Tell me what thou hast done And Ionathán tolde hym and said I tasted a litle hony with the end of the rod that was in mine hand and lo I must dye 44 Againe Saúl answered God do so more also vnles thou dye the death Ionathán 45 Aud the people sayde vnto Saúl Shall Ionathán dye who hathe so mightelye deliuered Israél God for bid As the Lorde liueth there shal not one heere of his heade fall to the grounde for he hathe wroght with God this day So the people deliuered Ionathán that he dyeth not 46 Then Saúl came vp from the Philistims the Philistims went to their owne place 47 ¶ So Saúl helde the kyngedome ouer Israél and foght against all his enemies on euerie side against Moáb and against the children of Ammón and against Edóm and against the Kings of Zobáh and agaynste the Philistims and whethersoeuer he wēt he handled them as wicked men 48 He gathered also an hoste and smote Amalék deliuered Israél out of the háds of them that spoiled them 49 Now the sonnes of Saúl were Ionathán and Ishui and Malchishúa and the names of his two daughters the elder was called Meráb and the yonger was named Michál 50 And the name of Sauls wife was Ahinóam the daughter of Ahimáaz and the name of his chief captaine was Abnér the sonne of Ner Sauls vncle 51 And Kish was Sauls father and Ner the father of Abnér was the sonne of Abiél 52 And there was sore warre against the Philistims all the dayes of Saúl and whomesoeuer Saúl sawe to be a stronge man and mete for the warre he toke him vnto him CHAP. XV. 3 Saúl is commanded to slay Amalék 9 He spareth Agág and the best things 19 Samuél reproueth him 28 Saúl is reiected of the Lord and his kingdome giuen to another 33 Samuél heweth Agág in pieces 1 AFterwarde Samuél said vnto Saúl * The Lord sent me to anoint thee King ouer his people ouer Israél nowe therefore obey the voyce of the wordes of the Lord. 2 Thus saith the Lord of hostes I remember what Amaléh did to Israél * how they layed wait for them in the waye as they came vp from Egypt 3 Nowe therefore go and smite Amalék destroye ye all that perteineth vnto thé and haue no compassion on thē but slay bothe man and woman bothe infante and suckeling bothe oxe and shepe bothe camel and asse 4 ¶ And Saúl assembled the people and nōbred them in Tel aim two hundreth thousand fotemen and ten thousand men of Iudáh 5 And Saúl came to a citie of Amalék and set watch at the riuer 6 And Saúl said vnto the Kenites Go departe and get you downe from amonge the Amalekites lest I destroye you wyth them for ye shewed mercy to all the children of Israél when they came vp frome Egypt and the Kenites departed from among the Amalekites 7 So Saúl smote the Amalekites from Hauiláh as thou commest to Shur that is before Egypt 8 And toke Agág the King of the Amalekites aliue destroyed all the people with the edge of the sworde 9 But Saúl and the people spared Agág and the better shepe and the oxen
knowest the hearts of al the childrē of mē 40 That they may feare thee as long as they liue in the lād which thou gauest vnto our fathers 41 Moreouer as touching the stranger that is not of thy people Israél who shal come ōut of a farre coūtrei for thy Names sake 42 When they shal heare of thy great Name and of thy mighty hand and of thy stretched out arme and shal come pray in this house 43 Heare thou in heauen thy dwelling place and do according to all that the stranger calleth for vnto thee that all the people of the earth may knowe thy Name feare thee as do thy people Israél and that they may knowe that thy Name is called vpon in this house which I haue buylt 44 ¶ When the people shal go out to battel against their enemie by they way that thou shalt send them and shal pray vnto the Lord * towarde the way of the citie which thou hast chosen and towarde the house that I haue buylt for thy Name 45 Heare thou then in heauen their prayer supplication and iudge their cause 46 If they sinne against thee * for 〈◊〉 is no man that sinneth not and thou be angry with them and deliuer them vnto the enemies so that they carie them away prisōners vnto the land of the enemies ether farre or nere 47 Yet if they turne againe vnto their heart in the land to the whith they be caryed away captiues and returne and pray vnto thee in the land of them that caryed them away captiues saying We haue sinned we haue transgressed and done wickedly 48 If they turne 〈◊〉 vnto thee with all their heart and with all their soule in the land of their enemies which led thē away captiues and pray vnto thee towarde the way of their land which thou gauest vnto their fathers and towarde the citie which thou hast chosen and the house which I haue buylt for thy Name 49 Then heare thou their 〈◊〉 and their supplicacion in heauē thy dwelling place and * iudge their cause 50 And be merciful vnto thy people that ha ue sinned against thee and vnto all their iniquities wherein they haue transgres sed against thee and cause that thei which led them away captiues may haue pitie compassion on them 51 For they be thy people and thine inheritance which thou broghtest out of Egypt from the middes of the yron fornace 52 Let thine eies be open vnto the prayer of thy seruant vnto the prayer of thy peo ple Israél to hearken vnto them in all that they call for vnto thee 53 For thou didest separate them to thee frō among all people of the earth for an inhe ritance as thou saidest by the hand of Mo sés thy seruāt when thou broghtest our fa thers * out of Egypt ô Lord God 54 And when Salomon had made an end of praying all this prayer and supplicacion vnto the Lord he arose from before the altar of the Lord frō kneling on his knees and stretching of his hands to heauen 55 And stode and blessed all the Congregacion of Israél with a loude voyce saying 56 Blessed be the Lord that hathe giuen rest vnto his people Israél according to all that he promised there hathe 〈◊〉 failed one worde of all his good promes which he pro mised by the hand of Mosēs his seruant 57 The lord our God be with vs as he was with our fathers that he forsake vs not nether leaue vs. 58 That he may bowe our hearts vnto him that we may walke in all his waies and ke pe his cōmandements his statutes and his lawes which he cōmāded our fathers 59 And these my wordes which I haue praied before the Lord be nere vnto the Lord our God 〈◊〉 and nighte that he defende the cause of his seruant the cause of his peo ple Israél alway as the matter requireth 60 That all the people of the earth may knowe that the lord is God none other 61 Let your heart therefore be perfit with the Lord our God to walke in his statutes to kepe his commandemēts as this day 62 ¶ Then the King and all Israél with him of fred sacrifice before the Lord 63 * And Salomón offred a sacrifice of peace offrings which he offred vnto the Lord to wit two and twentie thousand beeues an hundreth and twentie thousand shepe so the King and all the children of Israél dedicated the house of the Lord. 64 The same day did the King halowe the mi dle of the courte that was before the house of the Lord for there he offred burnt of frings and the meat offrings and the fat of the peace offrings because the * brasen altar that was before the Lord was to litle to receiue the burnt offrings and the meat offrings and the fat of the peace of frings 65 And Salomón made at that time a feast and all Israél with him a very great Congregacion euen from the entring in of Hamath vnto the riuer of Egypt before the Lord our God seuen dayes and seuen dayes euen fourtene dayes 66 And the eight day he sent the people awaye and they thanked the Kinge and vnto their tentes ioyous and with glad heart because of all the goodnes that the Lord had done for Dauid his seruant and for Israél his people CHAP. IX 2 The Lord appeareth the seconde time to Salomon 11 Sa lomón giueth cities to Hirám 20 The Canaanites beco me tributaries 〈◊〉 He sendeth fort he an anie for golde 1 WHen * Salomō had finished the buyl ding of the house of the Lord and and the Kings palace and all that Salomō desired and minded to do 2 Then the Lord appeared vnto Salomōn the secōde time as he * appeared vnto him at Gibeōn 3 And the Lord said vnto him I haue heard thy prayer and thy supplicatiō that thou hast made before me I haue halowed this house which thou hast buylt to * put my Name there for euer and mine eyes and mine heart shal be there perpetually 4 And if thou wilt walke before me as Da uid thy father walked in purenes of heart and in righteousnes to do according to all that I haue commanded thee and kepe my statutes and my iudgements 5 Then wil I stablish the throne of thy king dome vpon Israél for euer as I promised to Dauid thy father saying * Thou shalt not want a man vpon the throne of Israél 6 But if ye and your children turne away from me and wil not kepe my comman dements and my statutes which I haue set before you but go serue other gods and worship them 7 Then wil I cut of Israél from the land which I haue giuen them and the house which I haue halowed * for my Name wil I cast out of my
And when it was day he went out and stode and said to all the people Ye be righteous beholde I conspired against my master and slewe him but who slewe all these 10 Knowe now that there shal fall vnto the earth nothing of the worde of the Lord which the Lord spake concerning the house of Aháb for the Lord hathe broght to passe the things that he spake by his seruant * Eliiáh 11 So Iehú slewe all that remayned of the hou se of Aháb in Izreél and all that were great with him and his familiars and his priests so that he let none of his remaine 12 ¶ And he arose and departed and came to Samaria And as Iehú was in the waye by an house where the shepherdes did shere 13 He met with the brethren of Ahaziáh King of Iudáh and said Who are ye And thei answered We are the brethren of Ahaziáh and go downe to salute the children of the King and the children of the Quene 14 And he said Take them aliue And thei toke them aliue and slewe them at the well be side the house where the shepe are shorne euen two and fourtie men and he left not one of them 15 ¶ And when he was departed thence he met with Iehonadáb the sonne of Recháb comming to mete him and he blessed him and said to him Is thine heart vpright as mine heart is toward thine And Iehonadáb an swered Yea douteles Then giue me thine hand And when he had giuen him his hand he toke him vp to him into the 〈◊〉 16 And he said Come with me and se the zeale that I haue for the Lord so they made him ryde in his charet 17 And when he came to Samaria he slewe all that remained vnto Ahà b in Samaria til he had destroyed him according to the worde of the Lord which he spake to Eliiáh 18 Then Iehú assembled all the people said vnto them Aháb serued Báal a litle but Iehú shal serue him muche more 19 Now therefore call vnto me all the prophe tes of Báal all his seruants and all his priests let not a man be lack ing for I haue a great sacrifice for Báal who soeuer is lacking he shal not liue But Iehú did it by a subtilitie to destroye the seruants of Báal 20 And Iehú said Proclaime a solemne assem blie for Báal And thei proclaimed it 21 So Iehú sent vnto all Israél and all the seruants of Báal came and there was not a man left that came not And thei came into the house of Báal and the house of Báal was ful from end to end 22 Then he said vnto him that had the charge of the vestrie Bring forthe vestements for all the seruants of Báal And he broght thē out vestements 23 And when Iehú went and Iehonadáb the sonne of Recháb into the house of Báal he said vnto the seruants of Báal Searche diligently and loke lest there be here with you any of the seruants of the Lord but the seruants of Báal onely 24 And when thei went in to make sacrifice burnt offring Iehú appointed fourescore mē without and said If anie of the men whome I haue broght into your hands escape his 〈◊〉 shal be for his soule 25 And when he had made an end of the burnt offring Iehú said to the garde and to the captaines Go in slaye them let not a man come out And they smote them with the edge of the sworde And the garde and the captaines cast them out and went vnto the citie where was the temple of Báal 26 And they broght out the images of the tem ple of Báal and burnt them 27 And they destroyed the image of Báal and threwe downe the house of Báal and made aiakes of it vnto this day 28 So Iehú destroyed Báal out of Israél 29 But from the sinnes of Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát which made 〈◊〉 to sinne Iehú departed not from them nether from the golden calues that were in Beth-éland that were in Dan. 30 〈◊〉 And the Lord said vnto Iehú Because thou hast diligētly executed that which was right in mine eyes and hast donevnto the house of Aháb according to all things that were in mine heart therefore shal thy sonnes vnto the fourte generacion sit on the throne of Israél 31 But Iehú regarded notto walke in the lawe of the Lord God of Israél with all his heart for he departed not from the sinnes of Iero boám which made Israél to sinne 32 In those dayes the Lord began to lothe Israél and Hazaél smote them in all the coastes of Israél 33 From Iordén Eastwarde euen all the land of Gileád the Gadites and the Reubenites and them that were of Manasséh from Aroér which is by the riuer Arnōn and Gileád and 〈◊〉 34 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iehú and all that he did and all his valiant dedes are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél 35 And Iehu slept with his fathers and they bu ryed him in Samaria and 〈◊〉 his sonne reigned in his steade 36 And the time that Iehú reigned ouer Israél in Samaria is eight and twentie yeres CHAP. XI 1 Athaliah putteth to death all the Kings sonnes except Ioash the sonne of Ohoziah 4 Ioash is appointed King 15 〈◊〉 causeth 〈◊〉 to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He maketh a couenant 〈◊〉 God and the people 18 Baal and his priests are destroyed 1 THen * Athaliah the mother of Ahaziáh when she saw that her sonne was dead she arose and destroyed all the Kings sede 2 But 〈◊〉 bathe daughter of King Iorám and sister to Ahaziáh toke loásh the sonne of Ahazià h and stale him from amc̄g the Kings sonnes that shulde be slaine bothe him and his nource keping thē in the bed chamber and they hid him from Athaliah so that he was not slaine 3 And he was with her hid in the house of the Lord six yere and Athaliáh did reigne ouer the land 4 ¶ * And the seuenth yere Iehoiadá sent toke the captaines 〈◊〉 hundreths with other captaines and them of the garde and caused thē to come vnto him into the house of the Lord and made a couenant with thē toke an othe of thē in the house of the Lord and shewed them the Kings sonne 5 And he commanded them saying This is it that ye must do The third parte of you that cometh on the Sabbath shal warde towarde the Kings house 6 And another third parte in the gate of Sur and another third parte in the gate behinde them of the garde and ye shal kepe watche in the house of Massáh 7 And two partes of you that is all that go out on the Sabbath day shal kepe the watche of the house of the Lord about the King 8 And ye shal compasse the King round about euerie
he red in their eares all the wordes of the boke of the couenāt which was foūd in the house of the Lord. 3 And the King stode by the piller and made a couenant before the Lord that they shuld walke after the Lord and kepe his comman dements and his testimonies and his statutes with all their heart and with all their soule that they might accōplish the wordes of this couenant writen in this boke And all the people stode to the couenant 4 Then the King commanded Hilkiáh the hie Priest and the Priests of the secōd ordre and the kepers of the dore to bring out of the Temple of the Lord all the vessels that were made for Báal and for the groue and for all the hoste of heauē and he burnt them without Ierusalém in the fields of Kedrón and caryed the powdre of them into Beth-él 5 And he put downe the Chemerim whome the Kings of Iudáh founded to burne incense in the hie places and in the cities of Iudáh and about Ierusalém and also them that burnt incense vnto Báal to the sunne and to the moone and to the planets and to all the hoste of heauen 6 And he broght out the groue from the Tēple of the Lord without Ierusalém vnto the valley Kedrón and burnt it in the valley Kedrón and stampt it to powdre and cast the dust thereof vpon the graues of the children of the people 7 And he brake downe the houses of the sodo mites that were in the house of the Lord where the women woue hangings for the groue 8 Also he broght all the priestes out of the cities of Iudáh and defiled the hie places whe re the priests had burnt incense euen from Géba to Beer-shéba and destroied the hie places of the gates that were in the entring in of the gate of Ioshúa the gouernour of the citie which was at the left hand of the gate of the citie 9 Neuertheles the priests of the hie places ca me not vp to the altar of the Lord in Ierusalém saue onely thei did eat of the vnleauened bread among their brethren 10 He defiled also Tōpheth which was in the valley of the childrē of 〈◊〉 that no man shulde maketh his sonne or his daughter passe through the fyre to Mōlech 11 He put downe also the horses that the Kings of Iudáh had giuen to the sunne at the entring in of the house of the Lord by the chamber of Nethan-mélech the eunuche which was ruler of the suburbes and burnt the charets of the sunne with fyre 12 And the altars that were on the top of the chamber of Aház which the Kings of 〈◊〉 had made the altars which Manasséh had made in the two 〈◊〉 of the house of the Lord did the King breake downe and hasted thence and cast the dust of them in the brooke Kedrōn 13 Moreouer the King defiled the hie places that were before Ierusalē on the right hād of the mount of corruption which * Salomón the King of Israél had buylt for Ashtōreth theidole of the Zidoniās for Chemósh the idole of the Moabites for Milchō the abomination of the children of Ammón 14 And he brake the images in pieces and cut downe the groues and filled their places with the bones of men 15 Furthermore the altar that was at Beth-él the hie place made by Ieroboā the sonne of Nebát which made Israél to sinne bothe this altar and also the hie place brake he do wne and burnt the hie place and stampt to powder and burnt the groue 16 And as Iosiáh turned him selfe he spied the graues that were in the mount and sent and toke the bones out of the graues and burnt them vpon the altar and polluted it according to the worde of the Lord that the man of God proclaimed whiche cryed the same wordes 17 Then he said What title is that which I se And the men of the citie said vnto him It is the sepulchre of the mā of God which came from Iudáh and tolde these things that thou hast done to the altar of Beth-él 18 Thē said he Let him alone let none remoue his bones So his bones were saued with the bones of the Prophet that came from Samaria 19 Iosiáh also toke away all the houses of the hie places which were in the cities of Sama ria which the King of Israél had made to an gre the Lord and did to them according to all the factes that he had done in Beth-él 20 And he sacrificed all the priests of the hie places that were there vpon the altars and burnt mens bones vpon them and returned to Ierusalém 21 ¶ Then the King commanded all the people saying * Kepe the Passeouer vnto the Lord your God * as it is writtē in the boke of this couenant 22 And there was no Passeouer holden like that frō the dayes of the Iudges that iudged Israél nor in all the dayes of the Kings of Israél and of the Kings of Iudáh 23 And in the eightenth yere of King Iosiáh was this Passeouer celebrated to the Lord in Ierusalém 24 Iosiáh also toke away them that had familiar spirits and the sothesayers and the images and the idoles and all the abominacions that were espied in the land of Iudáh and in Ierusalém to performe the wordes of the * Lawe which were writen in the boke that Hilkiáh the Priest founde in the house of the Lord. 25 Like vnto him was there no King before him that turned to the Lord with all his heart and with all his soule and with all his might according to all the Lawe of Moses nether after him arose there anie like him 26 Notwithstanding the Lord turned not from the fearcenes of his great wrath where with he was angrie against Iudáh because of all the prouocacions where with Manasséh had prouoked him 27 Therefore the Lord said I wil put Iudáh also out of my sight as I haue put away Israél and wil cast of this citie Ierusalém whiche I haue chosen and the house where of I said * My Name shal be there 28 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iosiáh and all that he did are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudáh 29 ¶ * In his dayes Pharaōh Nechoh King of Egypt wēt vp against the King of Asshúr to the riuer Peráth And King Iosiáh went against him whome when Pharaóh sawe he slewe him at Megiddô 30 Then his seruants caried him dead from Me giddó and broght him to Ierusalém and buryed him in his owne sepulchre And the peo ple of the land toke Iehoaház the sonne of Iosiáh and annointed him made him King in his fathers steade 31 * Iehoaház was thre and twentie yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned thre moneths in Ierusalém His
〈◊〉 the earth 34 Praise the Lord for he is good for his mercie endureth for euer 35 And say ye Saue vs ô God our saluacion gather vs and deliuer vs from the heathen that we may praise thine holy Name and glorie in thy praise 36 Blessed be the Lord God of Israél for euer and euer and let all people say So be it and praise the Lord. 37 ¶ Then he left there before the Arke of the Lords couenant Asáph and his brethren to minister continually before the Arke that which was to be done euerie day 38 And Obéd Edóm and his brethrē thre score and eight and Obéd Edóm the sonne of Ieduthún and Hosáh were porters 39 And Zadōk the Priest and his brethren the Priests were before the Tabernacle of the Lord in the hie place that was at Gibeōn 40 To offer burnt offrings vnto the Lord vpon the burnt offring altar cōtinually in the mor ning and in the euening euen according vnto all that is written in the Lawe of the Lord which he commanded Israél 41 And with them were Hemán Ieduthún and the rest that were chosen which were appointed by names to praise the Lord because his mercie endureth for euer 42 Euen with them were Hemán and Ieduthún to make a sounde with the cornets and with the cymbales with excellent instrumēts of 〈◊〉 and the sonnes of Ieduthún were at the gate 43 And all the people departed euerie man to his house and Dauid returned to blesse his house CHAP. XVII 3 Dauid is forbidden to buylde an house vnto the Lord. 12 Christ is promised vnder the figure of Salomón 18 Dauid 〈◊〉 thankes 23 And prayeth vnto God 1 NOw * afterwarde whē Dauid dwelt in his house he said to Nathán the Prophet Be 〈◊〉 I dwel in an house of cedre trees but the Arke of the Lords couenant remaineth vnder curtaines 2 Then Nathán said to Dauid Do all that is in thine heart for God is with thee 3 And the same night euen the worde of God came to Nathán saying 4 Go and tel Dauid my 〈◊〉 Thus saith the Lord Thou shalt not buylde me an house to dwel in 5 For I haue dwelt in no house since the day that I broght out the children of Israél vnto this day but I haue bene from tent to tent and from habitacion to habitacion 6 Wheresoeuer I haue walked with all 〈◊〉 spake I one worde to anie of the iudges of Israél whome I commanded to fede my peo ple saying Why haue ye not buylt me an house of cedre trees 7 Now therefore thus shalt thou say vnto my seruant Dauid Thus saith the Lord of hostes I toke thee from the shepe coate from following the shepe that thou shuld est be a prince ouer my people Israél 8 And I haue bene with thee whethersoeuer thou hast walked haue destroyed all thine enemies out of thy sight haue made thee a name like the name of the great men that are in the earth 9 Also I wil appoint a place for my people Israél and wil plant it that they may dwel in their place and moue nomore nether shal the wicked people vexe then anie more as at the beginning 10 And since the time that I commanded iudges ouer my people Israél And I wil subdue all thine enemies therefore I say vnto thee that the Lord wil buylde thee an house 11 And when thy dayes shal be fulfilled to go with thy fathers then wil I raise vp thy sede after thee which shal be of thy sonnes and wil stablish his kingdome 12 He shal buylde me an house I wil stablish his throne for euer 13 I wil be his father and he shal be my sonne I wil not take my mercie away from him as I toke it from him that was before thee 14 But I wil establish him in mine house and in my kingdome for euer and his throne shal be stablished for euer 15 According to all these wordes and according to all this vision So Nathán spake to King Dauid 16 ¶ And Dauid the King went in and sate before the Lord and said Who am I ô Lord God and what is mine house that thou hast broght me hetherto 17 Yet thou esteming this a smale thing ô God hast also spokē concerning the house of thy seruant for a great while and hast regarded me according to the estate of a man of hye degre ô Lord God 18 What can Dauid desme more of thee for the honour of thy seruant for thou knowest thy seruant 19 O Lord for thy seruants sake euen according to thine heart hast thou done all this great thing to declare all magnificence 20 Lord there is none like thee nether is there anie God besides thee according to all that we haue heard with our eares 21 Moreouer what one nacion in the earth is like thy people Israél whose God went to re deme then to be his people to make thy self a Name to do great terrible things by casting our naciōs frō before thy people whome thou hast deliuered out of Egypt 22 For thou hast ordeined thy people Israél to be thine owne people for euer thou Lord art become their God 23 Therefore now Lord let the thing that thou hast spoken concerning thy seruant and cōcerning his house be confirmed for euer and do as thou hast said 24 And let thy Name be stable and magnified for euer that it may be said The Lord of hostes God of Israél is the God of Israél and let the house of Dauid thy seruant be sta blished before thee 25 For thou ô my God hast reueled vnto the eare of thy seruāt that thou wilt buylde him an house therefore thy seruant hathe bene bolde to pray before thee 26 Therefore now Lord for thou art God and hast spoken this goodnes vnto thy seruant 27 Now therefore it hathe pleased thee to bles se the house of thy seruant that it may be before thee for euer for thou ô Lord hast blessed it and it shal be blessed for euer CHAP. XVIII 1 The battel of Dauid against the Philistims 2 And agaīst Moab 3 Zobáh 5 Arám 12 And Edóm 1 ANd after this Dauid smote the Philistims and subdued them and toke Gath and the villages thereof out of the hand of the Philistims 2 And he smote Moáb and the Moabites became Dauids seruants and broght giftes 3 ¶ And Dauid smote Hadarézer King of Zobáh vnto Hamáth as he went to stablish his border by the riuer Peráth 4 And Dauid toke from him a thousand charets and seuen thousand horsemen and twētie thousand fotemen and * destroyed all the charets but he reserued of thē an hundreth charets 5 ¶ Then came the Aramites of Damascus to succour Hadarézer King of Zobáh but Dauid slewe of the
of the earth 6 For nacion was destroyed of nacion and citie of citie for God troubled them with all aduersitie 7 Be ye strong therefore and let not your han des be weake for your worke shal haue a rewarde 8 ¶ And when Asá heard these wordes and the prophecie of Odéd the Prophete he was encouraged and toke awaye the abominacions out of all the lande of Iudáh and Beniamin and out of the cities whiche he had taken of mount Ephraim and he renued the altar of the Lorde that was before the porche of the Lord. 9 And he gathered al Iudah and Beniamin and the strangers with them out of Ephraim and Manasséh and out of Simeón for there fell many to hym out of Israél when they sawe that the Lord his God was with him 10 So they assembled to Ierusalém in the third moneth in the fiftente yere of the reygne of Asá 11 And they offred vnto the Lorde the same time of the spoile which they had broght euen seuen hundreth bullockes and seuen thousand shepe 12 And the made a couenant to seke the Lord God of their fathers with all their heart and with all their soule 13 And whosoeuer will not seke the Lorde GOD of Israél shal be sleane whether he were small or great man or woman 14 And they sweare vnto the LORD with a loude voyce and with shoutyng and with trumpets and with cornets 15 And all Iudah reioyced at the othe for they had sworne vnto the Lorde with all their heart aud soght him with a whole desire ād he was founde of them And the Lorde gaue them rest rounde about 16 ¶ And Kyng Asá deposed Maachah hys mother from her regencie because she had made an idole in a groue and Asá brake downe her idole and stamped it and burnt it at the broke Kidrón 17 But the hie places were not taken awaye out of Israél yet the heart of Asá was per fite all his dayes 18 Also he broght into the house of GOD the things that his father had dedicate and that he had dedicate siluer and golde ād vessels 19 And there was no warre vnto the fiue and thirtieth yere of the reigne of Asá CHAP. XVI 2 Asa for feare of Baasha King of Israél maketh a couenant with Benhadad King of Aram. 7 He is reproued by the Prophet 10 Whome he putteth in prison 12 He putteth his trust in the Phisitians 13 His death 1 IN the six and thirtieth yere of the reigne of Asá came Baasha King of Israél vp against Iudah and buylt Ramah to let none passe out or go in to Asa King of Iudah 2 Then Asa broght out siluer and golde out of the treasures of the house of the Lorde and of the Kyngs house and sent to Benhadad Kyng of Arám that dwelt at Damascus saying 3 There is a couenant betwene me and thee and betwene my father and thy father behold I haue sent thee siluer and gold come breake thy league with Baasha Kyng of Israél that he may departe from me 4 And Benhadád hearkened vnto Kyng Asá and sent the captaines of the armies whiche he had against the cities of Israél And they smote Iiōn and Dan and Abelmāim and the store cities of Naphtalī 5 And when Baashá heard it he left buylding of Ramáh and let his worke cease 6 Then Asá the King toke all 〈◊〉 caryed away the stones of Ramáh and the tymbre thereof where with Baashá did buyld and he buylt therewith Géba and Mizpáh 7 ¶ And at that same time Hanáni the Seer came to Asá King of Iudáh and said vnto him Because thou hast rested vpon the King of Arám and not rested in the Lord thy God therefore is the hoste of the King of Arám escaped out of thine hand 8 * The Ethiopians and the Lubims were they not a great hoste with charets and horsemen exceding many yet because thou didest rest vpon the Lord he deliuered them into thine hand 9 * For the eyes of the Lord beholde all the earth to shewe him selfe strong with them that are of perfite heart to ward him thou hast thē done foolishly in this therefore frō hensforthe thou shalt haue warres 10 Thē Asā was wroth with the Seer and put him īto a prisō for he was displeased with him because of this thing And Asá oppressed certeine of the people at the same time 11 And beholde the actes of Asá first and last lo they are writen in the boke of the Kings of Iudáh and Israél 12 ¶ And Asá in the nine and thirtieth yere of his reigne was diseased in his fete and his disease was extreme yet he soght not the Lord in his disease but to the Phisicians 13 So Asá slept with his fathers and dyed in the one and fourtieth yere of his reigne 14 And they buryed him in one of his sepulchres whiche he had made for him selfe in the citie of Dauid and layed him in the bed which they had filled with swete odours and diuerse kindes of spices made by the arte of the apoticarie and they burnt him with an exceding great fyre CHAP. XVII 5 Iehoshaphát trusting in the Lord prospereth in riches honour 6 He abolisheth idolatrie 7 And causeth the people to be taught 11 He receiueth tribute of strangers 13 His munitions and men of warre 1 ANd Iehoshaphát his sonne reigned in his stead and preuailed against Israél 2 And he put garisons in all the strong cities of Iudáh and set bands in the land of Iudáh and in the cities of Ephráim which Asá his father had taken 3 And the Lord was with Iehoshaphát because he walked in the first wayes of his father Dauid and soght not Baalim 4 But soght the Lord God of his father and walked in his commandements and not after the trade of Israél 5 Therefore the Lord stablished the kingdom in his hand and all Iudáh broght presents to Iehoshaphát so that he had of riches and ho nour in abun dance 6 And he lift vp his heart vnto the wayes of the Lord and he toke awaye moreouer the hie places and the groues out of Iudáh 7 ¶ And in the third yere of his reigne he sent his princes Ben-háil and Obadiáh Zecha riáh and Nethaneél and Michaiáh that they shulde teache in the cities of Iudáh 8 And with them Leuites Shemaiáh and Nethaniáh and Zebadiáh and Asahēl Shemiramōth and Iehonathán and Adoniiáh and Tobiiáh and Toq-adoniiáh Leuites with them Elishamá and Iehorám Priests 9 And they taught in Iudáh and had the boke of the Lawe of the Lord with them went about throughout all the cities of Iudáh and taught the people 10 And the feare of the Lord fell vpon all the kingdomes of the lands that were rounde about Iudáh and they foght not against Iehoshaphát 11 Also some of the Philistims
drewe a bowe mygh tely smote the King of Israél betwene the ioyntes of his brigandine therefore he said to his charetman Turne thine hād and carie 〈◊〉 out of the hoste for I am hurt 34 And the battel increased that day and the King of Israél stode stil in his charet against the Aramites vntil euen and dyed at the time of the sunne going downe CHAP. XIX 4 After Iehoshaphat was rebuked by the Prophet he called againe the people to the honoring of the Lord. 5 He appointeth iudges and ministers 9 And exhorteth them to feare God 1 ANd Iehoshaphát the Kyng of Iudah returned safe to his house in Ierusalém 2 And Iehu the sonne of Hanani the Seer wēt out to mete hym and sayd to Kyng Iehoshaphat Woldest thou helpe the wicked and loue them that hate the Lorde therefore for this thyng the wrath of the Lorde is vppon thee 3 Neuertheles good thynges are founde in thee because thou hast taken away the groues out of the land and hast prepared thine heart to seke God 4 ¶ So Iehoshaphat dwelt at Ierusalém and turned and went through the people from Beer-sheba to mounte Ephraim and broght them agayne vnto the LORD God of their fathers 5 And he set iudges in the land throughout all the strong cities of Iudah citie by citie 6 And sayd to the iudges Take hede what ye do for ye execute not the iudgementes of man but of the Lorde and he wil be with you in the cause and iudgement 7 Wherefore nowe let the feare of the Lorde be vpon you take hede and do it for there is no iniquitie with the LORD our God nether * respect of persones nor receyuing of rewarde 8 Moreouer in Ierusalém did Iehoshaphat set of the Leuites and of the Priests and of the chief of the families of Israél for the iudgement and cause of the Lord and they returned to Ierusalém 9 And he charged them saying Thus shall ye do in the feare of the Lorde faythfully and with a persite heart 10 And in euerie cause that shall come to you of your brethren that dwell in their cities betwene blood and blood betwene lawe and precept statutes ād iudgements ye shal iudge them and admonishe them that they trespasse not against the Lorde that wrath come not vpon you and vpon your brethrē Thus shal ye do and trespasse not 11 And beholde Amariah the Priest shal be the chief ouer you in all matters of the Lord and Zebadiah the sonne of Ishmaél a ruler of the house of Iudáh shal be for all the Kings affaires and the Leuites shal be officers before you Be of courage and do it ād the Lord shal be with the good CHAP. XX. 3 Iehoshaphat and the people pray vnto the Lorde 22 The maruelous victorie that the Lorde gaue him against his enemies 30 His reigne and actes 1 AFter this also came the children of Moáb and the childrē of Ammón and with them of the Ammonites agaynst Iohoshaphat to battel 2 Thē there came that tolde Iehoshaphat saying There cometh a great multitude against thee from beyonde the Sea out of Arám and beholde they be in Hazzón Tamár whi che is En-gédi 3 And 〈◊〉 feared and set hym selfe to seke the Lorde and proclaymed a faste throughout all Iudah 4 And Iudáh gathered themselues together to aske counsel of the Lord they came euen out of all the cities of Iudáh to 〈◊〉 of the Lord. 5 And Iehoshaphát stode in the Congregaciō of Iudáh and Ierusalém in the house of the Lord before the new court 6 And said O Lord God of our fathers art not thou God in heauen and reignest not thou on all the kingdomes of the heathen and in thine hand is power and might and none is able to withstand thee 7 Didest not thou our God cast out the inha bitants of this land before thy people Israél and gauest it to the sede of Abrahám thy friend for euer 8 And they dwelt therein and haue buylt thee a Sanctuarie therein for thy Name saying 9 * If euil come vpon vs as the sworde of iudgement or pestilence or famine we will stand before this house and in thy presence for thy Name is in this house and wil crye vnto thee in our tribulacion and thou wilt heare and helpe 10 And nowe beholde the children of* Ammón and Moab and mount Seir by whome thou woldest not let Israél go whē they came out of the land of Egypt but they turned aside from them and destroyed them not 11 Beholde I say they rewarde vs in comming to cast vs out of thine inheritance whiche thou hast caused vs to inherit 12 O our God wilt thou not iudge them for there is no strength in vs to stande before this great multitude that commeth againste vs nether do we knowe what to do but our eyes are towarde thee 13 And all Iudah stode before the LORD with their yong ones their wiues and their children 14 And Iahaziél the sonne of Zechariáh the sonne of Benaiah the sonne of Ieiél the sonne of Mattaniah a Leuite of the sonnes of Asaph was there vpon whome came the Spirit of the Lorde in the middes of the Congregacion 15 And he said Hearken ye all Iudah and ye inhabitantes of 〈◊〉 and thou Kyng Iehoshaphat thus sayth the LORD vnto you Feare you not nether be afrayed for this great multitude for the battell is not yours but Gods 16 To morowe go ye downe against them beholde they come vp by the cleft of Ziz and ye shall finde them at the end of the broke before the wildernes of Israél 17 Ye shall not nede to fight in thys battel * stand stil moue not and beholde the saluacion of the Lorde towarde you ô Iudah and Ierusalēm feare ye not nether be afray ed tomorowe go out agaynste them and the Lord wil be with you 18 ¶ Then Iehoshaphat bowed downe with his face to the earth and all Iudáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém fell downe before the Lord worshiping the Lord. 19 And the Leuites of the children of the Kohathites and of the children of the Corhites stode vp to praise the Lorde GOD of Israél with aloude voice on hie 20 And when they arose early in the mornyng they went forth to the wildernes of Tekoa and as they departed Iehoshaph at stode ād said Heare ye me ô Iudah and ye in habitantes of Ierusalém put your trust in the Lorde your God and ye shal be assured 〈◊〉 his Prophetes and ye shall prosper 21 And whē he had consulted with the people and appointed singers vnto the Lorde and them that shulde prayse hym that is in the beautiful Sanctuarie in going forthe before the men of armes and saying Praise ye the Lorde for his mercie
the Kings house and set the King vpon the throne of the kingdome 21 Then all the people of the land reioyced the citie was quiet after that thei had sleane Athaliáh with the sworde CHAP. XXIIII 4 Ioásh repaireth the house of the Lord. 17 After the death of Iehoiadá he falleth idolatrie 21 He stoneth to death 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 25 Ioash is killed of his owne seruants 27 After him 〈◊〉 Amaziah 1 IOásh * was seuen yere olde when he began to reigne and he reigned fourtie yere in Ierusalém and his mothers name was Zibiáh of Beer-shéba 2 And Ioásh did vprightly in the sight of the Lord all the dayes of Iehoiadá the Priest 3 And Iehoiadá toke him two wiues and he 〈◊〉 sonnes and daughters 4 ¶ And after ward it came into Ioásh minde to renue the house of the Lord. 5 And he assembled the Priestes and the Leuites and said to them Go out vnto the cities of Iudáh and gather of all Israél money to repaire the house of your God from yere to yere and haste the thing but the Leuites hasted not 6 Therefore the King called Iehoiadá the chief and said vnto him Why hast thou not required of the Leuites to bring in out of Iudáh and Ierusalém * the taxe of Mosés the seruant of the Lord and of the Congregaciō of Israél for the Tabernacle of the testimonie 7 For wicked Athaliáh and her children brake vp the house of God all the things that were dedicate for the house of the Lord did thei besto we vpon Baalim 8 Therefore the King commanded * and they made a chest ād set it at the gate of the house of the Lord. 9 And they made proclamacion through Iudah and Ierusalém to bryng vnto Lorde * the taxe of Mosés the seruant of God laied vpon Israél in the wildernes 10 And all the princes and all the people reioy ced and broght in and caste into the chest vntill they had finished 11 And when it was tyme they broght the chest vnto the Kyngs officer by the hand of the Leuites and when they sawe that there was muche siluer then the Kings Scribe and one appointed by the hye Priest came and emptied the chest and toke it and caried it to his place againe thus they did day by day and gathered siluer in abundance 12 And the Kyng and Iehoiada gaue it to suche as did the labour ād worke in the house of the Lorde and hyred masons and carpenters to repaire the house of the Lorde they gaue it also to workers of yron and brasse to repaire the house of the Lorde 13 So the workemen wroght and the worke amended through their hands and they re stored the house of GOD to hys state and strengthened it 14 And when they had finished it they broght the rest of the siluer before the King and Iehoiadá and he made thereof vessels for the house of the LORDE euen vessels to minister bothe morters and incense cuppes and vessels of golde and of siluer and they offred burnt offrings in the house of the Lorde continually all the dayes of Iehoiada 15 ¶ But Iehoiada waxed olde and was full of dayes and dyed And hundreth and thirtie yere olde was he when he dyed 16 And they buryed him in the citie of Dauid with the Kings because he had done good in Israél and towarde God and his house 17 ¶ And after the death of sehoiadá came the princes of Iudah and did reuerence to the King and the King hearkened vnto them 18 And they left the house of the Lord God of their fathers and serued groues and idoles and wrath came vpon Iudah and Ierusalém because of this their trespasses 19 And God sent Prophetes among them to bring them againe vnto the Lorde and they made protestation among them but they wolde not heare 20 And the Spirit of God came vpon Zechariah the sonne of Iehoiada the Priest whiche stode aboue the people and sayd vnto them Thus saith GOD Why transgresseye the commandements of the Lorde surely it shall not prosper 〈◊〉 ye haue forsaken the Lord he also hathe forsaken you 21 Then they conspired agaynst hym and stoned hym with stones at the commaundement of the Kyng in the court of the house of the Lord. 22 Thus Ioash the Kyng remembred not the kindenes which Iehoiadá his father had done to him but slewe his sonne And when he dyed he said The Lord loke vpon it and require it 23 ¶ And when the yere was out the hoste of Arám came vp against him and thei came against Iudáh and Ierusalém and destroyed all the princes of the people from among the people and sent all the spoile of them vnto the King of Damascus 24 Thoght the armie of Arám came with a small company of men yet the Lord deliuered a very great armie into their hand because they had forsaken the Lord God of their fathers they gaue sentence against Ioásh 25 And when thei were departed from him for thei left him in great diseases his owne seruants conspired against him for the blood of the children of Iehoiadá the Priest and slewe him on his bed and he dyed and they buryed him in the citie of Dauid but they buryed him not in the sepulchres of the Kings 26 And these are they that conspired against him Zabád the sonne of Shimráth an Ammonitesse and Iehozabád the sonne of Shim rith a Moabitesse 27 But his sonnes and the summe of the taxe gathered by him and the fundacion of the house of God beholde they are writen in the storie of the boke of the Kings And Amaziáh his sonne reigned in his stead CHAP. XXV 3 Amaziáh putteth them to death which slewe his father 10 He sen deth backe them of Israél 11 He ouercōmeth the Edomites 14 He falleth to 〈◊〉 17 And Ioash King 〈◊〉 Israél ouercometh Amaziah 27 He is slayne by a conspiracle 1 AMaziáh was fiue and twentie yere olde whē he began to reigne and he reigned nine and twentie yere in * Ierusalém and his mothers name was Iehoaddán of Ierusalém 2 And he did vprightly in the eyes of the Lord but not with a perfite heart 3 And when the kingdome was established vnto him he 〈◊〉 his seruāts that had slayne the King his father 4 But he 〈◊〉 not their children but did as it is writen in the Law and in the boke of Mosés where the Lord commanded saying * The fathers shal not dye for the children nether shal the children dye for the fathers but euerie man shal dye for his owne sinne 5 ¶ And Amaziáh assembled Iudáh and made them captaines ouer thousands and captaines ouer hundreths according to the houses of their fathers throughout all Iudáh and 〈◊〉 and he nōbred them from twentie yere olde and aboue and founde among them thre hundreth thousand chosen
the sonne of Hilkiah 2 The sonne of Shallum the sonne of Zadók the sonne of Ahitub 3 The sonne of Amariáh the sonne of Azariáh the sonne of Meraioth 4 The sonne of Zeraiah the sonne of Vzzi the sonne of Bukki 5 The sonne of Abisshua the sonne of Phinehás the sonne of Eleazar the sonne of Aarôu the chief Priest 6 This Ezrâ came vp from Babél and was a scribe prompt in the Law of Mosés whiche the Lorde God of Israél had giuen and the King gaue hym all his request accordyng to the hand of the Lorde hys God which was vpon him 7 And there went vp certeine of the children of Israél and of the Priests and the Leuites and the singers and the porters and the Nethinims vnto Ierusalém in the seuent yere of King Artah shashte 8 And he came to Ierusalē in the fift moneth whiche was in the seuent yere of the King 9 For vpon the first daye of the first moneth began he to go vp frome Babél and on the first day of the fift moneth came he to Ieru salém accordyng to the good hande of hys God that was vpon him 10 For Ezrá had prepared hys heart to seke the Lawe of the Lord and to do it and to teachethe precepts and iudgements in Israél 11 ¶ And thys is the copie of the letter that King Artah shashte gaue vnto Ezra the Priest and scribe euen a writer of the wordes of the commandements of the Lord and of his statutes ouer Israél 12 Artah shashte Kyng of Kynges to Ezrá the Priest and perfite scribe of the Lawe of the God of heauen and to Cheéneth 13 I haue giuen commandement that euerie one that is willing in my kyngdome of the people of Israél and of the Priests and Leuites to go to Ierusalém with thee shal go 14 Therfore art thou sent of the King and his seuen counselers to enquire in Iudah and Ierusalém according to the Law of thy God which is in thine hand 15 And to carie the siluer and the golde whiche the King and his counselers willingly of fer vnto the God of Israél whose habitacion is in Ierusalém 16 And all the siluer and golde that thou canst finde in all the prouince of Babél with the fre offring of the people and that whiche the Priestes offre willingly to the house of their God which is in Ierusalém 17 That thou maiest bye spedely with that siluer bullockes rams lambes with their meat offrings and their drinke offrings and thou shalt offer them vpon the altar of the house of my God which is in Ierusalém 18 And whatsoeuer it please thee and thy bre thren to do with the rest of the siluer and golde do ye it accordyng to the will of your God 19 And the vessels that are giuen thee for the seruice of the house of thy God those deliuer thou before God in Ierusalém 20 And the residue that shal be nedeful for the house of thy God whiche shal be mete for thee to bestowe thou shalt bestowe it out of the Kings treasure house 21 And I King Artah shashte haue giuen commandement to all the treasurers whiche are beyon dei the Riuer that whatsoeuer Ezrá the Priest and scribe of the Lawe of the God of heauen shall require of you that it be done incontinently 22 Vnto an hundreth talents of siluer vnto an hūdreth measures of wheat ād vnto an hūdreth baths of wine and vnto an hundreth baths of oyle and salt without writing 23 Whatsoeuer is by the commandement of the GOD of heauen let it be done spedely for the house of the God of heauen for why shulde he be wrath againste the realme of of the Kyng and children 24 And we certifie you that vpon anie of the Priests Leuites singers porters Nethinims or ministers in this house of God there shal no gouernour lay vpon them tolle tribute nor custome 25 And thou Ezrá after the wisdome of thy God that is in thine hand setiudges and ar biters which may iudge all the people that is beyonde the Riuer euen all that knowe the Lawe of thy God and teache ye them that knowe it not 26 And whosoeuer wil not do the Lawe of thy God and the Kings lawe let hym haue iudgement without delay whether it be vnto death or to banishment or to confiscation of goods or to imprisonement 27 Blessed be the Lorde God of our fathers whiche so hathe put in the Kings heart to beautifie the house of the Lord that is in Ierusalém 28 And hathe enclined mercye towarde me before the King and his counselers and before all the Kings mightie princes and I was comforted by the hand of the Lord my God which was vpon me and I gathered the chief of Israél to go vp with me CHAP. VIII 1 The nomber of thē that returned to Ierusalém with Ezra 21 He causeth them to fast 24 He admonisheth the Priests of their duetie 31 What they did when they came to Ierusalém 1 THese * are now the chief fáthers of them and the genealogie of them that came vp with me from Babél in the reigne of Kyng Arthshashte 2 Of the sonnes of Phine has Gersnóm of the sonnes of It hamar Daniél of the sonnes of Dauid Hattush 3 Of the sonnes of She ohaniah of the sonnes of Pharósh Zechariah and with him the counte of the males an hundreth and fiftie 4 Of the sonnes of Pahath Moáb Elihoenai the sonne of Zerahiáh and with hym two hundreth males 5 Of the sonnes of Shechaniah the sonne of 〈◊〉 and with him thre hundreth males 6 And of the sonnes of Adin Ebed the sonne of 〈◊〉 and with him fiftie males 7 And of the sonnes of Elám Ieshaiah the sonne of Athaliah and with him seuentie males 8 And of the sonnes of Shephatiáh Zebadiáh the sonne of Michaél and with hym foure scoremales 9 Of the sonnes of Ioáb Obadiáh the sonne of Iehiél and with him two hundreth and eyghtene males 10 And of the sonnes of Shelomith the sonne of Iosiphiah and with hym an hundreth and thre scoremales 11 And of the sonnes of Bebái Zechariáh the sonne of 〈◊〉 ād with him eight and twentie males 12 And of the sonnes of Azgád Iohanan the sonne of 〈◊〉 and with him an hundreth and ten males 13 And of the sonnes of Adonikam that were the last whose names are these Eliphélet Iehiél and Shemaiah and with them thre scoremales 14 And of the sonnes of Biguai Vthai and Zab bud and with them seuentie males 15 And I gathered thē to the Riuer that goeth toward Ahauá and there abode we thre day es then I vewed the people and the Priests ād founde there none of the sonnes of Leui. 16 Therefore sent Ito 〈◊〉 to Ariél to Shemeiah and to Elnathán and to Iarib and to Elnathán and to Nathán and to Zechariáh and to Meshullam the chief and to Ioiarib and
the measure of my dayes what it is let me knowe how long I haue to liue 5 Beholde thou haste made my dayes as an hand breadth and mine age as nothing in respect of thee surely euery mā in his best state is altogether vanitie Sélah 6 Douteles man walketh in a shadowe and disquieteth him selfe in vaine he heapeth vp riches and can not tell who shall gather them 7 And now Lord what waite I for mine hope is euen in thee 8 Deliuer me from all my transgressions and make me not a rebuke vnto the foolish 9 I shulde haue bene dumme and not haue opened my mouthe because thou didest it 10 Take thy plague away from me for I am consumed by the stroke of thine hand 11 When thou with rebukes doest chastise man for iniquitie thou as a moth makest his beautie to consume surely euerie man is vanitie Sélah 12 Heare my praier ô Lord and hearken vnto my crye kepe not silence at my teares for I am a stranger with thee and a soiourner as all my fathers 13 Stay thine angre from me that I maye recouer my strength before I go hence be not PSAL. XL. 1 Dauid deliuered from great danger doeth magnifie and praise the grace of God for his deliuerance and commēdeth his prouidence towards all mankind 5 Thē doeth he promise to giue him self wholly to Gods seruice and so declareth how God is truely worshiped 14 Afterward he giueth thankes and praiseth God and hauing cōplarned of his enemies with good courage he calleth foraide and succour ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 I Waited paciently for the Lord and he inclined vnto me and heard my crye 2 He broght me also out of the horrible pit out of the myrie claie and set my fete vpon the rocke and ordered my goings 3 And he hath put in my mouth a new song of praise vnto our God manie shal se it and feare and shal trust in the Lord. 4 Blessed is the mā that maketh the Lord his trust and regardeth not the proude nor suche as turne aside to lies 5 O Lord my God thou hast made thy wonderfull workes so manie that none can counte in ordre to thee thy thoghts to ward vs I wolde declare and speake of thē but thei are mo then I am able to expresse 6 Sacrifice and offring thou didest not desire for mine eares hast thou prepared burnt offring and sin offring hast thou not required 7 Then said I Lo I come for in the rolle of the boke it is writen of me 8 I desired to do thy good wil ô my GOD yea thy Law is within mine heart 9 I haue declared thy righteousnes in the great Congregation lo I wil not refreine my lippes ô Lord thou knowest 10 I haue not hid thy ryghteousnes within mine heart but I haue declared thy trueth and thy saluation I haue not cōceiled thy mercie and thy trueth from the great Cōgregation 11 Withdrawe not thou thy tendre mercye frome me ô Lord let thy mercie and thy trueth alway preserue me 12 For innumerable troubles haue compassed me my sinnes haue taken suche holde vpō me that I am not able to loke vp yea thei are mo in nomber then thee heere 's of mine head therefore mine heart hath failed me 13 Let it please thee ô Lord to deliuer me make haste ô Lord to helpe me 14 Let them be confounded put to shame together that seke my soule to destroye it let them be driuen backewarde and put to rebuke that desire mine hurt 15 Let them be destroyed for a rewarde of theyr shame whiche saye vnto me Aha aha 16 Let all them that seke thee reioyce and be glad in thee and let them that loue thy saluation saye alwaye The Lord be praised 17 Thogh I be poore and nedie the LORD thinketh on me thou art mine helper and my deliuerer my God make no tarying PLAL XLI 1 Dauid being grieuously 〈◊〉 blesseth them that pitie his case 9 And complaineth of the treason of hys owne friendes and familiares as came to passe in Iudas Iohn 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 After he feling the greate mercies of GOD gentlye 〈◊〉 hym and not sufferynge hys ennemies to triumphe against him 13 Giueth moste heartie thankes vnto God ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 BLessed is he that iudgeth wisely of the poore the Lord shal deliuer him in the time of trouble 2 The Lord wil kepe him and preserue him aliue he shal be blessed vpon the earth and thou wilt not deliuer him vnto the wyll of his enemies 3 The Lord will strengthen him vpon the bed of sorowe thou haste turned all hys bed in his sickenes 4 Therefore I said Lord haue mercie vpon me healemy soule for I haue sinned against thee 5 Mine enemies speak euil of me saying When shal he dye and his name perish 6 And if he come to se me he speaketh lies but his hearte heapeth iniquitie within him and when he cometh sorthe he telleth it 7 All they that hate me whisper together against me euen against me do they imagine mine hurt 8 A mischief is light vpon him and he that lieth shal no more rise 9 Yea my familiar friend whome I trusted which did eat of my bread hathe lifted vp the hele against me 10 Therefore O Lord haue mercie vpon me and raise me vp so I shal rewarde them 11 By this I knowe that thou fauorest me because mine enemie doeth not triumphe against me 12 And as for me thou vp holdest me in mine integritie and doest set me before thy face for euer 13 Blessed be the Lord God of Israél worlde without end So be it euen so be it PSAL. XLII 1 The Propher grieuously complaineth that beinge letted by his persecutors he colde not be present in the Congregaciō of Gods people protesting that althogh he was separated in bodie from thē yet his heart was thither warde affectioned 7 And last of all he sheweth that he was not so farre ouercome with these sorowes and thoghts 8 But that he continually put his confidence in the Lord. ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme to giue instructiō cōmitted to the sonnes of Kōrah 1 AS the hart braieth for the riuers of water so panteth my soule after thee O God 2 My soule thirsteth for God euen for the liuing God when shall I come and appeare before the presence of God 3 My teares haue bene my meate daye and night while they daily say vnto me Where is thy God 4 When I remembred these things I powred out my verie heart because I had gone with the multitude led them in to the House of God with the voice of singīg praise as a multitude the kepeth a feast 5 Why art thou cast downe my soule vnquiet within
graue 10 For he seeth that wisemen dye also that the ignorant and foolish perish and leaue their riches for others 11 Yet they thinke their houses their ha bitacions shal continue for euer euen from generacion to generacion and call their lands by thir names 12 But man shal not continue in honour he is like the beasts that dýe. 13 This their waie vttereth their foolishnes yet their posteritie delite in their talke Selah 14 Like shepe thei lie in graue death deuoureth them the righteous shal haue dominacion ouer them in the morning fōr their beautie shal consume when they shal go from their house to graue 15 But God shal deliuer my soule from the power of the graue for he wil receiue me Sélah 16 Be not thou afraied when one is made riche when the glorie of his house is increased 17 * For he shal take nothing a waie when he dyeth nteher shal his pompe descend after him 18 For while he liued hereioyced himself and men wil praise thee when thou makest muche of thy self 19 He shal enter into the generacion of his fathers they shal not liue for euer 20 Man is in honour and vnderstandeth not he is like to beasts that petish PSAL. L. 1 Because the Church is alwaie ful of hypocrites Which de imagine that God wil be worshiped with outward 〈◊〉 onely without the heart and especially the 〈◊〉 wesof this opinion becaus e of their figure and 〈◊〉 of the Law t hinking that their sacrifices were sufficient 21 Therefore the Prophet doeth reproue this grosse 〈◊〉 and pronounceth the Name of God to be blasphemed where holines is set in ceremonies 23 For he declareth the worship of God to be spiritual whe re of are two principal partes inuocation and thankesgiuing ¶ A Psalme of Asáph 1 THe God of gods euen the Lord hathe spoken and called the earth frō the rising vp of the sunne vnto the going dow ne thereof 2 Out of Zion which is the perfection of beautie ha the God shined 3 Our God shal come and shal not kepe silence a fyre shal deuoure before him and a mightie tempest shal be moued rounde about him 4 He shal call the heauen aboue and the earth to iudge his people 5 Gather my Saints together vnto me tho se that make a couenant with me with sa crifice 6 And the heauens shal declare his righteousnes for God is Iudge him self Sélah 7 Heare ô my people I wil speake heare ó Israél and I wil testifie vnto thee for I am God euen thy God 8 I wil not reproue thee for thy sacrifices or thy burnt offrings that haue not bene continually before me 9 I wil take no bullocke out of thine house nor goates out of thy foldes 10 For all the beasts of the forest are mine and the beasts on a thousand moūtaines 11 I knowe all the foules on the mountaines and the wilde beasts of the field are mine 12 If I be hungrie I wil not tel the for the worlde is mine and all that therein is 13 Wil I eat the flesh of bulles or drinke the the blood of goates 14 Offre vnto God praise paie thy vowes vnto the moste High 15 And call vpon me in the daie of trouble so wil I deliuer thee and thou shalt glorifie me 16 But vnto the wicked said god What hast thou to do to declare mine ordinances that thou shuldest take my couenāt in thy mouth 17 Seing thou hatest to be reformed and hast cast my wordes behinde thee 18 For when thou seest a thefe thou runnest with him and thou art partaker with the adulters 19 Thou giuest thy mouth to 〈◊〉 and with thy tongue forgest deceite 20 Thou sittest and spakest against thy bro ther and sclanderest thy mothers sonne 21 These things hast thou done and I helde my tōgue therefore thou thoghtest that I was like thee but I wil reproue thee and set them in order before thee 22 Oh consider this ye that forget God lest I teare you in pieces and there be none that can deliuer you 23 He that offred praise shal glorifie me and to him that disposeth his waie aright wil I shewe the saluacion of God PSAL. LI. 1 When Dauid was rebuked by the Prophet Nathán for his great offences he did not onely acknowledge the sa me to God with protestation of his natural corruption iniquitie but also left a memorial thereof to his posteritie 7 Therefore first he desireth God to forgiue his 〈◊〉 10 And to renue 〈◊〉 him his holie Spirit 13 〈◊〉 promes that he wil not be vnmindeful of those great graces 18 Finally fearing lest God wolde punish the whole Church for his faute he requireth that he wolde rather increase his grace towards the same ¶ To him that excelleth A psalme of Dauid when the Prophet Nathā came vnto him after the had done in to Bathsheba 1 HAue mercie vpon me ô God h according to thy louing kindenes accordingto the multitude of thy compassions put awaye mine iniquities 2 Wash me throughly from mine iniquitie and clen se me from my sinne 3 For I knowe mine iniquities and my sinne is euer before me 4 Against thee against thee onely haue I sinned and done euil in thy sight that thou maiest be iuste when thon spakest and pure when thou iudgest 5 Beholde I was borne iniquitie and in sinne hathe my mother con ceiued me 6 Beholde thou louest trueth in the in warde affections therefore hast thou thaught me wisdome in the secret of mine heart 7 Purge me with * hyssope and I shal be cleane wash me and I shal be whiter then snowe 8 Make me to heare ioye gladnes that the bones which thou hast brokē 〈◊〉 reioyce 9 Hide thy face from my sinnes and put awaie all mine iniquities 10 Create in me a cleane heart ô God and renue a right spirit within me 11 Cast me not awaie from thy presence and take not thine holie Spirit from me 12 Restore to me the ioy 〈◊〉 of thy saluacion and stablish me with thy fre Spirit 13 Then shal I teache thy waies vnto the wicked and sinners shal be conuerted vnto thee 14 Deliuer me from blood ô God which art the God of my saluacion and my tongue shal sing ioyfully of thy righteousnes 15 n Open thou my lippes ô Lord and my mouth shal she we forthe thy praise 16 For thou desirest no sacrifice thogh I wolde giue it thou delitest not in burnt offring 17 The sacrifices of God are a contrite spirit a contrite and a broken heart ô God thou wilt not despise 18 Be fauourable vnto Ziōn for thy good pleasure buylde the walles of Ierusalem 19 Then shalt thou
people might se in fewe wordes the effect of the whole histories of the Bible ¶ A Psalme to giue instruction committed to Asáph 1 HEare my doctrine ô my people incline your eares vnto the wordes of my mouth 2 I wil open my mouth in a parable I wil declare high sentences of olde 3 Which we haue heard and knowen and our fathers haue tolde vs. 4 We wil not hide them from their children but to the generaciō to come we wil shewe the praises of the Lord his power also and his wonderful workes that he hathe done 5 How he established a testimonie in Iaakób and ordeined a Law in Israél which he commanded our fathers that they shulde teache their children 6 That the posteritie might knowe it and the children which shulde be borne shulde stand vp and declare it to their children 7 That they might set their hope on God not forget the workes of God but kepe his commandements 8 And not to be as their fathers a disobediēt and rebellious generation a generation that set not their heart a right and whose spirit was not faithful vnto God 9 The children of Ephráim being armed shooting with the bowe turned backe in the day of battel 10 They kept not the couenant of God but refused to walke in his Law 11 And forgate his Actes and his wonderful workes that he had shewed 〈◊〉 12 He did maruelous things in the sight of their fathers in the land of Egypt euen in the field of Zōan 13 * He deuided the Sea and led them through he made also the waters to stand as an heape 14 * In the daie time also he led them with a cloude and all the night with a light of fyer 15 * He claue the rockes in the wildernes and gaue them drinke as of the great depths 16 * He broght floods also out of the stonie roc ke so that he made the waters to descēd like the riuers 17 Yet they sinned stil against him and prouoked the Highest in the wildernes 18 And tempted God in their heartes in requiring meat for their lust 19 * They spake against God also saying Can God prepare a table in the wildernes 20 * Beholde he smote the rocke that the wa ter gushed out and the streames ouerflowed can he giue bread also or prepare flesh for his people 21 Therefore the Lord heard and was angrie and the * fyer was kindled in Iaakób and also wrath came vpon Israél 22 Because they beleued not in God and trusted not in his helpe 23 Yet he had cōmanded the cloudes aboue and had opened the dores of heauen 24 And had rained downe MAN vpon them for to eat and had giuen them of the wheat of heauen 25 * Man did eat the bread of Angels he sent them meat ynough 26 He caused the Eastwinde to passe in the heauen and through his power he broght in the Southwinde 27 He rained flesh also vpon them as dust and feathered foule as the sand of the sea 28 And he made it fall in the middes of their cāpe euen round about their habitations 29 So thei did eat and were wel filled for he gaue them their desire 30 They were not turned frō their lust but the meat was yet in their mouthes 31 When the wrath of God came euen vpon them and slew the strongest of them smo te downe the chosen men in Israél 32 For all this thei sinned stil and beleued not his wonderous workes 33 Therefore their daies did he consume in vanitie and their yeres hastely 34 And when he slewe them thei soght him and they returned and soght God early 35 And thei remembred that God was their strength and the moste high God their rede mer. 36 But thei 〈◊〉 him with their mouth dissembled with him with their tongue 37 For their heart was not vpright with him nether were they faithful in his couenant 38 Yet he being merciful forgaue their iniquitie and destroyed them not but of times called backe his angre and did not stirre vp all his wrath 39 For he remēbred that thei were flesh yea a winde that passeth cōmeth not againe 40 How oft did they 〈◊〉 him in the wildernes and grieue him in the desert 41 Yea they returned and tempted God and limited the Holie one of Israél 42 Thei remēbred not his hand nor the daie when he deliuered them from the enemie 43 Nor him that set his signes in Egypt and his wonders in the field of Zóan 44 And turned their riuers into blood their floods that thei colde not drinke 45 He sent a swarme of flies among them which deuo ured them and frogs which destroyed them 46 He gaue also their frutes vnto the caterpiller and their labourvnto the grashopper 47 He destroied their vines with haile their wilde figgetrees with the hailestone 48 He gaue their cattel also to the haile and their flockes to the thunderboltes 49 He cast vpon them the fiercenes of his angre indignation and wrath and vexation by the sending out of euil Angels 50 He made awaie to his angre he spared not their soule from death but gaue their life to the pestilence 51 And smote all the firstborne in Egypt euē the beginning of their strength in the tabernacles of Ham. 52 But he made his people to go out like shepe and led them in the wildernes like a flocke 53 Yea he caried them out safely and they fea red not and the Sea 〈◊〉 their enemies 54 And he broght them vnto the borders of his Sanctuarie euen to this Mountaine which his right hand purchased 55 * He cast out the heathen also before thē caused them to fall to the lot of his inheritance and made the tribes of Israél to dwell in their tabernacles 56 Yet they tempted and prouoked the moste high God and kept not his testimonies 57 But turned backe and delt falsely like their fathers thei turned like a deceit ful bowe 58 And thei prouoked him to angre with their high places and moued him to wrath with their grauen image 59 God heard this and was wroth and greatly 〈◊〉 Israél 60 So that he forsoke the habitation of Shiló euen the Tabernacle where he dwelt among men 61 And deliuered his power in to captiuitie and his beautie into the ennemies hand 62 And he gaue vp his people to thesworde and was angrie with his inheritance 63 The fyer deuoured their chosen men and their maides were not praised 64 Their Priests fell by the sworde and their widowes lamented not 65 But the Lord awaked as one out of slepe and as a strong man that after his wine cryeth 〈◊〉 66 And smote his enemies in the
snare of the hunter and from the noisome pestilence 4 He wil couer thee vnder his wings thou shalt be sure vnder his feathers his trueth shal be thy shield and buckler 5 Thou shalt not be afraide of the feare of the night nor of the arrow that flieth by daye 6 Nor of the pestilēce that walketh in the darknes nor of the plague that destroyeth at noone daye 7 A thousand shall fall at thy side and tene thousand at thy right hād but it shal not come nere thee 8 Douteles with thine eyes shalt thou beholde and se therewarde of the wicked 9 For thou hast said The LORD is myne hope thou hast set the moste high for thy refuge 10 There shall none euil come vnto thee nether shal anie plague come nere thy tabernacle 11 For he shall giue his Angels charge ouer thee to kepe thee in all thy waies 12 They shal beare thee in their hands that thou hurt not thy fote against a stone 13 Thou shalt walke vpon the lion and aspe the yong lion and the dragon shalt thou tread vnder fete 14 Because he hathe loued me therfore will I deliuer him I will exalte him because he hathe knowen my Name 15 He shall call vpon me and I wil heare him I will be with him in trouble I will deliuer him and glorifie him 16 With long life wil I satisfie him shewe him my saluacion PSAL. XCII 1 This Psalme was made to be sung on the Sabbath to stirre vp the people to acknowledge God and to praise him in his workes the Prophete reioyceth therein 6 But the wicked is not able to consider that the vngodlie whē he is moste florishing shal moste spedelye perishe 12 In the end is described the felicitie of the iust planted in the house of God to praise the Lord. ¶ A Psalme or long forthe Sabbath daie 1 IT is a good thing to praise the LORD and to sing vnto thy Name ô moste High 2 To declare thy louing kindenes in the morning and thy trueth in the night 3 Vpon an instrument often strings vpō the viole with the song vpon the harpe 4 For thou Lord hast made me glad by thy workes and I 〈◊〉 reioyce in the workes of thine hands 5 O Lord how glorious are thy workes thy thoghts are verie depe 6 An vnwise man knoweth it not and a foole doeth not vnderstand this 7 When the wicked growe as the grasse all the workers of wickednes do florishe that thei shal be destroied for euer 8 But thou ô Lord art moste high for euermore 9 For lo thine enemies ô Lord forlo thine enemies shal perish all the workers of iniquitie shal be destroied 10 But thou shalt exalt mine horne like the vnicornes and I shal be anoynted with freshoile 11 Mine eie also shall se my desire agaynste mine ennemies and mine eares shal 〈◊〉 my wish against the wicked that rise vp against me 12 The righteous shal florish like a palme tre and shall growe like a cedre in Lebanón 13 Suche as be planted in the House of the Lord shal florish in the courts of our God 14 Thei shal stil bring forthe frute in their age thei shal be fat and florishing 15 To declare that the LORDE my rocke is righteous and that none iniquitie is in him PSAL. XCIII 1 He praiseth the power of GOD in the creation of the worlde and beateth downe all people which lift them vp againste his maiestie 5 And prouoketh to consider hys promises 1 THe Lord reigneth is clothed with maiestie the Lord is clothed and girded with power the world also shal be esta blished that it can not be moued 2 Thy throne is established of olde thou art from euerlasting 3 The floods haue lifted vp ô Lord the floods haue lifted vp theyr voyce the floods lift vp their waues 4 The waues of the sea are maruelous through the noise of manie waters yet the Lord on high is more mightie 5 Thy testimonies are verie sure holines becommeth thine House ô Lord for euer PSAL. XCIIII 1 He praieth vnto God against the violence and arrogancie of tyrants 10 warning them of Gods iudgements 12 Then doeth he comfort the afflicted by the good issue of their afflictions as he felt in himselfe and did sein others by the ruine of the wicked 23 whome the Lord wil destroye 1 O Lord God the aduenger ô GOD the aduenger shewe thy self clearely 2 Exalt thy self ô Iudge of the worlde and render a rewarde to the proude 3 Lord how long shal the wicked how long shal the wicked triumph 4 They prate and speake fiercely all the workers of iniquitie vante them selues 5 They smite downe thy people ô Lord trouble thine heritage 6 They slaie the widow and the strangers murther the fatherles 7 Yet they saie The Lord shal not se nether wil the God of Iaakób regarde it 8 Vnderstand ye vnwise among the people and ye fooles when wil ye be wise 9 He that planted the eare shall he not heare or he that formed the eye shall he not se 10 Or he that chasticeth the nations shall he not correct he that teacheth mā knowledge shal he not knowe 11 The Lord knoweth the thoghts of man that they are vanitie 12 Blessed is the man whome thou chasticest ô Lord and teachest him in thy Law 13 That thou maiest giue him rest frome the dayes of euill whiles the pit is digged for the wicked 14 Surely the Lord will not faile his people nether will he forsake his inheritance 15 For iudgement shal returne to iustice and all the vpright in hearte shall followe after it 16 Who will rise vp with me against the wicked or who wil take my parte against the workers of iniquitie 17 If the Lord had not holpen me my soule had almoste dwelt in silence 18 When I said My fote slideth thy mercie ô Lord staied me 19 In the multitude of my thoghts in mine hearte thy comfortes haue reioyced my soule 20 Hathe the throne of iniquitie feloship with thee which forgeth wrong for a law 21 They gather them together agaynst the soule of the righteous and condomne the innocent blood 22 But the Lord is my refuge and my God is the rocke of mine hope 23 And he wil recompense thē their wicked nes and destroie them in their owne malice yea the Lord our God shall destroye them PSAL. XCV 1 An earnest exhortation to praise God 4 For the gouernement of the worlde ād the electiō of his Church 8 An admonition not to followe the rebellion of the olde Fathers that tēpted God in the wildernes 11 For the which thei might not enter into the land of promes 1 COme let vs reioice vnto the Lord let vs sing
9 And 〈◊〉 15 He willeth a man to liue on hislabours to helpe others 18 Toloue his wife 22 The wicked taken in their owne wickednes 1 MY sonne hearken vnto my wisdome and encline thine eare vnto my knowledge 2 That thou maiest regarde counsell and thy lippes obserue knowledge 3 For the lippes of a strange woman drop as an honie combe and her mouth is more soft then oyle 4 But the end of her is bitter as worme wood and sharpe as a two edged sworde 5 Her fete go downe to death and her step pes take holde on hel 6 She weigheth not the way of lif her paths are moueable thou canst not know thē 7 Heare ye me now therfore ô childrē departe not from the wordes of my mouth 8 Kepe thy waie farre from her come not nere the dore of her house 9 Left thou giue thine honour vnto others and thy yeres to the cruel 10 Lest the stranger shul de be filled with thy strength and thy labours be in the house of a stranger 11 And thou mourne at thine end whē thou hast consumed thy flesh and thy bodie 12 And saie How haue I hated instruction mine heart despised correction 13 And haue not obeied the voice of thē that taught me nor inclined mine eare to them that instructed me 14 I was almost broght into all euill in the middes of the Cōgregacion assemblie 15 ¶ Drinke the water of thy cisterne and of the riuets out of the middes of thyne owne well 16 Let thy fountaines flowe forthe and the riuers of waters in the stretes 17 But let them be thine euen thine onely and not the strangers with thee 18 Let thy fountaine be blessed reioyce with the wife of thy youth 19 Let her be as the louing hinde and pleasantroe let her breastes satisfie 〈◊〉 at all times and delite in her loue continually 20 For why shuldest thou delite my sonne in a strange womā or embrace the bosome of a stranger 21 For the waies of mā are before the eyes of the Lord he pondereth all his paths 22 His owne iniquities shal take the wicked hym selfe and he shal be holden with the cordes of his owne sinne 23 He shal dye for faute of instruction and shal go astray through his great folie CHAP. VI. 1 Instruction for suerties 6 The slouthful and sluggish is stirred to worke 12 He describeth the nature of the wicked 16 The things that God hateth 20 To obserue the worde of God 24 To flee 〈◊〉 1 MY sonne if thou be suertie for thy neighbour and hast striken handes with the stranger 2 Thou art snared with the wordes of thy mouth thou art euen takē with the wordes of thine owne mouth 3 Do this now my sonne and deliuer thy self seing thou art come into the hande of thy neighbour go and humble thy self solicit thy friends 4 Giue no slepe to thine eyes nor slumber to thine eyeliddes 5 Deliuer thy self as a doe from the hand of the hunter and as a birde from the hand of the fouler 6 ¶ Go to the pismire ô sluggard beholde her waies and be wise 7 For she hauing no guide gouernour nor ruler 8 Prepareth her meat in the sommer gathereth her fode in haruest 9 * How long wilt thou slepe ô sluggard when wilt thou arise out of thy slepe 10 Yet a litle slepe a litle slumber a litle folding of the hands to slepe 11 Therfore thy pouertie cometh as one that trauaileth by the waie and thy necessitie like an armed man 12 The vnthriftie man ād the wicked man walketh with a frowarde mouth 13 He maketh a signe with his eyes he signi fieth with his fete he instructeth with his fingers 14 Lewde things are in his heart he imagineth euil at all times and raiseth vp contentions 15 Therefore shall his 〈◊〉 come spedely he shal be destroyed suddenly without recouerie 16 ¶ These six thinges doeth the Lord hate yea his soule abhorreth seuen 17 The hautie eyes a lying tongue and the hands that shede innocent blood 18 An hearte that imagineth wicked enterprises fete that be swift in running to mischief 19 A false witnes that speaketh lyes hym that raiseth vp cōtentions amōg brethré 20 ¶ My sonne kepe thy fathers commādement and forsake not thy mothers instruction 21 Binde them alway vpon thine i heart tye them about thy necke 22 It shall leade thee when thou walkest it shal watch for thee when thou slepest when thou wakest it shal talke with thee 23 For the commandement is a lanterne and instruction a light and correctiōs for instruction are the waie of life 24 To kepe thee frome the wicked woman and from the flatterie of the tongue of a strange woman 25 Desire not her beautie in thine hearte nether let her take thee with her eyeliddes 26 For because of the whoorish womā a man is broght to a morsel of bread a woman wil hunte for the precious life of a man 27 Can a man take fyre in his bosome and his clothes not be burnt 28 Or can a man go vpon coles and his fete not be burnt 29 So he that goeth in to his neigbours wife shal not be innocent whosoeuer toucheth her 30 Men do not despise a thief whē he stealeth to satisfie his soule because he is hūgrie 31 But if he founde he shall restore seuen folde or he shal giue all the substâce of his house 32 But he that committeth adulterie with a womā he is destitute of vnderstāding he that doeth it destroyeth his owne soule 33 He shall finde a wounde and dishonour and his reproche shal neuer be put away 34 For ielousie is the rage of a man therfore he wil not spare in the day of vengeance 35 He can not beare the sight of anye raunsome nether will he consent thogh thou augment the giftes CHAP. VII 1 An exhortacion to wisdome and to the worde of GOD 5 Whiche will preserue vs from the harlot 6 Whose maners are described 1 MY sonne kepe my wordes and hide my commandements with thee 2 Kepe my commandements thou shalt liue and mine instruction as the apple of thine eyes 3 Binde them vpon thy fingers and write them vpon the table of thine heart 4 Saie vnto wisdome Thou art my sister and call vnderstanding thy kinswoman 5 That they maie kepe thee from the strāge woman euen frome the stranger that is smothe in her wordes 6 ¶ As I was 〈◊〉 the win dowe of myne house I loked through my windowe 7 And I sawe among the fooles and considered among the children a yong mā destitute of vnderstandings 8 Who passed through the strete by her corner and went toward her house 9 In the twilight in the euening when the night began to be
of mine hand taught me that I shulde not walke in the way of this people saying 12 Say ye not A confederacie to all them to whome this people saith a confederacie nether feare you their feare nor be afraied of them 13 Sanctifie the Lord of hostes and 〈◊〉 him be your feare and let him be your dread 14 And he shal be as a Sanctuarie but as a stombling stone as a rocke to fall vpon to bothe the houses of Israél as a snare and as a net to the inhabitants of Ierusalém 15 And manie among them shal stomble and shal fall and shal be broken and shal be snared and shal be taken 16 Binde vp the testimonie seale vp the Law among my disciples 17 Therefore I wil wait vpon the Lord that hathe hid his face from the house of Iaakób and I willoke for him 18 Beholde I the children whome the Lord hathe giuen me are as signes and as wonders in Israél by the Lord of hostes which dwelleth in mount Zión 19 And when they shal say vnto you Enquire at them that haue a spirit of diuination and at the south sayers which whisper and murmur Shulde not a people enquire at their God from the liuing to the dead 20 To the Lawe and to the testimonie if they speake not according to this worde it is be cause there is no light in them 21 Then he that is afflicted and famished shal go to and fro in it when he shal be hūgrie he shal euen freat him self and curse his King and his gods and shal loke vp warde 22 And when he shal loke to the earth behold trouble and darkenes vexaciō anguish and he is driuen to darkenes CHAP. IX 1 The vocation of the Gentiles 6 A prophecie of Christ. 14 The destruction of the tentibes for their pride and cōtempt of God 1 YEt the darkenes shal not be according to the affliction that it had when at the first he touched lightly the land of Zebulún and the land of Naphtali nor afterward when he was more grieuous by the way of the sea beyonde Iordén in Galile of the Gētiles 2 The people that walked in darkenes haue sene a great light they that dwelled in the land of the shadow of death vpon thē hathe the light shined 3 Thou 〈◊〉 multiplied the nation and not increased their ioye thei haue reioyced be fore thee according to the ioye in haruest as men reioyce whē they diuide a spoile 4 For the yoke of their burden the staffe of their shulder the rodde of their oppres 〈◊〉 hast thou broken as in the day of Midiā 5 Surely euerie battel of the warriour is with noise and with tūbling of garments in blood but this shal be with burning and deuouring of fyre 6 For vnto vs a Childe is borne and vnto vs a sonne is giuen the gouernement is vpon his shulder he shal call his name Wonder ful Counseller The mightie God The euerla sting Father The prince of peace 7 The increase of his gouernement and peace shal haue none end he shal sit vpon the throne of Dauid vpon his kingdome to order it and to stablish it with iudgement and with iustice from hence forthe euen for euer the zeale of the Lord of hostes wil perfome this 8 ¶ The Lord hathe sent a worde into Iaakób and it hathe lighted vpon Israél 9 And all the people shal knowe euē Ephrá im and the inhabitant of Samaria that saye in the pride and presumption of the heart 10 The brickes are fallen but we wil buylde it with hewen stones the wilde figtrees are cut downe but we wil change them into cedres 11 Neuertheles the Lord wil raise vp the aduer saries of Rezin against him ioyne his ene mies together 12 Arám before and the Philistims behind and they shal deuoure Israél with open mouth yet for all this his wrath is not turned a waie but his hand is stretched out stil. 13 For the people turneth not vnto him that smitteth them nether do they seke the Lord of hostes 14 Therefore wil the Lord cut of from Israél head and taile branch and rush in one daye 15 The ancient and the honorable man he is the head and the prophet that teacheth lies he is the taile 16 For the leaders of the people cause thē to erre and they that are led by them are deuou red 17 Therefore shal the Lord haue no pleasure in their yong men nether wil he haue compassion of their fatherles of their 〈◊〉 for euerie one is an hypocrite and wicked and euerie mouth speaketh folie yet for all this his wrath is notturned awaye but his hand is stretched out stil. 18 For wickednes burneth as a fyre it deuou reth the briers the thornes wilkindle in the thicke places of the forest and they shal mounte vp like the liftning vp of smoke 19 By the wrath of the Lord of hostes shal the land be darkened and the people shal be as the meat of the fyre no man shal spare his brother 20 And he shal snatche at the right hand and be hungrie and he shal eat on the left hand and shal not be satisfied euerie one shal eat the flesh of his owne arme 21 Manasséh Ephráim Ephráim Manasseh and they bothe shal be against Iudāh yet for all this his wrath is not turned awaie but his hand is stretched out stil. CHAP. X. 1 Of wicked lawe makers 〈◊〉 God punish his people by the Assyrians and after destroye them 21 The remnant of Is rael shal be saued 1 WO vnto them that decre wicked decrees and write grieuous things 2 To kepebacke the poore from iudgement to take awaie the iudgement of the poore of my people that widowes maye be 〈◊〉 praie and that they maye spoile the fatherles 3 What wilye do now in the daye of visitation and of destruction which shal come from farre to whome wil ye flee for helpe and where wil ye leaue your glorie 4 Without me euerie one shal fallamong that are bounde and they shal fall downe among the slaine yet for all this his wrath is not turned awaye but his hand is stretched out stil. 5 ¶ O Asshúr the rodde of my wrath and the staffe in their hands is mine indignation 6 I wil send him to a dissembling nation and I wil giue him a charge against the people of my wrath to take the spoile and to take the praye and to treade them vnder fere like the myre in the strete 7 But he thinketh not so nether doeth his heart esteme it so but he imagineth to destroye and to cut of not a fewe nacions 8 For he saith Are not my princes all together Kings 9 Is 〈◊〉 Calnō as Carchemish Is
forsaken for a time 2 Yet the power of God is not diminished 5 Christs obedience and victorie 1 THus saith the Lord Where is that bil of your mothers diuorcement whome I haue caste of or who is the creditour to whome I solde you Beholde for your iniquities are ye solde and because of your transgressions is your mother forsaken 2 Wherefore came I and there was no man I called and none answered is myne hand so shortened that it can not helpe or haue I no power to deliuer beholde at my rebuke I drye vp the Sea I make the floods desert their fish rotteth for want of water and dyeth for thirst 3 I clothe the heauēs with darknes and make a sacke their couering 4 The Lord God hathe giuen me a tongue of the learned that I shulde knowe to minister a worde in time to hym that is weary he will raise me vp in the mournyng in the mornyng he wil waken mine eare to heare as the learned 5 The Lord God hathe opened mine eare and I was not rebellious nether turned I backe 6 I gaue my backe vnto the 〈◊〉 and my chek esto the nippers I hid not my face frō shame and spitting 7 For the Lord God will helpe me therefore shall I not be confounded therefore haue I set my face like a flint and I knowe that I shal not be ashamed 8 He is nere that iustifieth me who will contend with me 〈◊〉 vs stand together who is mine aduersarie let him come nere to me 9 Beholde the Lorde God will helpe me who is he that condemne me lo they shall waxe olde as a garment the mothe shall eat them vp 10 Who is among you that feareth the Lord let hym heare the voyce of his seruaunt he that walketh in darkenes ād hathe no light let him trust in the Name of the Lorde and stay vpon his God 11 〈◊〉 all you kindle a fyre and are compassed about with sparkes walke in the light of your fyre and in the sparkes that ye haue kindled This shal ye haue of mine hand ye shal lie downe in sorowe CHAP. LI. 1 To trust in God alone by Abrahams example 7 Not to feare men 17 The great affliction of Ierusalém and her deliuerance 1 HEare me ye that followe after righteousnes and ye that seke the Lord loke vnto the 〈◊〉 whence ye are hewen and to the hole of the pit whence ye are digged 2 Consider Abrahám your father and Saráh that bare you for I called him alone ād blessed him and increased him 3 Surely the Lorde shal comfort Zión he shall comforte all her desolations and he shall make her desert like Eden and her wildernes like the garden of the Lorde ioye and gladnes shal be founde therein prayse and the voyce of singing 4 Hearken ye vnto me my people and giue care vnto me ô my people for a Lawe shall procede frome me and I will bring forthe my iudgement for the light of the people 5 My righteousnes is nere my saluaciō goeth forthe and mine armes shal iudge the people the yles shal waite for me and shal trust vnto mine arme 6 Lift vp your eyes to the heauens and loke vpon the earth beneth for the heauens shal vanish away like smoke and the earth shal waxe olde lyke a garment and they that dwell therein shall perish in like maner but my saluacion shal be for euer and my righteousnes shal not be abolished 7 Hearken vnto me ye that knowe righteous nes the people in whose heart is my Law Feare ye not the reproche of men nether be ye afrayed of their rebukes 8 For the mothe shall eat them vp lyke a garment ād the worme shal eat them like woll but my righteousnes shal be for euer ād my saluacion from generacion to generacion 9 Rise vp rise vp and put on strength ô arme of the Lorde rise vp as in the olde time in the generacions of the worlde Art not thou the same that hast cut Raháb and wounded the dragon 10 Art not thoù the same whiche hathe dryed the Sea euen the waters of the great depe making the depth of the Sea away for there demed to passe ouer 11 Therefore the 〈◊〉 of the Lorde shall returne and come with ioye vnto Zión and euerlasting ioye shal be vpon their head they shal obteine ioye and gladnes and sorowe and mourning shal flee away 12 I euen I am he that comforte you Who art thou that thou shuldest feare a mortall man and the sonne of man whiche shal be made as grasse 13 And forgetest the Lord thy maker that hathe spred out the heauens and laide the fundacions of the earth and hast feared con tinually all the day because of the rage of the oppressour which is ready to destroye Where is now the rage of the oppressour 14 The captiue hasteneth to be loosed and that he shulde not dye in the pit nor that his bread shulde faile 15 And I am the Lorde that God that diuided the Sea when his waues roared the Lord of hostes is his Name 16 And I haue put my wordes in thy mouth and haue defended thee in the shado we of mine hand that I may plant the heauens and laye the fun dacion of the earth and say vnto Zión Thou art my people 17 Awake awake and stand vp ô Ierusalē whi che hast drunke at the hand of the Lord the cup of his wrath thou hast drunken the dregges of the cup of tremblyng and wrung them out 18 There is none to guide her among all the sonnes whom she hath broght forthe there is none that taketh her by the hande of all the sonnes that she hathe broght vp 19 These two thynges are come vnto thee who wil lament thee desolation and destruction and famine and the sworde by whom shal I comforte thee 20 Thy sonnes haue fainted and lie at the head of al the stretes as a wilde bulle in a net and are full of the wrath of the Lord and rebuke of thy God 21 Therefore heare nowe this thou miserable and drunken but not with wine 22 Thus sayth thy Lorde God euen God that pleadeth the cause of his people Beholde I haue taken out of thine hand the cuppe of trembling euen the dregges of the cuppe of my wrath thou shalt drinke it no more 23 But I will put it into their hand that spoile thee whiche haue said to thy soule Bowe downe that we may go ouer and thou hast laid thy bodie as the groūd and as the strete to them that went ouer CHAP. LII 1 A consolation to the people of God 7 Of the messengers thereof 1 ARise arise put on thy strength ô Zión put on the garments of thy beautie ô Ierusalém the holy citie for hence forthe there shall no more come into thee the
cōming in thereof and the whole facion thereof and all the ordinances there of and all the figures thereof all the lawes thereof and write it in their sight that thei may kepe the whole facion thereof all the ordinances thereof and do them 12 This is the description of the house It shal be vpō the top of the mount all the limi tes thereof round about shal be moste holy Beholde this is the descriptiō of the house 13 And these are the measures of the Altar after the cubites the cubite is a cubite and an hand breadth euen the bottome shal be a cubite the breadth a cubite and the bordre thereof by the edge thereofroūd about shal be a spanne this shal be the height of the altar THE FIGVRE OF THE ALTAR 14 And from the bottome which toucheth the ground to the lower piece shal be two cubi tes and the breadth one cubite from the litle piece to the great piece shal be foure cubites and the breadth one cubite 15 So the altar shal be foure cubites from the altar vpwarde shal be foure hornes 16 And the altar shal be twelue cubites long and twelue broade and foresequare in the foure corners thereof 17 And the frame shal be fourtene cubites lōg and fourtene broade in the foure square cor ners thereof the border about it shal be halfe a cubite the bottome thereof shal be a cubite about and the steppes thereof shal be turned towarde the East 18 And he said vnto me Sōne of man thus saith the Lord God These are the ordinances of the altar in the day when thei shal make it to offer the burnt offring thereon and to sprin kle blood thereon 19 And thou shalt giue to the Priests and to the Leuites that be of the sede of Zadok which approche vnto me to minister vnto me saith the Lord God a yong bullocke for a sinne offring 20 And thou shalt take of the blood thereof and put it on the foure hornes of it on the foure corners of the frame vpon the bordre round about thus shalt thou clense it reconcile it 21 Thou shalt take the bullocke also the sinne offring and burne it in the appointed place of the house without the Sanctuarie 22 But the seconde day thou shalt offre an he go at without blemish for a sin offring and they shal clense the altar as they did clense it with the bullocke 23 When thou hast made an end of clensing it thou shalt offer a yong bullocke without ble mish and aram out of the flocke without blemish 24 And thou shalt offre thē before the Lord the Priests shal cast salt vpō thē and thei shal offre them for a burnt offring vnto the Lord 25 Seuen dayes shalt thou prepare euerie day an he goat for a sin offring they shal also pre pare a yong bullocke and a ram out of the flocke without blemish 26 Thus shal they seuen dayes purifie the altar and clense it and consecrate it 27 And when these dayes are expired vpō the eight day and so forthe the Priests shal make your burnt offrings vpon the altar and your peace offrings I wil accept you saith the Lord God CHAP. XLIIII He reptoueth the people for their offence 7 The vncircumcised in heart in the flesh 9 Who are to be admitted to the seruice of the Temple who to be refused 1 THen he broght me toward the gate of the outwarde Sanctuarie which turneth toward the East and it was shut 2 Then said the Lord vnto me This gate shal be shut and shal not be opened and no man shal entre by it because the LORDE GOD of Israél hathe entred by it and it shal be shut 3 It apperteineth to the Prince the Prince him self shal sit in it to eat bread before the Lord he shal entre by the way of the porche of that gate and shal go out by the way of the same 4 ¶ Then broght he me toward the North gate before the House and when I loked behold the glorie of the Lord filled the house of the Lord and I fel vpon my face 5 And the Lord said vnto me Sonne of man marke wel and beholde with thine eyes heare with thine 〈◊〉 all that I say vnto thee concerning all the ordinances of the House of the LORD and all the lawes thereof and marke wel the entring in of the house with euerie going forthe of the Sanctuarie 6 And thou shalt say to the rebellious euen to the house of Israél Thus saith the LORD God O house of Israél ye haue ynough of all your abominacions 7 Seing that ye haue broght into my Sanctua rie strāgers vncircūcised in heart and vncir cūcised in flesh to be in my Sāctuarie to pol lute mine house when ye offre my bread euen fat and blood and they haue broken my couenāt because of all your abominaciōs 8 Forye haue not kept the ordinances of mi ne holie things but you your selues haue set other to take the charge of my Sanctuarie 9 Thus saith the Lord God No stranger vncircumcised in heart nor 〈◊〉 in flesh shal entre into my Sanctuarie of any strāger that is among the children of Israél 10 Nether yet the Leuites that are gone backe from me when Israél went astray which went astray from me after their idoles but thei shal beare their iniquitie 11 And thei shal serue in my Sanctuarie and kepe the gates of the House and minister in the House thei shal slaye the burnt offring and the sacrifice for the people and thei shal stande before them to serue them 12 Because thei serued before their idoles and caused the house of Israél to fall into iniquitie therefore haue I lift vp mine hād against them saith the Lord God and thei shal beare their iniquitie 13 And thei shal not come nere vnto me to do the office of the Priest vnto me nether shal thei come nere vnto any of mine holy things in the moste holy place but they shal beare their shame and their abominacions which thei haue committed 14 And I wil make them kepers of the watche of the House for all the seruice thereof and for all that shal be done therein 15 But the Priests of the Leuites the sonnes of Zadók that kept the charge of my Sanctuarie when the children of Israél went astray from me thei shal come nere to me to serue me and thei shal stand before me to offre methe fat and the blood saith the Lord God 16 Thei shal entre into my Sanctuarie and shal come nere to my table to serue me and thei shal kepe my charge 17 And when thei shal entre in at the gates of the inner court thei shal be clothed with linen garments and no woll shal come vpon thē while thei serue in the gates of the inner
it And he said This is an 〈◊〉 that goeth forthe He said 〈◊〉 This is the sight of them through all the earth 7 And behold there was lift vp a talent of lead and this is a woman that sitteth in the middes of the Epháh 8 And he said This is wickednes he cast it into the middes of the Epháh he cast the weight of lead vpon the mouth therof 9 Thē lift I vp mine eies loked behold there came out two women the winde was in their wings for thei had wings like the wings of a storke and they lift vp the Epháh betwene the earth and the heauen 10 Then said I to the Angel that talked with me Whither do these beare the Epháh 11 And he said vnto me To buyld it an house in the land of Shinár and it shal be established and set there vpō her owne place CHAP. VI. By the foure 〈◊〉 he describeth the foure monarchies 1 A Caine I turned and life mine eyes and loked and beholde there came there foure charettes out from betwene two mountaines the mountaines were moūtaines of brasse 2 In the first charet were red horses and in the seconde charet blacke horses 3 And in the thirde charet white horses and in the fourte charet horses of diuers colours and reddish 4 Then I answered and said vnto the Angel that talked with me What are these my Lord 5 And the Angel answered and said vnto me These are the foure spirits of the heauen which go for the from standing with the Lord of all the earth 6 That with the blacke horse went for the into the land of the North and the white went out after them and they of diuers co lours went for the to warde the South countrey 7 And the reddish went out and required to go and passe through the worlde and he said Go passe through the worlde So they went thorowout the worlde 8 Then cryed he vpon me and spake vnto me saying Beholde these that go toward the North countrey haue pacified my spirit in the North countrey 9 And the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 10 Take of them of the captiuitie euen of Heldai and of Tobiiah and Iedaiah which are come from Babél and come thou the same day go vnto the house of Ioshiáh the sonne of Zephaniáh 11 Take euen siluer and golde and make crownes and set them vpon the head of Iehoshúa the sonne of Iehozadak the hie Priest 12 And speake vnto him saying Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes and saith Beholde the man whose name is the Branche and he shal growe vp out of his place and he shal buylde the Temple of the Lord. 13 Euen he shal buylde the Tēple of the Lord and he shal be are the glorie and shal sit and rule vpon his throne and he shal be a Priest vpon his throne and the counsel of peace shal be betwene them bothe 14 And the crownes shal be to Helém and to 〈◊〉 and to Iedaiah and to Hen the sonne of Zephaniah for a memorial in the Temple of the Lord. 15 And thei that are farre of shal come and buylde in the Temple of the Lord and ye shal knowe that the Lord of hostes hathe sent me vnto you And thys shall come to passe if ye will obey the voyce of the Lord your God CHAP. VII 5 The true fasting 〈◊〉 The rebellion of the people is the cause of their affliction 1 ANd in the fourth yere of King Darius the worde of the Lord came vnto Zechariáh in the fourth day of the ninth moneth euen in Chisleu 2 For thei had sent vnto the house of God Sharézer and Regem mélech and their men to praye before the Lord. 3 And to speake vnto the Priestes whiche were in the House of the Lord of hostes to the Prophetes saying Shuld I wepe in the fifte moneth and separate my self as I haue done these so manie yeres 4 Then came the worde of the Lord of hostes vnto me saying 5 Speake vnto all the people of the land to the Priests and say When ye fasted and mourned in the fifte and seuenth moneth euen these seuentie yeres did ye fast vnto me do I approue it 6 And when ye did eate and when ye did drinke did ye not eat for your selues and drinke for your selues 7 Shulde ye not heare the wordes whiche the Lord hathe cryed by the ministerie of the former Prophetes when Ierusalém was inhabited and in prosperitie the cities thereof rounde about her when the South and the plaine was inhabited 8 And the worde of the Lord came vnto Zechariáh saying 9 Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes saying Execute 〈◊〉 iudgement and she we mercie and compassion euerie man to his brother 10 And oppresse not the widowe nor the fatherles the stranger nor the poore and let none of you imagine euil against his brother in your heart 11 But they refused to hearken and pulled away the shulder and stopped their eares that they shulde not heare 12 Yea thei made their hearts as an adamāt stone lest they shulde heare the Lawe and the wordes which the Lord of hostes sent in his Spirit by the ministerie of the former Prophetes therefore came a greate wrath from the Lord of hostes 13 Therefore it is come to passe that as he cryed and they wolde not heare so they cryed and I wold not heare saith the Lord of hostes 14 But I scattered them among all nations whome they knewe not thus the land was desolate after them that no man passeth through nor returned for they laid the pleasant land waste CHAP. VIII 2 Of the returne of the people vnto Ierusalém and of the mercie of God towarde thē 16 Of good workes 20 The calling of the Gentiles 1 AGaine the worde of the Lord of hostes came to me saying 2 Thus saith the Lord of hostes I was ielous for Zión with greatielousie and I was ielous for her with great wrath 3 Thus saith the Lord I wil returne vnto Zión and wildwell in the middes of Ierusa lém and Ierusalém shal be called a citie of trueth and the mountaine of the Lord of hostes the holie Mountaine 4 Thus saith the Lord of hostes There shal yet olde men and olde women dwellin the stretes of Ierusalém and euerie man with his staffe in his hand for very age 5 And the stretes of the citie shal be ful of boyes and girles playing in the stretes the reof 6 Thus saith the Lord of hostes Thoght it be vnpossible in the eyes of the remnant of this people in these dayes shulde it therefore be vnpossible in my sight saith the Lord of hostes 7 Thus saith the Lord of hostes Beholde I wil deliuer my
Iosias gaue to the people that was present thirtie thousand lambes and kiddes with threthousand calues 8 These were giuen of the Kings possessions according to the promes to the people to the Priests and to the Leuites Then gaue Helkias and Zacharias and Syelus the gouernours of the Tēple to the Priests for the Passeouer two thousand shepe thre hundreth calues 9 Furthermore Iechonias and Samaias and Nathanael his brother and Sabias and Chielus and Ioram captaines gaue to the Leuites for the Passeouer fiue thousand shepe and seuen hundreth calues 10 And when these things were done the Priests and the Leuites stode in ordre hauing vnleauened bread according to the tribes 11 And after the ordre of the dignitie of their fathers before the people to offre to the Lord as it is writen in the bokes of Moyses and thus they did in the morning 12 And they rosted the Passeouer with fyre as * apperteined and they sod their offrings with perfumes in 〈◊〉 and pottes 13 And set it before 〈◊〉 them that were of the people and afterward they prepared for them selues and for the Priests their brethren the sonnes of Aaron 14 For the Priests 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 vnto the euening and the Leuites did make ready for them selues for the Priests their brethren the sonnes of Aarón 15 And the holy singers 〈◊〉 sonnes of Asáph were in their orders according to the appointed ordinances of Dauid to wit Asaph and Azarias and Eddimus which was of the Kings appointement 16 And the porters were at euerie gate so that it was notlawful that anie shulde passe his ordinarie watche for their brethren the Leuites made readie for them 17 And in that day those things which apper teinedto 〈◊〉 sacrifice of the Lord were accomplished that they might offre the Passeouer 18 And offre sacrifices vpon the altar of the Lord according to the commandement of King 〈◊〉 19 So the children 〈◊〉 Israél which were present at that time kept the Passe 〈◊〉 and the 〈◊〉 of vnleauened bread seuen dayes 20 And there was not suche a Passeouer kept in Israél since the time of Samuél the Prophet 21 And al the Kings of Israél did not offre suche a Passeouer as did Iosias and the Priestes and the Leuites and the Iewes and all Israél which were founde to remaine in Ie rusalem 22 In the eghtenth yere of the reigne of Iosias was this Passeouer kept 23 The workes of Iosias were vpright before his Lord with a heart ful of godlines 24 And concerning the things which came to passe in his time they are writen before to wit of those that sinned did wickedly against the Lord aboue euerie nacion kingdome and grieued him with sensible things so that the wordes of the Lord sto de vp against Israel 25 ¶ * Now after all these actes of Iosias it came to passe that when Pharaoh King of Egypt came to moue warre at Carchamis vpon Euphrates Iosias went out against 〈◊〉 26 But the King of Egypt sent to him saying What haue I to do with thee ô King of Iudea 27 I am not sent of the Lord God against thee but my warre is vpon Euphrates and now the Lord is with me and the Lord hasteneth me forwarde departe from me and be not against the Lord. 28 But Iosias wolde not turne backe his chariot frō him but prepared him self to fight with him not regarding the wordes of Ieremias the Prophet by the mouth of the Lord. 29 But he set him self in battel aray against him in the field of Megeddo and the princes came downe to King Iosias 30 And the King said to his seruants Cōuaye me out of the battel for I am very weake And by and by his seruāts broght him out of the battel 31 So he gate vpon his seconde chariot and being come againe to Ierusalém he changed his life and was buryed in his fathers graue 32 And in all Iudea was Iosias be wailed yea Ieremias the Prophet did lament for Iosias and the gouernours and their wiues did la ment him vnto this day and this was ordeined in all the kinred of Israél to be done continually 33 But these things are written in the boke of the stories of the Kings of Iudea and euerie one of the actes that Iosias did his glorie and his knowledge in the la we of the Lord and the things which he did before and the things now rehersed are registred in the boke of the King of Israél Iudea 34 Then they of the nacion toke * Ioachaz the sonne of Iosias and made him King in steade of his father Iosias when he was thre and twentie yere olde 35 And he reigned in Iudea and in Ierusalem thre moneths for the King of Egypt depo sed him from reigning in Ierusalém 36 He taxed also the people of an hundreth talents of siluer and one talent of gold 37 And the King of Egypt made Ioacim his brother King of Iudea and Ierusalém 38 And he bounde Ioachaz his gouernours but whē he had taken Zaraces his brother he led him away into Egypt 39 Twentie and fiue yere olde was Ioacim when he reigned in Iudea and Ierusalém he did euil in the sight of the Lord. 40 Wherefore against him came vp Nabucho donosor King of Babylon who when he had bounde him with a chaine of brasse led him away into Babylon 41 Then Nabuchodonosor toke of the holie vessels of the Lord and caryed them away and set them in his temple at Babylon 42 But all his actes and his prophanation and his reproche are written in the Chronicles of the Kings 43 And Ioacim his sonne reigned for him and when he was made King he was eighte ne yere olde 44 And he reigned thre moneths and ten dayes in Ierusalem and he did euil in the sight of the Lord. 45 ¶ So a yere after Nabuchodonosor sent and broght him to Babylon with the holy vessels of the Lord. 46 And he made 〈◊〉 King of Iudea and Ierusalem when he was one and twentie yere olde and he reigned eleuen yeres 47 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord nether did he feare the wordes spoken * by Ieremias the Prophet from the mouth of the Lord. 48 For after that he was sworne to King Nabuchodonosor he forsware him self by the Name of the Lord and fel away and hardened his necke 〈◊〉 his heart and transgressed the Lawes of the Lord God of Israél 49 Also the gouerners of the people and the Priests committed many things against the lawes and passed all the pollucions of all nacions and polluted the Temple of the Lord which was sanctified in Ierusalém 50 Neuertheles the God of their Fathers sent his messenger to call them backe because he spared them and his owne Tabernacle 51 But thei derided his messengers and in the day that the Lord spake vnto them they mocked his Prophetes 52 So that he being
sonne of Aaron of the tribe of Leui which Esdras was prisoner in the land of Medes in the reigne of Attaxerxes King of Persia. 4 * And the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 5 Go and shewe my people their sinnes and their children their wickednes which thei haue committed against me that they may tel their childrens children 6 For the sinnes of their fathers are increased in them because they haue forgotten me and haue offred vnto strange gods 7 Haue not I broght them out of the land of Egypt from the house of bondage but they haue prouoked me vnto wrath and despised my counsels 8 Pull thou of them the heere of thine head cast all euil vpon them for they haue not bene obedient vnto my Law but they are a rebellious people 9 How long shal I forbeare thē vnto whome I haue done somuche good 10 * Many Kings haue I destroyed for their sakes Pharao with his seruāts and all his armie haue I smitten downe 11 All the nacions haue I destroied before thē * I haue destroyed the East the people of the two countreis Tyrus and Sidon and haue slaine all their enemies 12 Speake thou therefore vnto them saying Thus saith the Lord 13 * I haue led you thorow the Sea and haue giuen you a sure way since the beginning * I gaue you Moses for a guide and Aaron for a Priest 14 * I gaue you light in a piller of fyre great wonders haue I done amōg you yet haue ye forgotten me saith the Lord. 15 Thus saith the Almightie Lord The quailes * were a token vnto you I gaue you tentes for saue garde wherein ye murmured 16 And ye triumphed not in my Name for the destruction of your enemies but ye yet murmure stil. 17 Where are the benefites that I haue done for you when ye were hungrie in the wildernes * did ye not crye vnto me 18 Saying Why hast thou broght vs into this wildernes to kil vs It had bene better for vs to haue serued the Egyptians then to dye in this wildernes 19 I had pitie vpon your mournings and gaue you Manna to eat * so ye did eat Augels fode 20 * When ye were thirstie did not I cleaue the stone waters did flowe out to satisfie you from the heat I couered you with the leaues of the trees 21 And I gaue you fat countre is I cast out the Cananite the Pheresites Philistims before you * what shal I do more for you saith the Lord 22 Thus saith the almightie Lord * When ye were in the wildernes at the bitter waters being a thirst and blaspheming my Name 23 I gaue you not fyre for the blasphemies but cast a tre into the water and made the riuer swete 24 What shal I do vnto thee ô Iacob thou * Iu da woldest not obey I wil turne me to other nations and vnto those wil I giue my Name that they may kepe my lawes 25 Seing ye haue forsaken me I wil also forsake you when ye aske mercie of me I wil not ha ue pitie vpon you 26 * Whē ye call vpon me I wil not heare you for ye haue defiled your hands with blood and your fete are swift to commit murther 27 Althogh ye haue not forsaken me but your owne selues saith the Lord. 28 Thus saith the almightie Lord Haue I not prayed you as a Father his sonnes and as a mother her daughters as a nurse her yōg babes 29 That ye wolde be my people as I am your God and that ye wolde be my children as I am your father 30 * I gathered you together as an henne gathe reth her chikens vnder her wings but now what shal I do you I wil cast you out from my sight 31 * When you bring gifts vnto me I wil turne my face from you for your solēne feast dayes your new moones your circumcisions ha ue I forsaken 32 I sent vnto you my seruants the Prophetes whome ye haue taken and slaine and torne their bodies in pieces whose blood I wil reuenge saith the Lord. 33 Thus saith the almightie Lord Your house shal be desolate I wil cast you out as the winde doeth the stubble 34 Your children shal not haue generaciō for thei haue despised my commandement and done the thing that I hate before me 35 Your houses wil I giue vnto a people to come who shal beleue me thogh they heare me not and they vnto whome I neuer shewed miracle shal do the things that I command them 36 Thogh they seno Prophetes yet shal they hate their iniquities 37 ¶ I wil declare the grace that I wil do forthe people to come whose children reioyce in gladnes and thogh they haue not sene me with bodelie eyes yet in heart they beleue the things that I say 38 Now therefore brother behold what great glorie and se the people that come from the East 39 Vnto whome I wil giue for leaders Abrahā Isahac Iacob Oseas Amos Micheas Ioel Abdias Ionas 40 Naum Habacuc Sophonias Aggeus Zacha rias and Malachias which is called also the * messenger of the Lord CHAP. II. The Synagogue sindeth faute with her owne children 18 The Gentiles are called 1 THus saith the Lord I broght this people out of bondage I gaue them also my cōmandements by my seruants the Prophetes whome they wolde not heare but despised my counsels 2 The mother that bare them saith vnto thē Go you away ô childrē for I am a widdowe and forsaken 3 I broght you vp with gladnes but with soro we and heauines haue I lost you for ye haue sinned against the Lord your God done the thing that displeaseth him 4 But what shal I now do vnto you I am a widdowe and forsaken go ye ô my children and aske mercie of the Lord. 5 And thee ô father I call for a witnes for the mother ofthese children which wolde not kepe my couenant 6 That thou bring them to cōfusion and their motherto a spoile that their kinred be not continued 7 Let their names be scatred amōg the heathē let them be put out of the earth for they haue despised my couenant 8 Wo vnto thee Assur for thou hidest the vnrighteous in thee ô wicked people remember * what I did vnto Sodom and Gomorrha 9 Whose land is mixt with cloudes of pitch heapes of ashes so wil I do vnto thē that hea re me not saith the almightie Lord. 10 ¶ Thus saith the Lord vnto Esdras Tel my people that I wil giue them the kingdome of Ierusalēm which I wolde haue giuen vnto Israél 11 And I wil get me glorie by thē and giue thē the euerlasting tabernacles which I had prepared for those 12 They shal haue at wil thetre of life smelling of ointement they shal nether labour nor be weary 13 Goye ye shal receaue it pray that
conuersant in vnpleasant places 55 And that the faces of them which haue absteined shulde shine more then starres if our faces be blacker then darckenes 56 For while we liued we did not remember when we did vnrighteously that we shulde surfer after death 57 Then answered he me and said This is the maner of the battel which man that is borne in the earth shal fight 58 That if he be ouercome he shulde suffer as thou hast said but if he get the victorie he shulde receaue the thing that I said 59 For this is the life whereof Moyses spake vnto the people while he liued saying * Chuse thee life that thou maist liue 60 Neuertheles they beleued him not nether the Prophetes after him nor me also which haue said vnto them 61 That heauines shulde not so be to their destruction as ioye shulde come vnto them to whome saluacion is persuaded 62 I answered then and said I know Lord that the moste High is called merciful in that he hathe mercie vpon them which are not yet come to that worlde 63 And that he hathe pitie on those that walke in his Law 64 And that * he is pacient for he long suffreth those that haue sinned as his creatures 65 And that he is liberall for he wil giue asmu che as nedeth 66 And that he is of great mercie for he ouer cometh in mercie those that are present and that are past and them which are to come 67 For if he were not abundant in his mercies the worlde colde not continue not thei that haue the possession thereof 68 He pardoneth also for if he gaue not of his goodnes that they which haue done euil might be relieued from their wickednes the ten thousand parte of men shulde not remaine aliue 69 And if he being iudge forgaue not those that be healed with his worde and toke away the multitude of sinnes 70 There shulde peraduenture be verie fewe left in an vnnumerable multitude CHAP. VIII 1 The nomber of the godlie is smale 6 The workes of God are excellent 〈◊〉 Esdras prayerfor him and for his people 39 The promes of 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 55 The destruction of the 〈◊〉 1 ANd he answered me saying The most High made this worlde for manie but the worlde to come for fewe 2 I wil tel thee a similitude o Esdras As when thou as kest the earth it shal say vnto thee that it gineth muche earthlie matter to make pottes but litle dust that golde cometh of so is it with the worke of this worlde 3 * There be manie created but fewe shal be saued 4 Then answered I and said Then swalowe vp the wit ö my soule and deuoure vnderstanding 5 For thou hast promised to heare and thou wilt prophecie for thou hast no longer space but the life giuen thee 6 O Lord if 〈◊〉 suffer not thy seruant that we may intreat thee that thou maist giue sede vnto our heart prepare our vnderstanding that there may come frute of it whereby euerie one which is corrupt may liue who can set him self for man 7 For thou art alone we all are one worke man 〈◊〉 of thine hands as thou hast said 8 For when the bodie is facioned now in the wombe and thou 〈◊〉 giuen it members thy creatures is preserued by fyre and 〈◊〉 and the worke created by thee doeth suffer nine moneths the creature which is facioned in it 9 But the thing that cōteineth that which is conteined shal bothe be preserued whē time is come the wombe being preserued deliuereth the things that grewe in it 10 For thou hast comman 〈◊〉 the members euē 〈◊〉 breasts to giue milke vnto the frute appointed to the 〈◊〉 11 That the thing which is created may be nourished for a time 〈◊〉 thou dispolest it to thy mercie 12 Thou bringest it vp with thy righteousnes nurturest it in thy Law and reformest it with thy iudgement 13 Thou slayest it as thy creature and giuest it life as thy worke 14 Seing then that thou destroyest him which with so great labours is facioned it is an easie thing to appoint by thy commandement that the thing also which is made might be preserued 15 Now therefore ô Lord I wilspeake as tou ching men in general thou shalt rather prouide but concerning thy people for whose sake I am sorie 16 And for thine inheritance for whose cause I mourne for Israel for whome I am woful and for Iacob for whose sake I am grieued 17 For them wil I pray before thee aswel for my self as for them for I se our fautes that dwelt in the land 18 ¶ But I haue heard the sudden comming of the iudge which is to come 19 Therefore heare my voyce and vnderstand my wordes which I wil speake before thee The beginning of the wordes of Esdras before he was taken vp 20 O Lord that liuest for euer which beholdest from aboue that which is aboue and in the ayre 21 Whose throne is inestimable and his glorie incomprehensible before whome the hoste of the Angels stand with trembling 22 Whos 's keping is turned in winde and fyre whose worde is true and sayings sted fast whose commandement is strong and gouernement terrible 23 Whose loke dryeth vp the depths wrath maketh the mountaines to melt away as the thing beareth witnes 24 Heare the prayer of thy seruant and receiue into thine eares the peticion of thy creature 25 For while I liue I wil speake and so long as I haue vnderstanding I wil answer 26 Loke not vpon the sinnes of thy people rather then thy faithful seruants 27 Haue not respect vnto the wicked dedes of men rather then to them that haue thy testimonies in afflictions 28 Thinke not vpon those that haue walked fainedly before thee but remember thē that reuetence thy wil. 29 Let it not be thy wil to destroye thē which haue liued like beasts but loke vpon them that haue clearly taught thy Law 30 Take not displeasure with them which appeare worse then beasts but loue them that alway put their trust in thy righteousnes and glorie 31 For we and our fathers haue all the same sicknes but because of vs that are sinners thou shalt be called merciful 32 If therefore thou wilt haue mercie vpon vs thou shalt be called merciful towardes vs which haue no workes of righteousnes 33 For the righteous which haue laid vp manie good workes let them receiue the rewarde of their owne dedes 34 But what is man that thou shuldest take displeasure at him or what is this mortal generacion that thou shuldest be so grieued towards it 35 * For verely there is no man among thē that be borne but he hathe done wickedly nor anie that doeth confesse thee which hathe not done amisse 36 For in this ô Lord thy righteousnes thy goodnes shal be praised if thou be merciful vnto them which 〈◊〉 not the substance of good workes 37 ¶ Thē answered he
and 〈◊〉 no flesh nor drinke wine but the floures onely 25 And pray vnto the moste High continually then 〈◊〉 come and take with thee 26 So I went my 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 had 〈◊〉 me 〈◊〉 to the field 〈◊〉 is called 〈◊〉 and there I sate among 〈◊〉 floures and did 〈◊〉 of the herbes of the field and the 〈◊〉 of the same 〈◊〉 me 27 And after 〈◊〉 dayes as I 〈◊〉 vpon the 〈◊〉 and mine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 me as a 〈◊〉 28 I opened my mouth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 before the moste High and to say 29 O Lord when thou woldest shewe thy self vnto vs * thou declaredst thy self vnto our fathers in the wildernes in a place where no man dwelleth in a baren place when they came out of Egypt 30 And expressely spak est vnto them saying Heare me ô Israél marke my wordes thou sede of Iacob 31 For beholde I sawe my Law in you that it may bring for the frute in you that ye may be honored by it for euer 32 But our fathers which receiued the Law kept it not nether obserued thine ordinances nether did the frute of the Law appeare nether colde it for it was thine 33 * For they that receiued it perished because they kept not the thing that was sowen in them 34 And lo it is a custome when the grounde re ceiueth sede or the sea a ship or avesselmeat and drinke if that perish wherein a thing is sowen or wherein anything is put 35 Like wise the thing that is sowen or is put therein the things that are receiued must perish so the things that are receiued do not remaine with vs but in vs it cometh not so to passe 36 For we that haue receiued the Law perish in sinne and our heart also which receiued it 37 But the Law perisheth not but remaineth in his force 38 ¶ And when I spake these things in mine heart I loked about me and vpon the right side * I sawe a woman which mourned sore and lamented with a loude voyce and was grieued in heart and rēt her clothes and she had ashes vpon her head 39 Then I left my thoghts wherein I was occu pied and turned me vnto her 40 And said vnto her wherefore wepest thou why art thou so sory in minde 41 And she said vnto me Syr let me alone that I may be waile my self and increase sorowe for I am sore vexed in my minde and broght verie lowe 42 Then I said vnto her What aileth thee tel me 43 And she said vnto me I thy seruāt haue bene baren and haue had no childe hauing an housband thirtie yeres 44 And euery houre and euery day these thirtie yeres I pray to the moste High day and night 45 And after thirtie yeres God heard me thine hand maid and loked vpon my miserie con sidered my trouble and gaue me a sonne and I was glad of him so was mine housband also and all they of my countrey and we gaue great honour vnto the Almightie 46 And I nourished him with great trauail 47 So when he grewe vp and came to take a wife I made a feast CHAP. X. Esdras and the woman that appeareth vnto him commune together 1 BVt when my sonne went into his chāber he fell downe and dyed 2 Then we all ouerthrewe the lights and all my neighbours rose vp to comfort me so I rested vntil the seconde day at night 3 And when thei had all left of to comfort me that I shulde be quiet thē I rose vp by night and fled and am come into this field as thou seest 4 And am not purposed to returne into the citie but to remaine here and nether to eat nor drinke but continually to mourne and fast vntil I dye 5 Then left I my purpose wherein I was and spake to her angerly and said 6 Thou foolish woman aboue all other seest thou not our heauines and what cometh vn to vs 7 For Sion our mother is all woful and is sore afflicted and mourneth extremely 8 Seing we be all now in heauines and make our mone for we be all sorowful art thou so rie for one sonne 9 Demande the earth and she shal tell thee that it is she which ought to mourne for the fall of so manie that growe vpon her 10 For from the beginning all men are borne 〈◊〉 her and other shal come beholde they walke almoste all into destruction and the multitude of them shal be destroyed 11 Who shulde then rather mourne she that hat helost so great a multitude or thou which art sorie but for one 12 But if thou woldest say vnto me My mourning is not like the mourning of the earth for I haue lost the frute of my wōbe which I broght for the with heauines and bare with sorowes 13 But the earth is according to the maner of the earth the present multitude returneth into her as it came 14 Then say I vnto thee As thou hast borne with trauail so the earth also from the beginning giueth her frute vnto man euen to him that labored her 15 Now therefore with holde thy sorow in thy self and beare constantly that which cometh vnto thee 16 For if thou allowest Gods purpose and receiuest his counsel in time thou shalt be cōmended therein 17 Go thy way then into the citie to thine housband 18 ¶ Then she said vnto me I wil not I wil not go into the citie but here wil I dye 19 So I continued to speake more with her and said 20 Do not so but be counseled for how manie falles hathe Sion Be of good comfort becau se of the soro we of Ierusalem 21 For thou seest that our Sāctuarie is layed waste our altar is broken downe our Tem ple is destroyed 22 Our psalterion fainteth and the song ceaseth and our mirth is vanished away and the light of our candelsticke is quenched and the Arke of our couenant is taken away and our holie things are defiled and the Name that is called vpon ouervs is almoste dishonored and our children are put to shame and our Priests are burnt and our Leuites are caryed into captiuitie and our virgines are defiled and our wiues 〈◊〉 and our righteous men spoyled and our children de stroyed and our yong men are broght in bondage and our strong men are become weake 23 And which is the greatest of all Sion the seale hathe lost her worship for she is deliue red into the hands of them that hate vs. 24 And therefore shake of thy great heauines and put away the multitude of sorowes that the Almightie may be merciful vnto thee and that the moste High may giue thee rest and ease from thylabour 25 And when I was talking with her her face and beautie shined suddenly and her counte nance was bright so that I was afrayed of her and mused what it might be 26 And beholde immediatly she cast out a great voyce very fearful sothat the earth
righteous shal liue foreuer their rewarde also is with the Lord and the moste High hathe care of them 16 Therefore shal they 〈◊〉 a glorious kingdome and a beautiful crowne of the Lords hand for with his right hand shal he couer them and with his arme shal he de fende them 17 He shal take his 〈◊〉 lousie for armour and shal arme the créatures to be reuenged of the enemies 18 He shal put on righteousnes for a brest-plate and take true iudgement in stead of an helmet 19 He wil take holines for an inuincible shield 20 He wil sharpen fierce wrath for a swor de and the worlde shal fight with him against the vnwise 21 Then shal the thunder boltes go 〈◊〉 outof the lightnings and shal 〈◊〉 to the marke as out of the bēt bowe of the clouds and out of his angre that troweth stones shal thicke haile be cast and the water of the sea shal be wrothe against them and the floods shal mightely ouer flowe 22 And a mightie winde shal stand vp against them and like a storme shal scatter them abroad Thus iniquitie shal bring all the earth to a wildernes and wickednes shal ouerthrowe the thrones of the mightie CHAP. VI. The calling of Kings princes and iudges which are also exhorted to searche wisdome 1 HEare therefore ôye Kings and vnderstand learne ye that be iudges of the ends of the earth 2 Giue eare ye that rule the multitudes and glorie in the multitude of people 3 For the rule * is giuen you of the Lord and power by the moste High which wil trye your workes and searche out your imaginacions 4 Because that ye being officers of his kingdome haue not iudged aright nor kept the Law nor walked after the wil of God 5 Horribly and sodenly wil he appeare vnto you for an hard iudgement shal they haue that beare rule 6 For he that is moste lowe is worthie mercie but the mightie shal be mightely tormented 7 For he that is Lord ouer all wil spare no * persone nether shal he feare anie greatnes for he hathe made the small and great and careth for all a like 8 But for the mightie abideth the sorer tryal 9 Vnto you therefore ô tyrants do I speake that ye may learne wisdome and not go armisse 10 For they that kepe holines holily shal be holie and they that are learned there shal finde a defence 11 Wherefore set your delite vpon my wordes desire them ye shal be instructed 12 Wisdome shineth neuerfadeth away is easely sene of them that loue her foun de of suche as seke her 13 She preuenteth them that desire her that she may first shewe her self vnto them 14 Whoso awaketh vnto her betimes shal haue no great trauail for he shal finde her sitting at his dores 15 To thinke vpon her then is perfite vnderstāding who so watcheth for her shal be sone without care 16 For she goeth about seking suche as are mete for her and sheweth her self cherefully vnto them in the waies and meteth them in euerie thoght 17 For the moste true desire of discipline is her beginning and the care of discipline is loue 18 And loue is the keping of her lawes the keping of the lawes is the assurance of immortalitie 19 And immortalitie maketh vs nere vnto God 20 Therefore the desire of wisdome leadeth to the Kingdome 21 If your delite be then in thrones scepters ô Kings of the people honour wisdome that ye may reigne for euer 22 Now I wil tell you what wisdome is whē ce it cometh and wil not hide the mysteries from you but wil seke her out from the beginning of her natiuitie and bring the know ledge of her into light and wil not kepe bac ke the trueth 23 Nether wil I haue to do with consuming en uie for suche a man shal not be partaker of wisdome 24 But the multitude of the wise is the preseruacion of the worlde and a wise King is the staye of the people 25 Be therefore instructed by my wordes and ye shal haue profite CHAP. VII Wisdome ought to be preferred aboue all things 1 I My self am also mortal and a man like all other and am come of him that was first made of the earth 2 And in my mothers wombe was I facioned to be flesh in ten moneths I was* broght together into blood of the sede of man and by the pleasure that cometh with slepe 3 And when I was borne I receiued the cōmu ne aire and fel vpon the earth which is oflike nature crying weping at the first as all other do 4 I was nourished in swadling clothes with cares 5 For there is no King that had 〈◊〉 other beginning of birth 6 All * menthen haue one entrance vnto life and a like going out 7 Wherefore I prayed and vnderstanding was giuen me I called and the Spirit of wisdome came vnto me 8 I preferred her to scepters and thrones and counted riches nothing in cōparison of her 9 * Nether did I compare precious stones vnto her for all golde is but a litle grauel in respect of her siluer shal be counted but clay before her 10 I loued her aboue health and beautie pur posed to take her for my light for her light can not be quenched 11 All * good things therefore came to me together with her and innumerable riches tho row her hands 12 So I was glad in all for wisdome was the autor thereof and knewe not that she was the mother of these things 13 And I learned vnfainedly and communicated without enuie and I do not hide 〈◊〉 ches 14 For she is an infinite treasure vnto men whi che whoso vse become partakers of the loue of God are accepted for the gifts of know ledge 15 God hathe granted me to speake according to my minde and to iudge worthely of the things that are giuen me for he is the leader vnto wisdome and the 〈◊〉 of the wise 16 For in his hand are bothe we and our wordes and all wisdome and the knowledge of the workes 17 For he hathe giuen me the true knowledge of the things that are so that I knowe how the worlde was made and the powers of the elements 18 The beginning and the end and the middes of the times how the times alter and the chá ge of the seasons 19 The course of the yere the situacion of the starres 20 The nature of liuing things and the furious nes of beasts the power of the windes and the imaginacions of men the diuersities of plants and the vertues of rootes 21 And all things bothe secret and knowen do I know for wisdome the worker of all thīgs hathe taught me it 22 For in her ist he spirit of vnderstanding whi che is holie the onely begotten manifolde subtil moueable cleare vndefiled euident not 〈◊〉 louing
labours nor cease from their offices 28 None of them hindreth another nether was anie of them disobedient vnto his wordes 29 After this the Lord loked vpon the earth and filled it with his goods things 30 With all maner of liuing beasts hathe he couered the face thereof and they returne into it againe CHAP. XVII 1 The creation of man and the goodnes that God hathe done vnto him 〈◊〉 Of almes 26 And repentance 1 THe * Lord hathe created mā of the earth and turneth him vnto it againe 2 He gaue him the nomber of dayes and cer teine times and gaue him power of the things that are vpon earth 3 He clothed them with strength as they had nede and made them according to his image 4 He made all flesh to feare him so that he had the dominion ouer the beasts and foules 5 * He created out of him an helper like vn to him self and gaue them discrecion and tongue and eyes eares and an heart to vn derstand and sixtly he gaue them a spirit and seuently he gaue them speache to declare his workes 6 And he filled them with knowledge of vn derstanding and shewed them good and euil 7 He set his eye vpon their hearts declaring vnto them his noble workes 8 And gaue thē occasion to reioyce perpetually in his miracles that they shulde pru dently declare his workes that the elect shulde praise his holie Name together 9 Beside this he gaue them knowledge and gaue them the Law of life for an heritage that thei might now knowe that thei were mortal 10 He made an euerlasting couenant with them and shewed them his iudgements 11 Their eyes sawe the maiestie of his glorie and their eares heard his glorious voyce 12 And he said vnto thē Beware of all vnrighteous things * He gaue euerie man also a cōmandement concerning his neighbour 13 Their wayes are euer before him and are not hid from his eyes 4 Euerie man from his youth is giuē to euil their stonie hearts can not become flesh 15 He appointed a ruler vpon euerie people when he deuided the nacions of the whole earth 16 * And he did chuse Israél as a peculiar people to him self whome he nourisheth with discipline as his first borne giueth him moste louing light and doeth not forsake him 17 All their workes are as the sunne before him his eyes are continually vpon their wayes 18 None of their vnrighteousnes is hid from him but all their sinnes are before the Lord 19 And as he is merciful and knoweth his worke he doeth not leaue them nor forsake them but spareth them 20 * The almes of a man is as a thing sealed vp before him and he kepeth the good dedes of man as the apple of the eye and giueth repentance to their sonnes daughters 21 * At the last shal he arise rewarde them and shal repay their rewarde vpon their heads 22 * But vnto them that wil repent he giueth them grace to returne exhorteth suche as faile with pacience and sendeth them the porcion of the veritie 23 * Returne thē vnto the Lord and forsake thy sinnes make thy prayer before his face and take away the offence 24 Turne againe vnto the most High for he wil bring thee from darkenes to wholsome light for sake thine vnrighteousnes and 〈◊〉 greatly all abominacion 25 Knowe the righteousnes iudgements of God stand in the porcion that is set forthe for thee and in the prayer of the most high God and go in the partes of the holie worlde with suche as be liuing and confesse God 26 * Who cā praise the moste High in the hell as do all they that liue and confesse him 27 Abide not thou in the errour of the vngodlie but praise the Lord before death 28 Thankefulnes perisheth from the dead as thogh he were not but the liuing and he that is sounde of heart praiseth the Lord and reioyceth in his mercie 29 How great is the louing kindenes of the Lord our God and his compassion vnto suche as turne vnto him in holines 30 For all things can not be in men because the sonne of man is not immortal and they take pleasure in the vanitie of wickednes 31 What is more cleare then the sunne yet shal it faile 32 So flesh and blood that thinketh euil shal be reproued 33 He seeth the power of the high heauen all men are but earth and ashes CHAP. XVIII 1 The maruelous workes of God 6. 7 The miserie wretchednes of man 9 Against God ought we not to complaine 21 The performing of vowes 1 HE that liueth foreuer * made all things to gether the Lord who onelie is iust and there is none other but he and he remaineth a victorious King for euer 2 He ordereth the worlde with the power of his hand and all things obey his wil for he gouerneth all things by his power and deuideth the holie things from the prophane 3 To whome hathe he giuen power to expres se his workes who wilseke out the grounde of his noble actes 4 Who shal declare the power of his greatnes or who wil take vpō him to tell out his mercie 5 As for the wonderous workes of the Lord there may nothing be taken from them nether can anie thing be put vnto them ne ther may the grounde of them be founde out 6 But when a man hathe done his best he must beginne againe and when he thinketh to come to an end he must go againe to his labour 7 ¶ What is man where to serueth he what good or euil can he do 8 * If the nomber of a mans daies be an hun dreth yere it is muche and no man hathe certeine knowledge of his death 9 As droppes of raine are vnto the sea and as a grauel stone is in comparison of the sand so are a thousand yeres to the dayes euerlasting 10 Therefore is God pacient with them and powreth out his mercie vpon them 11 He sawe and perceiued that the arrogancie of their heart and their ruine was euil therefore heaped he vp his mercie vpon them and shewed them the way of righteousnes 12 The mercie that a man hathe reacheth to his neighbour but the mercie of the Lord is vpon all flesh he chasteneth and nurtureth and teacheth and bringeth backe as a shebherd his flocke 13 He hathe mercie of them that receiue disci pline and that diligently seke after his iud gements 14 ¶ My sonne when thou doest good repro ue not and what soeuer thou giuest vse no discomfortable wordes 15 Shal not the dewe aswage the heat so is a worde better then a gife 16 Lo is not a worde better then a good gift but a gracious man giueth them bothe 17 A foole wil reproche churlishly and a gift of the enuious putteth out the eyes 18 Get thee righteousnes before thou come to iudgement learne before
My sonne do nothing without aduisemēt so shal it not repent thee after the dede 21 Go not in the way where thou maist fall not where thou maist stumble among the stones nether trust thou in the way that is plaine 22 And beware of thine owne children and take hede of them that be thine owne housholde 23 In euerie good worke be of a faithful heart for this is the keping of the commandements 24 Who so beleueth in the Lord kepeth the commandements and he that trusteth in the Lord shal take no hurt CHAP XXXIII 1 The deliuerance of him that feareth God 4 The answere of the wise 12. Man is in the hand of God as the clay is in the hand of the potter 25 Of euil seruants 1 THere shal no euil come vnto him that feareth the Lord but when he is in tenta tion he wil deliuer him againe 2 A wise man hateth not the Law but he that is an hypocrite therein is as a shippe in a storme 3 A man of vnderstanding walketh faithfully in the Law and the Law is faithful vnto him 4 As the question is made prepare the answer and so shalt thou be heard be sure of the mat ter and so answer 5 The heart of the * foolish is like a cartewhele and his thoghts are like a rolling axeltre 6 As a wilde horse neieth vnder euerie one that sitteth vpō him so is ascorneful friend 7 Why doeth one day excell another seing that the light of the daies of the yere come of the sunne 8 The knowledge of the Lord hathe parted them a sondre and he hathe by them disposed the times and solemne feastes 9 Some of them hathe he chosen and sanctified and some of them hathe he put among the daies to nomber 10 And all men are of the * grounde and Adam was created out of the earth but the Lord ha the deuided them by great knowledge and made their waies diuers 11 Some of them hathe he blessed and exalted and some of them hathe he sanctified and ap propriate to him self but some of them hathe he cursed and broght thē lowe and put them out of their estate 12 * As the claye is in the 〈◊〉 hand to order it at his pleasure so are men also in the hand of their creator so that he may rewarde them as liketh him best 13 Against euil is good and against death is life so is the godlie against the sinner and the vngodlie against the faithful 14 So in all the workes of the moste High thou maist se that there are euer two one against another 15 ¶ I am awaked vp last of all as one that gathe reth after thē in the vintage In the blessing of the Lord I am increased ād haue filled my wine presse like a grape gatherer 16 * Beholde how I haue not labored onely for my self but for all them that seke knowledge 17 Heare me ô ye greatmen of the people hearken with your eares ye rulers of the con 〈◊〉 18 Giue not thy sonne and wife thy brother and friend power ouer thee while thou liuest and giue not away thy substance to ano ther lest it repent thee and thou intreat for the same againe 19 As long as thou liuest and hast breth giue not thy self ouer to anie persone 20 For better it is that thy children shulde pray vnto thee then that thou shuldest loke vp to the hands of thy children 21 In all thy workes be excellent that thine honour be neuer stained 22 As the time when thou shalt end thy dayes and finish thy life distribute thine inheritance 23 ¶ The fodder the whippe and the burden belong vnto the asse and meat correction and worke vnto thy seruant 24 If thou set thy seruant to labour thou shalt finde rest but if thou let him go idle he shal seke libertie 25 The yoke and the whippe bow downe the hard necke so tame thine euil seruant with the whippes and correction 26 Send him to labour that he go not idle for idlenes bringeth muche euil 27 Set him to worke for that belongeth vnto him if he be not obedient put on more heauie 〈◊〉 28 But be not excessiue towarde anie and with out discrecion do nothing 29 * If thou haue a faithful seruant let him be vnto thee as thine owne soule for in blood hast thou goten him If thou haue a seruant intreat him as thy brother for thou hast nede of him as of thy self If thou intreat him euil and he runne away 〈◊〉 seke him CHAP. XXXIIII Of dreames 13 The praise of them that feare God 18. The offrings of the wicked 22 The bread of the 〈◊〉 27 God doeth not alowe the workes of an vnfaithful man 1 THe hope of a foolish man is vaine and fal se and dreames make fooles to haue wings 2 Who so regardeth dreames is like him that wil take holde of a shadowe and followe af ter the winde 3 Euen so is it with the appearings of dreames as the likenes of a face is before another face 4 Who cābe clensed by the vncleane or what trueth can be spoken of a lier 5 Soth sayings 〈◊〉 dreaming is but vanitie a minde that is occupied with fantasies is as a woman that trauaileth 6 Where as suche visions come not of the moste High to trye thee set not thine heart vpō them 7 For dreames haue disceiued many and thei haue failed that put their trust therein 8 The Law shal be fulfilled without lies wisdome is sufficient to a faithful mouth what knowledge hathe he that is not tryed 9 A man that is instructed vnderstandeth muche and he that hathe good experience can talke of wisdome 10 He that hathe no experience knoweth litle and he that erreth is ful of crafte 11 When I wandred to and fro I sawe many things and mine vnderstanding is greater then I can expresse 12 I was oft times in danger of death yet I was deliuered by these things 13 ¶ The spirit of those that feare the Lord shal liue for their hope is in him that can hel pe them 14 Who so feareth the Lord feareth nomā nether is afraied for he is his hope 15 Blessed is the soule of him that feareth the Lord in whome putteth he his trust who is his strength 16 * For the eyes of the Lord haue respect vn to them that loue him he is their* mightie protection and strong grounde a defense from the heat and a shadowe for the noone day a succour from stombling and an helpe from falling 17 He setteth vp the soule and lightneth the eyes he giueth health life and blessing 18 ¶ He that* giueth an offring of vnrighteous goods offreth a mocking sacrifice and the giftes of the vnrighteous please not him 19 But the Lord is theirs onely that paciently abide him in the way of trueth and righteousnes 20 The moste High doeth not alowe the
way the sede of him that loued him but he left a remnāt vnto Iacob and a roote of him vnto Dauid 23 Thus rested Salomon with his fathers and of his sede he left behinde him Roboam euen the foolishnes of the people one that had no vnderstanding * who turned away the people thorow his counsel Ie roboam the sonne of Nabat * which caused Israél to sinne shewed Ephraim the way of sinne 24 So that their sinnes were so muche increa sed that they were driuen out of the land 25 For they soght out all wickednes til the vengeance came vpon them CHAP. XLVIII The praise of Elias Eliscus Ezekias and 〈◊〉 1 THen stode vp * Elias the Prophete as a fyre and his worde burnt like a lampe 2 He broght a famine vpon thē and by his zeale he diminished thē for they might not away with the commandements of the Lord. 3 By the worde of the Lord he shut the heauen * and thre times broght he the fyre from heauen 4 O Elias how honorable art thou by thy wonderous dedes who may make his boast to be like thee 5 * Which hast raised vp the dead frō death and by the worde of the moste High out of the graue 6 Which hast broght Kings vnto destructiō and the honorable from their seate 7 Which heardest the rebuke of the Lord in Sina * and in Horeb the iudgement of the vengeance 8 * Which didest anoint Kings that they might recompense and Prophetes to be thy successours 9 * Which wast taken vp in a whirle winde offyre and in a charet of fyrie horses 10 Which wast appointed * to reproue in due season to pacific the wrath of the Lords iudgemēt before it kindled to turne the hearts of the fathers vnto the childrē and to set vp the tribes of Iacob 11 Blessed were they that sawe thee slept in loue for we shalliue 12 * When Elias was couered with the storme Eliseus was filled with his spirit while he li ued he was not moued for any prince nether colde any bring him into subiection 13 Nothing colde ouercome him * and after his death his bodie prophecied 14 He did wonders in his life and in death were his workes marueilous 15 For all this the people repented not nether departed they from their sinnes * til they were caryed away prisoners out of their land and were scatered through all the earth so that there remained but a very few people with the prince vnto the hou se of Dauid 16 Howbeit some of them did right and some heaped vp sinnes 17 * Ezekias made his citie strong and con ueied water into the middes thereof he dig ged thorow the rocke with yron and made fountaines for waters 18 * In his time came Sennacherib vp and sent Rabsaces and list vp his hand against Sion and boasted proudely 19 Then trembled their hearts and hands so that they sorowed like a woman in trauel 20 But they called vpon the Lord which is merciful and lift vp their hands vnto him and immediatly the holy one heard them out of heauen 21 He thoght no more vpon their sinnes nor gaue them ouer to their enemies but deliuered them by the hand of Esai 22 * He smote the hoste of the Assyrians and his Angel destroyed them 23 For Ezekias had done the thing that plea sed the Lord and remained stedfastly in the wayes of Dauid his father as Esai the great Prophet and faithful in his visiō had commanded him 24 * In his time the sonne went backwarde and he lengthened the Kings life 25 He sawe by an excellent Spirit what shulde come to passe at the last and he comfor ted them that were sorowful in Sion 26 He shewed what shulde come to passe for euer and secret things or euer thei came to passe CHAP. XLIX Of Iosias Hezekiah Dauid Ieremi Ezechiel 〈◊〉 Iesus 〈◊〉 Enoch Ioseph Sem Seth. 1 THe remembrāce of * Iosias is like the composition of the perfume that is ma de by the arte of the apothe carie it is swete as honie in all mouthes and as musicke at a banket of wine 2 He behaued him self vprightly in the refor macion of the people and toke a way all abominacions of iniquitie 3 He * directed his heart vnto the Lord and in the time of the vngodlie he established religion 4 All except Dauid and Ezekias and Iosias committed wickednes for euen the Kings of Iuda forsoke the Law of the moste High and failed 5 Therefore he gaue their horne vnto other and their honor to a strange nacion 6 He burnt the elect citie of the Sanctuarie * and destroied the stretes thereof according to the prophecie of Ieremias 7 For thei * intreated him euil which neuer theles was a Prophete * sanctified from his mothers wombe that he might roote out and a fflict and destroye and that he might also buyld vp and plant 8 * Ezechiel sawe the glorious visiō which was shewed him vpon the charet of the Cherubims 9 * For he made mēcion of the enemines vn der the figure of the raine directed thē that went right 10 * ¶ And let the bones of the twelue Prophetes florish out of their place and let their memorie be blessed for they comforted Iacob and deliuered them by assured hope 11 ¶ * How shal we praise Zorobabel which was as a ring on the right hand 12 So was * Iesus also the sonne of Iosedec these men in their time buylded the house and set vp the Sanctuarie of the Lord agai ne which was prepared for an euerlasting worship 13 ¶ * And among the elect was Neemias whose renoume is great which set vp for vs the walles that were fallen and set vp the gates and the barres and laied the fundacions of our houses 14 ¶ But vp on the earth was no man created like * Enoch for he was taken vp from the earth 15 Nether was there a like man vnto * Ioseph the gouernour of his brethren the vp holder of his people whose bones were kept 16 * Sem and Seth were in great honour among men and so was Adam aboue eue rie liuing thing in the creation CHAP. L. Of Simon the sonne of Onias 22 An exhortacion to praise the Lord. 27 The autor of this boke 1 SImon * the sonne of Onias the hie Priest which in his life set vp the house againe and in his dayes established the Temple 2 Vnder him was the fundacion of the double height laied the hie walles that compasseth the Temple 3 In his dayes the places to receiue water that were decaied were restored and the
all in our innocencie the heauen and earth shal testifie for vs that ye destroy vs wrongfully 38 Thus thei gaue thē the battel vpon the Sabbath and slewe bothe men and cattel their wiues and their children to the nomber of a thousand people 39 ¶ When Mattathias and his friends vnderstode this thei mourned for them greatly 40 And said one to another If we all do as our brethrē haue done and fight not against the heathen for our liues and for our Lawes thē shal thei incontinently destroy vs out of the earth 41 Therefore they concluded at the same time saying Whosoeuer shal come to make battel with vs vpon the Sabbath daye we wil fight against him that we dye not all as our brethren that were murthered in the secret places 42 Then came vnto them the assemblie of the Asideans which were of the strongest men of Israél all suche as were wel minded toward the Law 43 And all they that were fled for persecucion ioyned them selues vnto them and were an helpe vnto them 44 So they gathered a power and smote the wicked men in their wrath and thevngodlie in their angre but the rest fled vnto the heathen and escaped 45 Then Mattathias and his friends wēt about and destroyed the altars 46 And circumcised the children by force that were vn circumcised as manie as they foūde within the coasts of Israél 47 And they pursued after the proude men this acte prospered in their hands 48 So they recouered the Law of the hand of the Gentiles and out of the hand of Kings and gaue not place to the wicked 49 Now when the time drewe nere that Mattathias shulde dye he said vnto his sonnes Now is pride and persecucion increased the time of destruction and the wrath of indignacion 50 Now therefore my sonnes be ye zealous of the Law and giue your liues for the couenant of our fathers 51 Call to remembrance what actes our Fathers did in their time so shall ye receyue great honour and an euerlasting name 52 * Was not Abraham founde faithful in tētacion and it was imputed vnto hym for righteousnes 53 * Ioseph in the time of his trouble kept the commandement and was made the Lord of Egypt 54 * Phinees our father because he was zealous and feruent obteined the couenāt of the euerlasting priesthode 55 * Iesus for fulfilling the worde was made the gouernour of Israel 56 * Caleb because he bare witnes before the congregacion receiued the heritage of the land 57 * Dauid because of hys mercie obteyned the throne of the kingdome for euermore 58 * Elias because he was zealous and feruēt in the Law was taken vp euen vnto heauē 59 * Ananias Azarias and Misael by theyr faith were deliuered out of the flame 60 * Daniel because of his innocencie was deliuered from the mouth of the lyons 61 And thus ye maye consider thorowe out all ages that whosoeuer put their truste in him shal not want strength 62 Feare not ye then the wordes of a sinfull mā for his glorie is but dongue wormes 63 To day is he set vp and to morow he shall not be found for he is turned into his dust and his purpose perisheth 64 Wherefore my sonnes take good hearts and shewe your selues men for the Law for by it shal you obteine glorie 65 And beholde I knowe that your brother Simon is a man of counsell gyue eare vnto him alway he shal be a father vnto you 66 And Iudas Maccabeus hathe bene mightie and strong euen from his youth vp let him be your captaine and fight you the battel for the people 67 Thus shal ye bring vnto you all those that obserue the Law and shal aduenge the iniuries of your people 68 Recompense fully the heathen and giue your selues to the commandement of the Law 69 So he blessed them and was laied with his fathers 70 And dyed in the hundreth fortye and six yere and his sonnes buryed him in his Fathers sepulchre at Modin and all Israel made great lamentacion for him CHAP. III. 1 Iudas is made ruler ouer the Iewes 11 He killeth Apollonius and Seron the princes of Syria 44 The considence of Iudas towarde God 55 Iudas determineth to fight against Lysias whome Antiochus had made captaine ouer his hoste 1 THen Iudas his sonne called Maccabeus rose vp in his place 2 And all his brethren helped him and all they that helde with his father and foght with courage the battel of Israel 3 So he gate his people great honour he put on a brestplate as a gyant and armed him self and set the battel in array and defended the campe with the sworde 4 In his actes he was like a lyon and as a lyons whelpe roaring after the pray 5 For he pursued the wicked and soght thē out and burnt vp those that vexed his people 6 So that the wicked fled for feare of him all the workers of iniquitie were put to trouble saluacion prospered in his hand 7 And he grieued diuers Kings but Iacob reioyced by his actes and his memorial is blessed for euer 8 He went also thorowe the cities of Iuda and destroyed the wicked out of them and turned away the wrath from Israel 9 So was he renoumed vnto the ends of the earth he assembled together those that were readie to perish 10 ¶ But Apollonius gathered the Gentiles and a great hoste out of Samaria to fight against Israel 11 Whiche when Iudas perceiued he went forthe to mete him and smote him and slue him so that many fel downe slaine and the rest fled 12 So Iudas toke their spoiles and toke also Apollonius sworde and foght with it all his life long 13 ¶ Now whē Seron a prince of the armie of Syria 〈◊〉 that Iudas had gathered vnto him the congregacion and Churche of the faithfull and went forthe to the warre 14 He said I will get me a name and will be glorious in the realme for I will go sight with Iudas thē that are with him which haue despised the Kings commandement 15 So he made him readie to go vp and there went with him a mightie hoste of the vngodlie to helpe him and to be aduenged of the children of Israel 16 And whē he came nere to the going vp of Bethoron Iudas went forthe to met him with a smale companie 17 But when they sawe the armie coming against them they said to Iudas How are we able being so fewe to fight agaīst so great a multitude and so strong seyng we be so wearie and haue fasted all this day 18 Then said Iudas It is an easie thing for many to be shut vp in the hands of fewe there is no difference before the God of heauen to deliuer by a great multitude or by a smale companie 19 For the victorie of the battel stādeth not in the multitude of the hoste but the strēgth cometh from
Simon and the cubbert of golde and siluer pla te and so great preparacion he was astonished and tolde him the Kings message 33 Then answered Simon and said vnto him We haue nether taken other mens lands nor with holden that which apperteineth to others but our fathers heritage which our enemies had vnrighteously in possession a certeine time 34 But when we had occasion we recouered the in heritance of our fathers 35 And whereas thou requirest Ioppe and Gazara they did great harme to our people and through our countrey yet wil we giue an hundreth talens for thē But Athenobius answered him not one worde 36 But turned againe angrie vnto the King tolde him all these wordes and the dignitie of Simon with all that he had sene and the King was verie angrie 37 ¶ in the meane time 〈◊〉 Tryphon by shippe vnto Orthosias 38 Then the King made Cendebeus captaine of the sea coast and gaue him bandes of fote men and horsemen 39 And commanded him to remoue the hoste towarde Iudea and to buylde vp Cedron to fortifie the gates and to warre against the people but the King pursued Tryphon 40 So Cendebeus came vnto Iamnia and began to vexe the people and to inuade Iudea and to take the people prisoners and to slay them 41 And he buyltevp Cedron where he set horsemen and garisons that they might make outrodes by the waies of Iudea as the King had commanded him CHAP. XVI 1 Cendebeus 〈◊〉 captaine of Antiochus hoste is put to flight by the sonnes of Simon 〈◊〉 Prolemeus the sonne of Abobus killeth Simon and his two sonnes at a banketh 23 Iohn killeth them that lye in waite for his life 1 THen came Iohn vp from Gazara tolde Simon his father what Cendebeus had done 2 So Simon called two of his eldest sonnes Iudas and Iohn and said vnto them I my brethren and my fathers house haue euer from our youth vnto this day foghtē against the enemies of Israel and the matters haue had good successe vnder our hands and we haue deliuered Israel often times 3 But I am now olde and ye by Gods mercie are of a sufficiét age be ye therefore in stead of me and my brother and go forthe fight for our nacion and the helpe of heauen be with you 4 So he chose twentie thousand fighting men of the countrey with the horsemen which went forthe against Cendebeus and rested at Modin 5 In the morning thei arose and went into the plaine field beholde a mightie great hoste came against them bothe of fotemen 〈◊〉 semen but there was a riuer bet wixt them 6 And Iohn rāged his armie ouer against him and when he sawe that the people was afrayed to go ouer the riuer he wēt ouer first him self and the men seing him passed through after him 7 Then he deuided his men and set the horsemen in the middes of the fotemen 8 For their enemies horsemen were verie manie but when they blewe the trumpets Cēdebeus fled with his hoste whereof manie were slayne and the remnant gate them to the forteresse 9 Then was Iudas Iohns brother woūded but Iohn followed after them til he came to Cedron which Cendeleus had buylt 10 Also thei fled vnto the towres that were in the fields of Azotus and those did Iohn bur ne with fyre thus were there slaine two thou sand men of them so he returned peaceably into the land of Iuda 11 ¶ Now in the field of Iericho was Ptolemeus the sonne of Abubus made captaine and he had abundance of siluer and golde 12 For he had maried the daughter of the hie Priest 13 Therefore he waxed proude in his minde and thoght to rule the land thoght to slay Simon and his sonnes by deceit 14 Now as Simon went about thorowe the ci ties of the countrey studieth carefully for them he came downe to Iericho with Matta thias and Iudas his sonnes in the hundreth seuentie and seuen yere in the eleuenth moneth which is the moneth Sabat 15 Then the sonne of Abubus receiued them by treason into a litle holde called Dochus which he had buylte where he made them a great banket and had hid men there 16 So when Simon and his sonnes had made good chere Ptolemeus stode vp with his mē and toke their weapons and entred in to Simon in the banket house slewe him with his two sonnes and certeine of his seruants 17 Whereby he committed a great vilenie and recompensed euil for good 18 Then wrote Ptolemeus these things sent to the King that he might send him an hoste to helpe him and so wolde deliuer him the countrey with the cities 19 He sent other men also vnto Gazara to take Iohn and sent letters vnto the captaines to come to him and he wolde giue them siluer and golde and rewardes 20 And to Ierusalém he sent other to take it and the mountaine of the Temple 21 But one 〈◊〉 before and tolde Iohn an Gazara that his father and his brethren were slaine and that Ptolemeus had sent to slay him 22 When he heard this he was sore astonished and laid hāds of them that were come to slay him and slewe them for he knewe that they went about to kill him 23 Concerning other things of Iohn bothe of his warres and of his noble actes wherein he behaued him self manfully of the buylding of walles which he made and other of his dedes 24 Beholde they are writen in the chronicles of his priesthode from the time that he was made high Priest after his father THE SECONDE BOKE of the Maccabees CHAP. I. 1 An epistle of the Iewes that dwelt at Ierusalem sent vnto them that dweltin Egypt wherein they exhorte them to giue thankes for the death of Antiochus 19 Of the fyre that was hid in the pitte 24 The prayer of Neemias 1 THE brethrē the Iewes which be at Ierusalem and they that are in the countrey of Iudea vnto the brethren the Iewes that are thorow out Egypt send salutation prosperitie 2 God be gracious vnto you and remember his couenant made with Abraham and Isaac and Iacob his faithful seruants 3 And giue you all an heart to worship him and to do his wil with a whole heart with a willing minde 4 And open your hearts in his Law and commandements and send you peace 5 And heare your prayers and be reconciled with you and neuer forsake you in time of trouble 6 Thus now we praye here for you 7 When Demetrius reigned in the hundreth threscore and nine yere we Iewes wrote vnto you in the trouble and violēce that came vnto vs in those yeres after that Iason and his companie departed out of the holie land and kingdome 8 And burnt the porche and shed innocent blood Then we praid vnto the Lord and were heard we offred sacrifices and fine flou re and lighted the lampes and set forthe the bread 9 Now
haue writen vnto you and ye shall do well if ye kepe the same dayes 17 We hope also that the God which deliuered all his people and gaue an heritage to them all and the kingdome and the priesthode and the Sanctuarie 18 * As he promised in the Law will shortely haue mercy vpon vs and gather vs together from vnder the heauen into his holye place for he hathe saued vs from great perils and hathe clensed the place 19 As concerning Iudas Maccabeus and his brethren the purification of the great Tēple and the dedication of the altar 20 And the warres against Antiochus Epiphanes and Eupator his sonne 21 And the manifest signes that came from heauen vnto those whiche manfully stode for the Iewes religiō for thogh thei were but fewe yet they ranne through whole countries and pursued the barbarous armies 22 And repaired the Temple that was renoumed thorow out all the worlde and deliuered the citie established the Lawes that were like to be abolished because the Lord was merciful vnto them with all lenitie 23 We will assaye to abridge in one volume those things that Iason the Cyrenean hath declared in fiue bokes 24 For considering the wonderful nomber the difficultie that thei haue that wolde be occupied in the rehearsal of stories because of the diuersitie of the matters 25 We haue indeuored that they that wolde read might haue pleasure that they whiche are studious might easily kepe them in memorie and that who so euer read them might haue profite 26 Therefore to vs that haue taken in hand this greate labour it was no easie thing to make this abbridgement but required bo the sweat and watching 27 Like as he that maketh a feast and seketh others mens commoditie hathe no smale labour so we also for manie mens sakes are verie wel content to vnder take this great labour 28 Leauing to the autor the exact diligence of euerie particular we wil labour to go forowarde according to the prescript order of an abbridgement 29 For as he that wil buylde a newe house must prouide for the whole buylding but he that setteth out the plat or goeth about to painte it seketh but onely what is comlie for the decking thereof 30 Euen so I thinke for vs that it apperteineth to the first writer of a storie to enter depely into it and to make mencion of all thinge and to be curious in euerie parte 31 But it is permitted to him that wil shorten it to vse fewe wordes and to auoyde those things that are curious therein 32 Here then wil we beginne the storie adding thus muche to our former wordes that it is but a foolish thing to abonde in wordes before the storie and to beshorte in the storie CHAP. III. 1 Of the honour done vnto the Temple by the Kings of the Gentiles 6 Simō vttereth what treasure is in the Tēple 9 Heliodorus is sente to take them away 26 He is striken of God and healed at the prayer of Onias 1 WHat time as the holy cītie was inhabited with all peace and when the Lawes were very wel kept because of the godlines of Onias the hie Priest hatred of wickednes 2 It came to passe that euen the Kings did honour the place and garnished the Temple with great giftes 3 In so muche that Seleuchus King of Asia of his owne rentes bare all the costes belonging to the seruice of the sacrifices 4 But one Simon of the tribe of Beniamin being appointed ruler of the Temple contended with the hie Priest cōcerning the iniquitie committed in the citie 5 And when he colde not ouercome Onias he gate him to Apollonius the 〈◊〉 of Thraseas which then was gouernour of Coelosyria and Phenice 6 And tolde him that the treasurie in Ierusalē was ful of innumerable money which did not belong to the prouision of the sacrifices and that it were possible that these things might come into the Kings hands 7 Now when Appollonius came to the King and had shewed him of the money as it was tolde him the King chose out Heliodorus his treasurer and sent him with a commandement to bring him the foresaid money 8 Immediately Heliodorus toke his iourney as thogh he wolde visite the cities of Coelosyria and Phenice but in effect to fulfil the Kings purpose 9 So when he came to Ierusalem and was courteously receiued of the hie Priest into the citie he declared what was determined concerning the money and shewed the cause of his comming and asked if these things were so in dede 10 Then the hie Priest tolde him that there were suche things laid vp by the widdowes and fatherles 11 And that a certeyne of it belonged vnto Hircanus the sonne of Tobias a noble mā and not as that wicked Simon had reported that in all there were but foure hundreth talents of siluer and two hundreth of golde 12 And that it were altogether vnpossible to do this wrong to them that had committed it of trust to the holines of the place Tēple which is honored thorow the whole worlde for holines and integritie 13 But Heliodorus because of the Kings cōmandemēt giuen him said that in any wise it must be broght into the Kings treasurie 14 So he appointed a daye and went into take order for these things then there was no smale grief thorowout the whole citie 15 For the Priests fell downe before the altar in the Priests garments and called vnto heauen vpon him which had made a Lawe concerning things giuen to be kept that they shulde be safely preserued for such as had committed them to be kept 16 Thē thei that loked the high Priest in the face were wounded in their heart for hys countenance and the changing of his colour declared the sorowe of his minde 17 The man was so wrapped in feare and trēbling of the bodie that it was manifest to them that loked vpon him what sorow he had in his heart 18 Others also came out of their houses by heapes vnto the cōmune praier because the place was like to come vnto contempt 19 And the women girt with sackecloth vnder their breastes filled the stretes and the virgines that were kept in ranne some to the gates some to the walles others loked out of the windowes 20 And all helde vp their hands toward heauen and made prayer 21 It was a lamentable thing to se the multitude that fell downe of all sortes and the expectation of the high Priest being in such anguish 22 Therefore thei called vpon the almightie Lord that he wolde kepe 〈◊〉 and sure the things which were layed vp for those that had deliuered them 23 Neuertheles the thing that Heliodorus was determined to do that did he performe 24 And as he his souldiers were now there presēt by the treasurie he that is the Lord of the Spirits and of all power shewed a great vision so that all thei whiche presumed to come with him were
same place 39 And vpon the daye following as 〈◊〉 required Iudas and his companie came to take vp the bodies of them that were 〈◊〉 and to burye them with their kynsemen in their fathers graues 40 Nowe vnder the coates of euerie one that was slaine they founde 〈◊〉 wels that had bene consecrate to the idoles of the * Iamnites whiche thing is forbidden the Iewes by the Law Then euerie man sawe that this was the cause wherefore they were slayne 41 And so euerie man gaue thankes vnto the Lord the righteous Iudge whiche had opened the things that were hid 42 And they gaue them selues to prayer and besoght hym that they shulde not vtterly be destroyed for the faute committed Besides that noble Iudas exhorted the people to kepe them selues from sinne for so muche as they sawe before their eyes the thinges which came to passe by the sinne of these that were slayne 43 And hauing made a gathering through the companie sent to Ierusalē about two thousand drachmes of 〈◊〉 to offer a sinne offring doyng very wel and honestly that he thoght of the resurrection 44 For if he had not hoped that they whiche were 〈◊〉 shulde rise againe it had bene superfluous ād vaine to pray for the dead 45 And therefore he perceyued that there was great fauour 〈◊〉 vp for those that dyed godly It was an holie and a good thoght So he made a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the dead that they might be 〈◊〉 from sinne CHAP. XIII 1 The comming of 〈◊〉 into 〈◊〉 4 The death of 〈◊〉 10 Maccabeus going to fight against Eupator 〈◊〉 his souldiers vnto prayer 15 He kylleth 〈◊〉 thousand men in the tentes of Antiochus 21 〈◊〉 the betrayer of the 〈◊〉 is taken 1 IN the hundreth fortie ād nine yere it was tolde Iudas that Antiochus Eupator was comming with a great power into Iudea 2 And Lysias the stewarde and ruler of hys affaires with hym hauing bothe in their armie an hundreth and ten thousand men of 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 and fiue thousand horsemē and two and twentie elephants and thre 〈◊〉 dreth charets set with hookes 3 Menelaus also ioyned hym selfe with them and with great disceit incouraged Antiochus not 〈◊〉 the safegard of the countrey but because he thoght to haue bene made the gouernour 4 But the Kyng of Kings moued Antiochus minde against this wicked man and Lysias informed the Kyng that thys man was the cause of all mischief so that the King commanded to bryng hym to 〈◊〉 to put hym vnto death as the maner was in that place 5 Nowe there was in that place a tower of fiftie cubites high ful of ashes and it had an instrument that turned rounde and on euerie side itrouled downe into the ashes 6 And there whosoeuer was condemned of sa crilege or ofanie other grieuous crime was cast of all men to the death 7 And so it came to passe that this wicked man shulde dye suche a death and it was a moste iuste thing that Menelaus shulde want buryal 8 For because he had committed manie sinnes by the altar whose fyre and ashes were holie he him self also dyed in the ashes 9 ¶ Now the King raged in his minde came to shewe himself more cruel vnto the Iewes then his father 10 Which things when Iudas perceiued he cō manded the people to call vpon the LORD night and day that if euer he had holpen thē he wolde now helpe them when they shulde be put from their Law from their countrey and from the holie Temple 11 And that he wolde not suffer the people which a litle afore began to recouer to be subdued vnto the blasphemous nacions 12 So when they had done this all together besoght the Lord for mercie with weping and fasting and falling downe thre dayes together Iudas exhorted them to make them selues readie 13 And he being aparte with the Elders toke counsel to go forthe afore the King broght his hoste into Iudea and shulde take the citie commit the matter to the helpe of the Lord. 14 So committing the charge to the Lord of the world he exhorted his souldiers to fight man fully euen vnto death for the Lawes the Temple the citie their countrey and the commune wealth and camped by Modin 15 And so giuing his souldiers for a watche worde The victorie of God he piked out the manliest yong men and went by night into the Kings campe slewe of the hoste fourtene thousand men and the greatest elephāt with all that sate vpon him 16 Thus when they had broght a great feare and trouble in the campe all things went prosperously with them they departed 17 This was done in the breake of the day be cause the protection of the Lord did helpe them 18 ¶ Now when the King had tasted the manlines of the Iewes he wēt about to take the holdes by policie 19 And marched towarde Beth-sura which was a strong holde of the Iewes but he was chased away hurt and lost of his men 20 For Iudas had sent vnto them that were in it suche things as were necessarie 21 But Rhodocus which was in the Iewes hoste disclosed the secretes to the enemies the refore he was soght out and when they had gotten him they put him in prison 22 After this did the King commune with thē that were in Beth-sura and toke truce with them departed and ioyned battel with Iudas who ouercame him 23 But when he vnderstode that Philippe whome he had left to be 〈◊〉 of his bu sines at Antiochia did rebell against him he was astonished so that he yelded him self to the Iewes and made them an othe to do all things that were right and was appeased towarde them and offred sacrifice adorned the Temple and shewed great gentlenes to the place 24 And embraced Maccabeus and made him captaine and gouernour from 〈◊〉 vnto the Gerreneans 25 Neuertheles when he came to Ptolemais the people of the citie were not content wit this agrement and because they were grieued thei wolde that he shulde breake the co uenants 26 Then went Lysias vp into the iudgemēt seat and excused the fact as wel as he colde and persuaded them and pacified them made them wel affectioned and came againe vnto Antio chia This is the matter cōcerning the Kings iournay and his returne CHAP. XIIII 1 Demetrius moued by Alcimus sendeth Nicanor to kil the Iewes 18 Nicanor maketh a compacte with the Iewes 29 Which he yet breaketh through the mocion of the King 37 Nicanor commandeth Razis to be taken who slayeth him self 1 AFter thre yeres was Iudas enformed that Demetrius the sonne of Seleucus was come vp with a great power name by the heauen of Tripolis 2 When he had wonne the countrey and slaine Antiochus and his lieutenant Lysias 3 Now 〈◊〉 whiche had bene the high Priest wilfully defiled himself in the time that all things were confounded seing that by no meanes he colde saue himself norhaue anie
of the people concerning Christ 〈◊〉 Iohn 20. Christ vp breadeth the vnthankful cities 〈◊〉 The Gospel is 〈◊〉 to the simple 28 They that labour and are laden 〈◊〉 Christs yoke 1 ANd it came to passe that when Iesus had made an end of commanding his twelue disciples he departed thence to teach and to preach in their cities 2 ¶ * And when Iohn heard in the prison the workes of Christ he sent two of his disciples and said vnto him 3 Art thou he that shulde come or shal we loke for another 4 And Iesus answering said vnto them Go and she we Iohn what things ye haue heard and sene 5 The blinde receiue sight and the halt go the lepers are clensed and the deaf heare the dead are raised vp * and the pore receiue the Gospel 6 And blessed is he that shal not be offended in me 7 And as they departed Iesus began to speake vnto the multitude of Iohn What went ye out into the wildernes to se A reed shaken with the winde 8 But what went ye out to se A man clothed in soft raiment Beholde they that weare soft clothing are in Kings houses 9 But what went ye out to se A Prophet Yea I say vnto you and more then a Prophet 10 For this is he of whome it is written * Beholde I send my messenger before thy face whiche shall prepare thy way before thee 11 Verely I say vnto you among thē whiche are be gotten of women arose there not a greater then Iohn Baptist notwithstanding he that is the least in the kingdome of heauen is greater then he 12 And from * the time of Iohn Baptist hitherto the kingdome of heauen suffreth violence and the violent take it by force 13 For al the Prophetes and the Law prophecied vnto Iohn 14 And if ye will receiue it this is * Elias whiche was to come 15 ¶ He that hath eares to heare let him heare 16 * But whereunto shall I liken this generation It is like vnto litle children which sit in the markets and call vnto their felowes 17 And say We haue piped vnto you and ye haue not danced we haue mourned vnto you and ye haue not lamented 18 For Iohn came nether eating nor drinkyng and they say He hathe a deuil 19 The Sonne of man came eatyng and drinking and they say Beholde a glotton and a drinker of wine a friend vnto Publicanes and sinners but wisdome is iustified of her children 20 ¶ * Then began he to vp braide the cities where in most of his great worke were done because they repented not 21 Wo be to 〈◊〉 Chorazin Wo be to thee Bethsaida for if the great workes whiche were done in you had bene done in Tyrus and Sidon they had repented long agone in 〈◊〉 and ashes 22 But I say to you It shal be easier for Tyrus and Sidon at the day of iudgement then for you 23 And thou Capernaum whiche art lifted vp vnto heauen shalt be broght downe to hell for if the great workes whiche haue bene done in thee had bene done among them of Sodom they had remained to this day 24 But I say vnto you that it shal be easier for them of the land of Sodom in the day of iudgement then for thee 25 * At that time Iesus answered and said I giue thee thankes ô Father Lord of heauen and earth because thou hast hid these things from the wise and men of vnderstandyng hast opened them vnto babes 26 It is so ô Father because thy good pleasure was suche 27 * Al things are giuen vnto me of my Father and * no man knoweth the Sonne but the Father nether knoweth any man the Father but the Sonne and he to whome the Sonne will reueile him 28 Come vnto me all ye that are wearie and laden and I wil ease you 29 Take my yoke on you and learne of me that I am meke and lowlie in heart and ye shal finde * rest vnto your soules 30 * For my yoke is easie and my burden light CHAP. XII 3 Christ excuseth his disciples which plucke the eares of corne 10 He healeth the dryed hand 22 Helpeth the possessed that was blinde and domme 31 〈◊〉 34 The generacion of vipers 35 Of good wordes 36. Of idle wordes 38 He rebuketh the vnfaithful that wolde nedes haue tokens 49 And sheweth who is his brother sister and mother 1 AT * that time Iesus wēt on a Sabbath day through the corne ād his disciples were an hungred and began to plucke the eares of corne and to eat 2 And when the Pharises sawe it they said vnto him Beholde thy disciples do that which is not lawful to do vpon the Sabbath 3 But he said vnto them * Haue ye not red what Dauid did when he was an hungred ād they that were with him 4 How he entred into the House of God and ate the shewe bread which was not lawful for him to eat nether for them which were with him but onely for the * Priests 5 Or haue ye not red in the Law how that on the Sabbath dayes the Priests in the Temple * breake the Sabbath and are blameles 6 But I say vnto you that here is one greater then the Temple 7 Wherefore if ye knewe what this is * wil haue mercie and not sacrifice ye wolde not haue condemned the innocents 8 For the sonne of man is Lord euen of the Sabbath 9 * And he departed thence and went into their Synagogue 10 And beholde there was a man which had his hand dryed vp And they asked him saying Is it lawful to heale vpon a Sabbath day that they might accuse him 11 And he said vnto them What man shal there be among you that shal haue a shepe and if it fall on a Sabbath day into a pit wil not he take it and lift it out 12 How muche more then is a man better then a shepe therefore it is lawful to do wel on a Sabbath day 13 Then said he to the man Stretch forthe thine hand And he stretched it forthe and it was made whole as the other 14 Then the Pharises went out and consulted against him how they might destroye him 15 But when Iesus knewe it he departed thence and great multitudes followed him and he healed them all 16 And charged them that they shulde not ma ke him knowen 17 That it might be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the Prophet saying 18 * Beholde my seruant whome I haue chosen my beloued in whome my soule deliteth I wil put my Spirit on him and he shal shewe iudgement to the Gentiles 19 He shal not striue nor crye nethershal anie man heare his voyce in the stretes 20 A bruised rede shal he
had compassion and ran and fell on his necke and kissed him 21 And the Sonne sayd vnto hym Father I haue sinned agaynste heauen and before thee and am no more worthie to be called thy sonne 22 Then the Father said to his seruants bring forthe the best robe and put it on him put a ring on his hand and shoes on his feete 23 And bring the fat calf and kil him and let vs eat and be merie 24 For this my sonne was dead and is aliue againe and he was lost but he is founde And they began to be merie 25 Now the Elder brother was in the field when he came and drewe nere to the house he heard melodie and dancing 26 And called one of his seruants and asked what those things ment 27 And he said vnto him Thy brother is come and thy father hathe killed the fated calfe because he hathe receiued him safe and sounde 28 Then he was angrie and wolde not go in therefore came his Father out and entreated him 29 But he answered and said to his Father Lo these manie yeres haue I done thee seruice nether brake I at anie time thy commandement yet thou neuer gauest me a kid that I might make merie with my friends 30 But when this thy sonne was come whiche hathe deuoured thy goods with harlots thou hast for his sake killed the fat calfe 31 And he said vnto him Sonne thou art euer with me and all that I haue is thine It was mete that we shulde make mery be glad for this thy brother was dead and is aliue againe and he was lost but he is founde CHAP. XVI 1 Christ exhorteth his to wisdome and liberalitie by the example of the steward 13 None can serue two masters 14 He reproueth the couetousnes and hypocrisie of the Pharises 16 Of the end and force of the Law 18 Of the holie state of mariage 19 Of the riche and Lazarus 1 ANd he said also vnto his disciples There was a certeine riche man whiche hast a stewarde and he was accused vnto him that he wasted his goods 2 And he called him and said vnto him How is it that I heare this of thee Giue an accounts of thy stewardship for thou maiest be no longer stewarde 3 Thē the stewarde said within him self what shal I do for my master wiltake away from me the stewardeship I can not digge and to begge I am ashamed 4 I knowe what I wil do that when I am put out of the stewardeship they may receiue me into their houses 5 Then called he euerie one of his masters det ters said vnto the first How muche owest thou vnto my master 6 And he said An hundreth measures of oyle And he said to him Take thy writting and sit downe quickely and write 〈◊〉 7 Then said he to another How muche owest thou And he said An hundreth measures of wheat Then he said to him Take thy writing and write foure score 8 And the Lorde commended the vniust stewarde because he had done wisely Whe refore the childrē of this worlde are in their generacion wiser thē the children of light 9 And I saye vnto you Make you friēds with the riches of iniquitie that when ye shal want they may receiue you into euerlasting habitacions 10 He that is faithful in the least he is also faith ful in muche and he that is vniust in the least is vniust also in muche 11 If then ye haue not bene faithful in the wicked riches who wil trust you in the true treasure 12 And if ye haue not bene faithful in another mans goods who shal giue you that which is yours 13 * No seruant can serue two masters for ether he shal hate the one and loue the other or els he shal leane to the one and despise the other Ye can not serue God and riches 14 All these things heard the Pharises also whiche were couetous and they mocked him 15 Then he said vnto them Ye are they which iustifie your selues before men but God knoweth your hearts for that whiche is highly estemed among men is abominacion in the sight of God 16 * The Law and the Prophetes endured vntil Iohn and since that time the kingdome of God is preached euerie man preasseth into it 17 * Now it is more easie that heauen and earth shulde passe away then that one title of the Law shulde fall 18 ¶ * Whosoeuer putteth away his wife and marieth another committeth adulterie and whosoeuer marieth her that is put away from her housband committeth adulterie 19 ¶ There was a certeine riche man whiche was clothed in purple and fine linen fared wel and delicately euerie day 20 Also there was a certeine begger named La zarus which was laied at his gate ful of sores 21 And desired to be refresh with the crommes that fell from the riche mans table yea and the dogs came and licked his sores 22 And it was so that the begger dyed and was caryed by in the Angels into Abrahams bosome The riche man also dyed and was buryed 23 And being in helin torments he lift vp his eyes and sawe Abraham a farre of and Lazarus in his bosome 24 Then he cryed and said Father Abraham haue mercie on me and send Lazarus that he may dippe the typ of his finger in water coole my tongue for I am tormented in this flame 25 But Abraham said Sonne remember that thou in thy lifetime receiuedst thy pleasures and like wise Lazarus paines now there fore is he comforted and thou art tormēted 26 Besides all this betwene you and vs there is a great gulfe set so that they which wolde go from hence to you can not nether can they come from thence to vs. 27 Then he said I pray thee therefore Father that thou woldest send him to my Fathers house 28 For I haue fiue brethren that he may testifie vnto them lest they also come into this place of torment 29 Abraham said vnto him They haue Moses and the Prophetes let them heare them 30 And he said Nay Father Abrahā but if one came vnto thē from the dead they wil amēd their liues 31 Then he said vnto him If they heare not Moses and the Prophetes nether wil thei be persuaded thogh one rise from the deadagaine CHAP. XVII 2 Christ teacheth his disciples to auoid occasions of offēce 3 One to forgiue another 5 We oght to pray for the increase of faith 6 He magnifieth the Vertue of faith 10 And sheweth the vnhabilitie of mā 11 Healeth ten Iepers 20 Speaketh of the latter dayes and of the end of the worlde 1 THen said he to the disciples * It can not be auoided but that offences wil come but wo be to him by whome they come 2 It were better for him that a
Priest Are these things so 2 And he said Ye men brethren and fathers hearken The God of glorie appeared vnto our father Abraham while he was in Mesopotamia before he dwelt in Charran 3 * And said vnto him Come out of thy countrey and from thy kinred and come into the land which I shal shewe thee 4 Then came he out of the land of the Chaldeans and dwelt in Charran And after that his father was dead God broght him from thēce into this land where in ye now dwell 5 And he gaue him none inheritance in it no not the breadth of a fote yet he promised that he wolde giue it to him for a possession and to his sede after him when as yet he had no childe 6 But God spake thus that his * sede shulde be a soiourner in a strange land and that they shulde kepe it in bondage and entreate it euil foure hundreth yeres 7 But the nacion to whome they shal be in bondage will iudge saith God and after that they shal come forthe and serue me in this place 8 * He gaue him also the couenant of circumcision and so Abraham begate * Isaac and circumcised him the eight daye and Isaac begate * Iacob and Iacob the twelue * Patriarkes 9 And the Patriarkes moued with enuie solde * Ioseph into Egypt but God was with him 10 And deliuered him out of all his afflictions and * gaue him fauour and wisdome in the sight of Pharao King of Egypt who made him gouernour ouer Egypt and ouer his whole house 11 ¶ Thē came there a famine ouer all the land of Egypt and Canaan and great affliction that our fathers founde no sustenance 12 But when * Iacob heard that there was corne in Egypt he sent our fathers first 13 * And at the secōde time Ioseph was know en of his brethren and Iosephs kinred was made knowen vnto Pharao 14 Then sent Ioseph and caused his father to be broght ād all his kinred euen thre score and fiftene soules 15 So * Iacob went downe into Egypt and he * dyed and our fathers 16 And were remoued into * Sychem and were put in the sepulchre that Abraham had boght * for money of the sonnes of Emor sonne of Sychem 17 But when the time of the promes drewe nere which God had sworne to Abraham the people* grewe and multiplied in Egypt 18 Til another King arose which knewe not Ioseph 19 The same dealt subtely with our kinred and euil intreated our fathers ād made them to cast out their yong children that they shulde not remaine aliue 20 * The same time was Moses borne and was acceptable vnto God which was nourished vp in his fathers house thre moneths 21 And when he was cast out Pharaos daugh ter toke him vp and nourished him for her owne sonne 22 And Moses was learned in all the wisdome of the Egyptians and was mightie in wordes and in dedes 23 Now when he was ful fortie yere olde it ca me into his heart to wisit his brethren the children of Israel 24 * And when he sawe one of them suffer wrong he defended him and auenged his quarel that had the harme done to him and sinote the Egyptian 25 For he supposed his brethren wolde haue vnderstand that God by his hand shulde giue them deliuerance but thei vnderstode it not 26 * And the next day he shewed him self vnto them as they stroue and wolde haue set them at one againe saying Syrs ye are brethren why do ye wrong one to another 27 But he that did his neighbour wrong thrust him away saying Who made thee a prince and a iudge ouer vs 28 Wilt thou kil me as thou did dest the Egyptian yesterday 29 Then fled Moses at that saying and was a stranger in the land of Madian where he begate two sonnes 30 And when fourtie yereswere expired there appeared to him in the * wildernes of mount Sina an Angel of the Lord in a flame of fyre in a bush 31 And when Moses sawe it he wondred at the sight and as he drewe nere to consider it the voyce of the Lord came vnto him saying 32 I am the God of thy fathers the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Iacob Then Moses trembled and durst not beholde it 33 Then the Lord said to him Put of thy shooes from thy fete for the place where thou standest is holie grounde 34 I haue sene I haue sene the affliction of my people which is in Egypt and I haue heard their groning ād am came downe to deliuer them ād now come and I wil send thee into Egypt 35 This Moses whome thei forsoke saying Who made thee a prince and a iudge the same God sent for a prince ād a deliuerer by the hands of the Angel which appeared to him in the bush 36 He * broght them out doing wonders and miracles in the land of Egypt and in the red sea and in the wildernes * fourtie yeres 37 This is that Moses which said vnto the chil dren of Israel * A Prophet shal the Lord your God raise vp vnto you euen of your brethren like vnto me him shal ye heare 38 * This is he that was in the Congregation in the wildernes with the Angel which spake to him in mount Sina and with our fathers who receiued the liuelie oracles to giuevnto vs. 39 To whome our fathers wolde not obey but refused and in their hearts turned backe againe into Egypt 40 Saying vnto Aaron * Make vs gods that may go before vs for we knowe not what is 〈◊〉 of this Moses that broght vs out of the land of Egypt 41 And they made a calfe in those daies and offred sacrifice vnto the idole and reioyced in the workes of their owne hands 42 Then God turned him self away and * gaue them vp to serue the hoste of heauen as it is written in the boke of the Prophetes * O house of Israel haue ye offred to me slayne beasts and sacrifices by the space of fourtie yeres in the wildernes 43 And ye toke vp the tabernacle of * Moloch and the starre of your god Remphan figures which ye made to worship them there fore I wil carie you away beyonde Babylon 44 Our fathers had the tabernacle of witnes in the wildernes as he had appointed speaking vnto * Moses that he shulde make it according to the facion that he had sene 45 Which tabernacle also our Fathers receiued and broght in with * Iesus into the possessiō of the Gentiles which God draue out before our fathers vnto the dayes of Dauid 46 * Who founde fauour before God and desired that he might * finde
contentious and disobey the trueth and obey vnrighetousnes shal be indignation and wrath 9 Tribulation and anguish shal be vpon the soule of euerie man that doeth euil of the Iewe first and also of the Grecian 10 But to euerie man that doeth good shal be glorie and honour and peace to the Iewe first and also to the Grecian 11 For there is no* respect of persones with God 12 For as manie as haue sinned without the Law shal perish also without the Law and as manie as haue sinned in the Law shal be iudged by the Law 13 * For the hearers of the Law are not righteous before God but the doers of the Law shal be iustified 14 For when the Gentiles which haue not the Law do by nature the things conteined in the Law they hauing not the Law are a Law vnto themselues 15 Which shewe the effect of the Law written in their hearts their cōscience also bearing witnes and their thoghts accusing one another or excusing 16 At the day when God shal iudge the secretes of men by Iesus Christ according to my Gospel 17 ¶ Beholde thou art called a Iewe and restest in the Law and* gloriest in God 18 And knowest his wil and alowest the things that are excellent in that thou art instructed by the Law 19 And persuadest thyself that thou art a guide of the blinde a light of them which are in darkenes 20 An instructer of them which lacke discretion a teacher of the vnlearned which hast the forme of knowledge and of the trueth in the Law 21 Thou therefore which teachest another tea chest thou not thy self thou that preachest A man shulde not steale doest thou steale 22 Thou that saist A man shulde not commit adulterie doest thou commit adulterie thou that abhorrest idoles committest thou sacrilege 23 Thou that gloriest in the Law through breaking the Law dishonorest thou God 24 For the Name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles through you * as it is written 25 For circumcision verely is profitable if thou do the Law but if thou be a transgressor of the Law thy circumcision is made vncircumcision 26 Therefore if the vncircumcision kepe the ordinances of the Law shal not his vncircumcision be counted for circumcision 27 And shal not vncircumcision which is by nature if it kepe the Law iudge thee which by the letter and circumcision art atransgressor of the Law 28 For he is not a Iewe which is one outwarde nether is that circumcision which is outwarde in the flesh 29 But he is a Iewe which is one within and the * circumcision is of the heart in the spirit not in the letter whose praise is not of men but of God CHAP. III. 1 Hauing granted some prerogatiue to the Iewes because of Gods fre and stable promes 10 He proueth by the Scriptures bothe Iewes and Gentiles to be sinners 21. 24 And to be 〈◊〉 by grace through faith and not by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And so the Law to be established 1 WHat is then the preferment of the Iewe or what is the profite of circumcision 2 〈◊〉 che euerie maner of way for chiefly be cause vnto them were committed the oracles of God 3 For what thogh some did not beleue shal their * vn belief make the faith of God with out effect 4 God for bid yea let God be * true and * euerie man a liar as it is written * That thou mightest be iustified in thy wordes and ouercome when thou art iudged 5 Now if our vnrighteousnes commende the righteousnes of God what shal we say Is God vnrighteous which punisheth I speake as a man 6 God for bid els how shal God iudge the worlde 7 For if the veritie of God hathe more abunded through my lie vnto his glorie why am I yet condemned as a sinner 8 And as we are blamed and as some affirme that we say why do we not euil that good may come there of whose damnation is iust 9 What then are we more excellent No in no wise for we haue already proued that all bothe Iewes and Gentiles are * vnder sinne 10 As it is written * There is none righteous no not one 11 There is none that vnderstandeth there is none that seketh God 12 They haue all gone out of the way they haue bene made altogether vn profitable there is none that doeth good no not one 13 * Their throte is an open sepulchre they haue vsed their tongues to deceit * the poyson of aspes is vnder their lippes 14 * Whose mouth is ful of cursing and bitternes 15 * Their fete are swift to sheade blood 16 Destruction and calamitie are in their wayes 17 And the way of peace they haue not knowen 18 * The feare of God is not before their eyes 19 * Now we knowe that whatsoeuer the Law saith it saith it to them which are vnder the Law that euerie mouth may be stopped and all the worlde be culpable before God 20 Therefore by the workes of the Law shal no flesh be iustified in his sight for by the Lawe commeth the knowledge of sinne 21 But now is the * righteousnes of God made manifest without the Law hauing witnes of the Law and of the Prophetes 22 To wit the righteousnes of God by the faith of Iesus Christ vnto all and vpon all that beleue 23 For there is no differēce for all haue sinned and are de priued of the glorie of God 24 And are iustified frely by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Iesus 25 Whome God hathe set forthe to be a reconciliation through faith in his blood to declare his righteousnes by the forgiuenes of the sinnes that are passed through the pacience of God 26 To shewe at this time his righteousnes that he might be iuste and a iustifier of him which is of the faith of Iesus 27 Where is then the reioycing It is excluded By what Law of workes Nay but by the Law of faith 28 Therefore we conclude that a man is iustified by faith without the workes of the Law 29 God is he the God of the Iewes onely and not of the Gentiles also Yes euen of the Gentiles also 30 For it is one God who shal iustifie circumcision of faith and vn circūcision through faith 31 Do we then make the Law of none effect through faith God for bid yea we establish the Law CHAP IIII. 1. 17 He declareth that iustification is a fre gift euen by them selues of whome the Iewes moste boasted as of Abraham and of Dauid 15 And also by the office of the Law and faith 1 WHat shal we say then that Abraham our Father hathe founde concerning the flesh 2 For if Abraham were iustified by workes he hath
which haue bene baptized into Iesus Christ haue bene bapti zed into his death 4 * We are buryed then with him by baptisme into his death that like as Christ was raised vp from the dead by the glorie of the Father so we also shulde* walke in newnes 〈◊〉 5 * For if we be grasted with him to the simi litude of his death euen so shal we be to the similitude of his resurrection 6 Knowing this that our olde man is crucified with him that the bodie of sinne might be destroyed that henceforthe we shulde not serue sinne 7 For he that is dead is freed from sinne 8 Wherefore if we be dead with Christ we be leue that we shal liue also with him 9 Knowing that Christ being raised from the dead dyeth no more death hath no more do minion ouer him 10 For in that he dyed he dyed once to sinne but in that he liueth he liueth to God 11 Likewise thinke ye also that ye are dead to sinne but are aliue to God in Iesus Christ our Lord. 12 Let not sinne reigne therefore in your mortal bodie that ye shulde obey it in the lustes thereof 13 Nether giue ye'your membres as weapons of vnrighteousnes vnto sinne but giue your selues vnto God as they that are aliue from the deà d and giue your membres as weapons of righteousnes vnto God 14 For sinne shal not haue dominion ouer you for ye are not vnder the Law but vnder grace 15 What then shal we sinne because we are not vnder the Law but vnder grace God forbid 16 * Knowe ye not that to whome soeuer ye giue your selues as seruants to obey his seruants ye are to whome ye obey 〈◊〉 it be of sinne vnto death or of obedience vnto righteousnes 17 But God be thanked that ye haue bene the seruants of sinne but ye haue obeyed from the heart vnto the forme of the doctrine whereunto ye were deliuered 18 Being then made fre from sinne ye are made the seruants of righteousnes 19 I speake after the maner of man because of the infirmitie of your flesh for as ye haue giuen your members seruants to vnclennes ad to iniquitie to commit iniquitie so now giue your members seruants vnto righteousnes in holines 20 For when ye were the seruants of sinne ye were freed from righteousnes 21 What frute had ye then in those things whereof ye are now ashamed For the end of those things is death 22 But now being freed from sinne and made seruants vnto God ye haue your frute in holines and the end euerlasting life 23 For the wages of sinne is death but the gifte of God is eternal life through Iesus Christ our Lord. CHAP. VII 1. 7 12 The vse of the Law 6. 24 And how Christ hathe de liuered vs from it 16 The infirmitie of the faithful 23 The dangerous fight betwene the flesh and the Spirit 1 KNowe ye not brethren for I speake to them that knowe the Lawe that the Law hathe dominion ouer a man as long as he liueth 2 * For the woman which is in subiection to a man is bounde by the law to the man while he liueth but if the man be dead she is deliuered from the law of the man 3 So then if while the man liueth she take another man she shal be called an* adulteresse but if the man be dead she is fre from the Law so that she is not an adulteresse thogh she take another man 4 So ye my brethren are dead also to the Law by the bodie of Christ that ye shulde be vnto another euen vnto him that is raised vp from the dead that we shulde bring forthe frute vnto God 5 For when we were in the flesh the motiōs of sinnes which were by the Law had force in our membres to bring for the frute vnto death 6 But now we are deliuered from the Law being dead vnto it wherein we were holdē that we shulde serue in newnes of Spirit and not in the oldenes of the letter 7 What shal we say then Is the Law sinne God forbid Nay I knewe not sinne but by the Law for I had not knowen glust except the Law had said * Thou shalt not lust 8 But sinne toke an occasion by the cōmaundemēt and wroght in me all maner of concu piscēce for without the Law sinne is dead 9 For I once was aliue without the Law but when the cōmandemēt came sinne reuiued 10 But I dyed and the same commaundement which was ordeined vnto life was founde to be vnto me vnto death 11 For sinne toke occasion by the cōmaundemēt disceiued me and thereby slew me 12 Wherefore the Law is* holie and the com maundement is holie and iust and good 13 Was that then which is good made death vnto me God 〈◊〉 but sinne that it might appeare sinne wroght death in me by that which is good that sinne might be out of measure sinful by the commaundement 14 For we knowe that the Lawe is spiritual but I am carnal solde vnder sinne 15 For I alowe not that which I do for what I wolde that do I not but what I hate that do I. 16 If I do then that which I wolde not I consent to the Law that itis good 17 Now then it is no more I that do it but the sinne that dwelleth in me 18 For I knowe that in me that is in my flesh dwelleth no good thing for to wil is present with me but I finde no meanes to performe that which is good 19 For I do not the good thing which I wolde but the euil which I wolde not that do I. 20 Now if I do that I wolde not it is no more I that do it but the sinne that dwelleth in me 21 I finde then by the Law that when I wolde do good euil is present with me 22 For I delite in the Law of God concernig the inner man 23 But I se another law in my membres rebel ling against the law of my minde leading me captiue vnto the law of sinne which is in my membres 24 Owreched man that I am who shal deliuer me from the bodie of this death 25 I thanke God through Iesus Christ our Lord. Then I my self in my minde serue the Law of God but in my slesh the law of sinne CHAP. VIII 1 The asseurance of the faith ful of the fruthe the holie Gost in them 3 The weakenes of the Lawe and who accomplished it 4 And wherefore 5 Of what sorte the faithful ought to be 6 The frute of the Spirit in them 17 Of hope 18 Of pacience vnder the crosse 28 Of the mutual loue betwitx God and his children 29 Of his
our Father Isaac 11 For yer the children were borne when they had nether done good nor euil that the purpose of God might remaine according to election not by workes but by him that calleth 12 It was said vnto her * The elder shal serue the yonger 13 At it is written * I haue loued Iacob haue hated Esau. 14 What shal we say then Is there vnrighte ousnes with God God forbid 15 For he saith to Moses * I wil haue mercie on him to whome I wil she we mercie and wil haue compassiō on him on whome I wil haue compassion 16 So then it is not in him that willeth nor in him that runneth but in God that sheweth mercie 17 For the Scripture saith vnto Pharao * For this same purpose haue I stirred thee vp that I might shew my power in thee and that my Name might be declared through out all the earth 18 Therefore he hathe mercie on whome he wil and whome he wil he hardeneth 19 Thou wilt say then vnto me Why doeth he yet complaine for who hath resisted his 〈◊〉 20 But ô man who art thou which pleadest against God shal the * thing formed say to him that formed it Why hast thou made me thus 21 Hathe not the potter power of the claie to to make of the same lompe one vessel to honour and another vnto dishonour 22 What and if GOD wolde to shewe hys wrath and to make his power knowen suffre with long pacience the vessels of wrath prepared to destruction 23 And that he might declare the riches of his glorie vpon the vessels of mercie whiche he hathe prepared vnto glorie 24 Euen vs whome he hathe called not of the Iewes onely but also of the Gentiles 25 As he saith also in Osee * I wil call them My people which were not my people and her Beloued which was not beloued 26 And it shal be in the place where it was said vnto thē * Ye are not my people that there they shal be called The chyldren of the lyuing God 27 Also Esaias cryeth cōcerning Israel * thogh the nomber of the children of Israel were as the sand of the sea yet shall but a ramnant be saued 28 For he wil make his account and gather it into a short summe with righteousnes for the Lord wil make a short count in the earth 29 * And as Esaias sayd before Excepte the Lorde of hostes had left vs a sede we had bene made as Sodome and had bene lyke to Gomorrha 30 What shall we iaye then That the Gentiles whiche folowed not ryghteousnes haue atteined vnto righteousnes euen the rightous nes which is of faith 31 But Israel which folowed the Law of rightousnes 〈◊〉 not atteine vnto the Lawe of righteousnes 32 Wherefore Because they soght it not by fayth but as it were by the workes of the Lawe 〈◊〉 they haue stombled at the stombling stone 33 As it is written * Beholde Ilaye in Sion a stombling stone and a rocke to make men fall and euerie one that beleueth in him shal not be ashamed CHAP. X. 1 After that he had declared his zeale towardes them 3 He sheweth the cause of the ruine of the Iewes 4. The end of the Lawe 5 The difference betwene the iustice of the Lawe and of faith 17 Wherof saith 〈◊〉 and to whome it belongeth 19 The reiection of the Iewes and calling of the Gentiles 1 BRethren myne hearts desire and prayer to GOD for Israelis that they myght be saued 2 For I beare them recorde that they haue the zeale of GOD but not accordynge to knowledge 3 For they beyng ignorant of the righteousnes of God ād going about to stablish their owne righteousnes haue not submited them selues to the righteousnes of God 4 * For Christe is the end of the Lawe for righteousnes vnto euerie one that beleueth 5 For Moses thus describeth the ryghteousnes whiche is of the Lawe * That the man which doeth these things shal liue thereby 6 But the righteousnes which is of faith speaketh on this wise * Saye not in thine heart Who shall ascende into heauen that is to bring Christ from aboue 7 Or Who shall descende into the depe that is to bring Christ againe from the dead 8 But what saith it * The worde is nere thee euen in thy mouth and in thine heart This is the worde of faith which we preache 9 For if thou shalt confesse with thy mouth the Lorde Iesus and shalt beleue in thine heart that God raised him vp from the dead thou shalt be saued 10 For with the heart man beleueth vnto right ousnes and with the mouth man 〈◊〉 to saluation 11 For the Scripture saith * Whosoeuer beleueth in him shal not be ashamed 12 For there is no difference betwene the Iewe and the Grecian for he that is Lord ouer all is riche vnto all that call on him 13 * For whosoeuer shal call vpon the Name of the Lord shal be saued 14 But how shal they cal on him in whom they haue not beleued and how shal they beleue iu hym of whome they haue not heard and how shall they heare without a preacher 15 And howe shall they preache except they be sent as it is written * How beautifull are the fete of them whyche bryng glad tydyngs of peace and brynge glad tydings of good things 16 But they haue not all obeyed the Gospell for Esaias saith * Lorde who hathe beleued our reporte 17 Then faith is by hearyng and hearing by the worde of God 18 But I demande Haue they not heard * No doute theyr so unde went out through all the earth and their wordes into the ends of the worlde 19 But I demande Did not Israel know God First Moses saith * I wil prouoke you to enuie by a nation that is not my nation and by a foolish nation I wil anger you 20 * And Esayas is bolde sayth I was founde of them that soght me not and haue bene made manifeste to them that asked not after me 21 And vnto Israel he saith * All the daye long haue I stretched forthe myne hande vnto a disobedient and gainesaying people CHAP. XI 4 God hath his Church althogh it be not sene to mās eye 5 The grace shewed to the elect 7 The iudgement of the reprobate 8 God hathe blinded the Iewes for a time and reueiled him self to the Gentiles 18 Whome he warneth to humble them selues 29 The giftes of God without repentance 33 The depth of Gods iugdement 1 I Demande then Hathe God cast awaye hys people God forbid for I also a man Israelite of the sede of Abraham of the tribe of Beniamin 2 God hathe not cast away his people which he knewe before Knowe
that he hathe no nede but hath pow er ouer his owne will and hathe so decreed in his heart that he will kepe his virgine he doeth wel 38 So thē he that giueth her to mariage doeth well but he that giueth her not to mariage doeth better 39 The wife is bounde by the law as long as her housband * liueth but if her housband be dead she is atlibertie to mary with whom she wil onely in the Lord. 40 But she is more blessed if she so abide in my iudgement * and I thinke that I haue also the Spirit of God CHAP. VIII He rebuketh them that vse their libertie to the sclander of other in goyng to the idolatrous sacrifices 9 And sheweth how men ought to behaue them towarde suche as be weake 1 ANd as touchyng thyngs sacrificed vnto idoles we knowe that we all haue knowledge knowledge puffeth vp but loue edifieth 2 Nowe if any man thinke that he knoweth any thynge he knoweth nothynge yet as he ought to knowe 3 But if any man loue God the same is knowen of him 4 Concernyng therefore meat sacrificed vnto idoles we knowe that an idoll is nothyng in the worlde and that there is none other God but one 5 For thogh there be that are called Gods whe ther in heauen or in earth as there be many gods and many Lords 6 Yet vnto vs there is but one God whiche is the Father of whome are all thyngs and we in hym and * one Lorde Iesus Christ by whome are all things and we by him 7 But euerie man hathe not knowledge for some hauing conscience of the idole vntill this houre eat as a thing sacrificed vnto the idole and so their conscience being weake is defiled 8 But meat maketh not vs acceptable to God for nether if we eat haue we the more nether if we eat not haue we the lesse 9 But take hede lest by any meanes this power of your be an occasion of fallyng to them that are weake 10 For if any man se thee whiche haste knowledge sit at table in the idoles temple shall not the conscience of hym which is weake be boldened to eat those thyngs whiche are sacrificed to idoles 11 And through thy knowledge shall the * weake brother perishe for whome Christ dyed 12 Now when ye sinne so against the brethren and wounde their weake conscience ye sinne against Christ. 13 * Wherefore if meat offende my brother I wil eat no fleshe while the worlde standeth that I may not offend my brother CHAP. IX He exhorteth them by his example to vse their libertie to the 〈◊〉 of other 24 To runne on forthe in the course that they haue begonne 1 AMI not an Apostle am I not fre haue I not sene Iesus Christ our Lord are ye not my worke in the Lord 2 If I be not an Apostle vnto other yet douteles I am vnto you for ye are the seale of mine Apostleship in the Lord. 3 My defense to thē that examine me is this 4 Haue we not power to eat and to drinke 5 Or haue we not power to lead about a wife beyng a sister as wel as the rest of the Apostles and as the brethren of the Lorde and Cephas 6 Or I onely and Barnabas haue not we power not to worke 7 Who goeth a warfarre anye tyme at hys owne cost who planteth a vineyarde and eateth not of the frute thereof or who fedeth a 〈◊〉 and eateth not of the milke of the flocke 8 Saye I these thyngs accordyng to man sayth not the Law the same also 9 For it is written in the Law of Moses * Thou shalte not mussell the mouth of the oxe that treadeth out the corne doeth GOD take care for oxen 10 Ether saith he it not all together for our sakes For our sakes no doute it is written that he whiche eareth shulde eare in hope and that he that thre sheth in hope shuld be par taker of his hope 11 * If we haue sowen vnto you spirituall things is it a greate thyng if we reape your carnal things 12 If others with you be partakers of thys power are not we rather neuertheles we haue not vsed thys power but suffre all things that we shulde not hinder the Gospel of Christ. 13 Do ye not knowe that they whiche minister about the * holie things eat of the things of the Temple and they whiche wait at the altar are partakers with the altar 14 So also hathe the Lorde ordeined that they whiche preache the Gospell shulde lyue of the Gospel 15 But I haue vsed none of these thyngs nether wrote I these thynges that it shulde be so done vnto me for it were better for me to dye then that anie man shulde make my re ioycing vaine 16 For thogh I preache the Gospel I haue nothing to reioyce of for necessitie is laid vpō me and wo is vnto me if I preache not the Gospel 17 For if I do it willingly I haue are warde but if I do it against my wil not withstanding the dispensation is committed vnto me 18 What is my rewarde then verely that when I preache the Gospel I make the Gospel of Christe fre that I abuse not mine autoritie in the Gospel 19 For thogh I be fre from all men yet haue I made my selfe seruaunt vnto all men that I might winne the mo 20 * And vnto the Iewes I become as a Iewe that I may winne the Iewes to them that are vnder the Lawe as thogh I were vnder the Lawe that I maye winne them that are vnder the Law 21 To them that are without lawe as thogh I were without lawe when I am not without Lawe as perteyning to God but am in the Law through Christ that I may winne them that are without Law 22 To the weake I become as weake that I may winne the weake I am made all things to all men that I myght by all meanes saue some 23 And thys I do for the Gospels sake that I might be partaker thereof with you 24 Knowe ye not that they whiche runne in a race runne all yet one receyueth the price so runne that ye may obteine 25 And euerie man that proueth masteries absteineth from althings and they do it to obteine a corruptible crowne but we for an vncorruptible 26 I therefore so runne not as vn certeinly so fight I not as one that beateth the ayre 27 But I beat downe my bodie and bring it into subiection lest by any meanes after that I haue preached to other I my self shulde be reproued CHAP. X. He feareth them with the examples of the Iowes that they put not their trust carnally in the graces of God 14 Exhortyng them to 〈◊〉 all 〈◊〉 23 And offence of their neighbour 1
the testimonie of our conscience that in simplicitie and godlie purenes and not in fleshlie wisdome but by the grace of God we haue had our conuersation in the worlde and moste of all to you wardes 13 For we write none otherthings vnto you then that yeread or els that ye acknowledge and I trust ye shal acknowledge vnto the end 14 Euen as ye haue acknowledged vs partely that we are your reioycing euen as ye are ours in the day of our Lord Iesus 15 And in this confidence was I minded first to come vnto you that ye might haue had a double grace 16 And to passe by you into Macedonia and to come againe out of Macedonia vnto you and to be led forthe towarde Iudea of you 17 When I therefore was thus minded did I vse lightnes or minde I those things which I minde according to the flesh that with me shulde be Yea yea and Nay nay 18 Yea God is faithful that ourworde toward you was not Yea and Nay 19 For the Sonne of God Iesus Christ who was preacheh among you by vs that is by me and Siluanus and Timotheus was not Yea and Nay but in him it was Yea. 20 For all the promises of God in him are Yea and are in him Amen vnto the glorie of God through vs. 21 And it is God which stablisheth vs with you in Christ and hathe anointed vs. 22 Who hathe also sealed vs and hathe giuen the * earnest of the Spirit in our hearts 23 Now I call God for a recorde vnto my soule that to spare you I came not as yet vnto Corinthus 24 Not that we haue dominion ouer your faith but we are helpers of your ioye for by faith ye stande CHAP. II. He sheweth his loue towardes them 7 Requiring like wise that thei wolde be fauorable to the incestuous adulterer seing he did repent 14 He also reioyceth in God for the efficacie of his doctrine 17 Confuting thereby suche quarelpikers as vnder pretence of speaking against his persone soght nothing but the ouerthrowe of his doctrine 1 BVt I determined thus in my self that I wolde not come againe to you in heauines 2 For if I make you sorie who is he then that shulde make me glad but the same which is made sorie by me 3 And I wrote this same thing vnto you lest when I came I shulde take heauines of thē of whome I ought to reioyce this confidēce haue I in you all that my ioye is the ioye of you all 4 For in great affliction and anguish of heart I wrote vnto you with many teares not that ye shulde be made sorie but that ye might perceiue the loue which I haue specially vnto you 5 And if any hathe caused sorow the same hathe not made me sorie but partely lest I shulde more charge him you all 6 It is sufficient vnto the same man that he was rebuked of manie 7 So that now contrarie wise ye ought rather to forgiue him and comforte him lest the same shulde be swalowed vp with ouer muche heauines 8 Wherefore I praye you that you wolde con firme your loue towards him 9 For this cause also did I write that I might knowe the profe of you whether ye wolde be obedient in all things 10 To whome ye forgiue aniething I forgiue also for verely if I forgaue anie thing to whome I forgaue it for your sakes forgaue I it in the sight of Christ 11 Lest Satan shulde circumuent vs forwe are not ignorant of his enterprises 12 ¶ Furthermore when I came to Troas to preache Christs Gospel and a dore was ope ned vnto me of the Lord 13 I had no rest in my spirit because I founde not Titus my brother but toke my leaue of thē and went away into Macedonia 14 Now thankes be vnto God which alwayes maketh vs to triumph in Christ and maketh manifest the sauour of his knowledge by vs in euerie place 15 For we are vnto God the swete sauour of Christ in them that are saued and in them which perish 16 To the one we are the sauour of death vnto death and to the other the sauour of life vnto life * and who is sufficient for these things 17 * For we are not as manie which make marchandise of the worde of God but as of synceritie but as of God in the sight of God speake we in Christ. CHAP. III. 1 He taketh for example the faith of the Corinthians for a probation of the trueth which he preached 6 And to exalte his Apostleship against the bragges of the false apostles 7. 13 He maketh comparison betwixt the Law and the Gospel 1 DO we beginne to praise our selues againe or nede we as some other epistles of recommendation vnto yon or letters of recommendation from you 2 Ye are our epistle written in our hearts which is vnderstand and red of all men 3 In that ye are manifest to be the epistle of Christ ministred by vs and written not with yncke but with the Spirit of the liuing God not in tables of stone but in fleshlie tables of the heart 4 And suche trust haue we through Christ to God 5 Not that we are sufficient of our selues to thinke anie thing as of our selues but our sufficiencie is of God 6 Who also hathe made vs able ministers of the New testament not of the letter but of the Spirit for the letter killeth but the Spi rit giueth life 7 If then the ministration of death written with letters and ingrauen in stones was glorous so that the children of Israel colde not beholde the face of Moses for the glorie of his contenāce which glorie is done away 8 Ho shal not the ministration of the Spirit be more glorious 9 For if the ministerie of condēnation was glorious muche more doeth the ministratiō of righteousnes excede in glorie 10 For euen that which was glorified was not glorified in this point that is as touching the exceding glorie 11 For if that which shulde be abolished was glorious muche more shal that which remaineth be glorious 12 Seing then that we haue suche trust we vse great boldenes of speache 13 * And we are not as Moses which put a vaile vpon his face that the childrē of Israel shulde not looke vnto the end of that which shulde be abolished 14 Therefore their mindes are hardened for vntil this day remaineth the same couering vntak 〈◊〉 away in the reading of the Olde testament which vaile in Christ is put away 15 But euen vnto this day when Moses is red the vaile is layed ouer their hearts 16 Neuertheles when their heart shal be turned to the Lord the vaile shal be taken away 17 Now the Lord is the * Spirit and where the Spirit of
our Lord ād our God euen the Father which hathe loued vs and hathe giuen vs euerlasting consolacion and good hope through grace 17 Comforte your hearts and stablish you in euerie worde and good worke CHAP. III. 1 He desireth them to pray for him that the Gospel may prosper 6 And geueth thē warning to reproue the ydle 16 And so wisheth them all wealth 1 FVrthermore brethren * pray for vs that the worde of the Lord may haue fre passage and be glorified euen as it is with you 2 And that we may be deliuered from vnreasonable and euill men for all men haue not faith 3 But the Lorde is faithful whiche wil stablish you and kepe you from euil 4 And we are persuaded of you through the Lord that ye bothe do and wil do the things whiche we commande you 5 And the Lord guide your hearts to the loue of God and the weatyng for of Christ. 6 We commande you brethren in the Name of our Lord Iesus Christ that ye withdrawe your selues frō euerie brother that walketh inordinately and not after the instruction whiche he receiued of vs. 7 For ye your selues knowe * how ye ought to folowe vs * for we behaued not our selues inordinately among you 8 Nether toke we pread of anie mā for noght but we wroght with labour trauaile night and day because we wolde not be chargeable to anie of you 9 Not but that we had autoritie * but that we might make our selues an ensample vnto you to folowe vs. 10 For euen when we were with you this we warned you of that if there were anie whiche wold not worke that he shuld not eat 11 For we heard that there are some whiche walke among you inordinately and worke not at all but are busie bodies 12 Therefore them that are suche we commande and exhorte by our Lord Iesus Christ that thei worke with quietnes and eat their owne bread 13 * And ye brethrē be not wearie ī wel doing 14 If anie man obey not our sayings note hym by a lettre * and haue no companie with him that he maie be ashamed 15 Yet count him not as an enemie but admo nish him as a brother 16 Now the Lord of peace giue you peace alwaies by all meanes The Lord be with you all 17 The salutation of me Paul with mine owne hand which is the token in euerie Epistle so I write 18 The grace of our Lorde Iesus Christe be with you all Amen The seconde Epistle to the Thessalonians written from Athens THE FIRST EPISTLE of Paul to Timotheus THE ARGVMENT IN writing this Epistle Paul semed not onely to haue respect to teache Timotheus but chiefly to kepe other in awe which wolde haue rebelled against him because of his youth And therefore he doeth arme him against those ambitious 〈◊〉 which vnder pretence of zeale to the Law disquieted the godlie with foolish and vnprofitable questions whereby they declared that 〈◊〉 the L w they knewe not what was the chief end of the Law And as for him self he so confesseth his 〈◊〉 that he 〈◊〉 to what 〈◊〉 the grace of God hathe preferred him and therefore he willeth prayers to be made for all degrees and 〈◊〉 of men because that God by 〈◊〉 his Gospel and Christ his Sonne to thē all is indifferent to euerie sorte of men as his Apostleship which is peculiar to the Gentiles witnesseth And forasmuche as God hathe left ministers as 〈◊〉 meanes in his Church to bring men to saluacion he describeth what maner of men they ought to be to whome the 〈◊〉 of the Sonne of God manifested in fleshis committed to be preached After this he 〈◊〉 him what troubles the Church at all times shal susteine but specially in the latter dayes when as vnder pretence of religion men shal teache things 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 worde of God This done he teacheth what widdowes shulde be receiued or refused to minister to the sicke 〈◊〉 what Elders ought to be chosen into office exhorting him nether to be hastie in admitting nor in iudging anie also what is the duetie of 〈◊〉 the nature of false teachers of vaine speculations of couetousnes of riche men and aboue all things he chargeth him to beware false doctrine CHAP. I. 3 He exhorteth Timotheus to waitevpon his office namely to se that nothing be taught but Gods worde c. 5. Declaring that faith with a good cōscience charitie and edification are the end thereof 20 And admonisheth of Himeneus and Alexander 1 PAul an Apostle of IES V S Christ by the cōmandement of God our Sauiour and of our Lord Iesus Christ * our hope 2 * Vnto Timotheus my natural sonne in the fayth Grace mercie and peace from God our Father and frō Christ Iesus our Lord. 3 As I besoght thee to abide stil in Ephesus whē I departed into Macedonia so do that thou maiest cōmande some that thei teache none other doctrine 4 Nether that they giue hede to * fables and genealogies * which are endles which brede questiones rather then godlie edifying which is by faith 5 For * the end of the commandement is loue out of a pure heart and of a good conscience and of faith vnfained 6 From the which things some haue erred haue turned vnto vaine iangling 7 They wolde be doctours of the Law and yet vnderstand not what they speake nether whereof they affirme 8 * And we knowe that the Law is good if a man vse it lawfully 9 Knowing this that the Law is not giuen vnto a righteous man but vnto the lawles disobedient to the vngodlie and to sinners to the vnholie and to the prophane to murtherers of fathers and mothers to man-slayers 10 To whoremongers to buggerers to men stealers to liers to the periured and if there be anie other thing that is cōtrarie to wholsome doctrine 11 Whiche is according to the glorious Gospel of the * blessed God whiche is committed vnto me 12 Therefore I thanke him which hath made me strong that is Christ Iesus our Lord for he counted me faithfull and put me in his seruice 13 When before I was a blasphemer and a per secuter and an oppresser but I was receiued to mercie for I did it ignorantly through vnbelief 14 But the grace of our Lorde was excedyng abundant with faith and loue whiche in Christ Iesus 15 This is a true saying and by almeanes worthie to be receiued that * Christ Iesus came into the worlde to saue sinners of whome I am chief 16 Not withstanding for this cause was I recei ued to mercie that Iesus Christe shulde first shewe on me allong suffring vnto the ensam ple of them which shal in time to come beleue in him vnto eternal life 17 Now vnto the King euerlasting immortal
that loue him 6 But ye haue despised the poore Do not the riche oppresse you by tyrannie and do not they drawe you before the iudgemēt seates 7 Do not they blaspheme the worthie Name after which ye be named 8 But if ye fulfill the royal Law accordyng to the Scripture whiche saith * Thou shalt loue thy neighbour as thy self ye do wel 9 * But if ye regarde the persones ye commit sinne and are rebuked of the Law as transgressours 10 For* whosoeuer shal kepe the whole Law and yet faileth in one point he is giltie of all 11 For he that said * Thou shalt not commit adulterie said also Thou shalt not kill Now thoghthou do est none adulterie yet if thou killest thou art a transgressor of the Law 12 So speake ye and so do as they that shal be iudged by the Law of libertie 13 For there shal be iudgement merciles to him that sheweth no mercie and mercie reioyceth against iudgement 14 What auaileth it my brethren thogh a man saith he hathe faith when he hath no workes can the faith saue him 15 For if a brother or sister be* naked and destitute of dailie fode 16 And one of you say vnto them Departe in peace warme your selues and fill your bellies not withstandyng ye giue thē not those things which are nedeful to the bodie what helpeth it 17 Euen so the fayth if it haue no workes is dead in it self 18 But some man myght saye Thou haste the faith and I haue workes shewe me thy faith out of thy workes and I will shewe thee my faith by my workes 19 Thou beleuest that there is one GOD thou doest wel the deuils also beleueit and tremble 20 But wilt thou vnderstand ô thou vaine mā that the fayth whiche is without workes is dead 21 Was not Abraham our Father iustified through workes when he offred Isaac hys sonne vpon the Altar 22 Seest thou not that the fayth wroght with his workes ād through the workes was the faith made persite 23 And the Scripture was fulfilled which saith * Abraham beleued God and it was imputed vnto hym for righteousnes and was called the friend of God 24 Ye se then howe that of workes a man is iustified and not of faith onely 25 Likewise also was not * Rahab the harlot iustified through workes when she hadreceiued the messengers and sent them out an other waye 26 For as the bodie without the spirit is dead euen so the fayth without workes is dead CHAP. III. 2 He forbiddeth all ambition to seke honour aboue our brethren 3 He describeth the propertie of the tongue 15 16 And what difference there is betwixt the wisdome of God and the wisdome of the worlde 1 MY brethren be not manye masters knowing that we shal receiue the greater condemnation 2 For in manie things we sinne all * If anie man sinne not in worde he is a perfect man and able to bridel all the bodie 3 Beholde we put bits into the horses mouthes that they shulde obey vs and we turne about all their bodie 4 Beholde also the shippes which thogh they be so greate and are driuen of fierce windes yet are they turned aboute wyth a verye smale rudder whethersoeuer the gouerner lysteth 5 Euen so the tongue is a litle member and boasteth of great things beholde how great a thing a litle fyre kindleth 6 And the tongue is fyre yea a worlde of wyckednes so is the tongue set among our membres that it defileth the whole bodye and setteth on fire the course of nature and it is set on fyre of hel 7 For the whole nature of beastes and of birdes and of crepyng thyngs and thyngs of the sea is tamed and hath bene tamed of the nature of man 8 But the tongue can no mantame It is an vnrulie euil ful of deadelye poyson 9 Therewith blesse we God euen the Father ād there with curse wemen which are made after the similitude of God 10 Out of one mouth proceadeth blessings ād cursing my brethrē these thyngs ought not so to be 11 Doeth a fountaine send forthe at one place swete water and bytter 12 Can the figge tre my brethren bring forthe oliues other a vine figges so can no foūtaine make bothe salte water and swete 13 Who is a wyse man and endued with knowledge amonge you let hym shewe by good conuersation hys workes in mekenes of wisdome 14 But if ye haue bitter enuying and strife in your hearts reioyce not nether be lyers against the trueth 15 This wisdome descendeth not from aboue but is earthlie sensual and diuelish 16 For where enuying and strife is there is sedition and all maner of euill workes 17 But the wisdome that is frome aboue is first pure then peaceable gentle easie to be entreated ful of mercie ād good frutes with out iudging and without hypocrisie 18 And the frute of ryghteousnes is sowen in peace of them that make peace CHAP. IIII. 1 Hauing shewed the cause of all wrong and wickednes and also of all graces and goodnes 4 He exhorteth them to loue God 7 And submit them selues to him 11 Not speaking euil of their neighbours 13 But patiently to depend on Gods prouidence 1 FRom whence are warres ād contentions among you are they not hence euen of your lustes that fight in your members 2 Ye luste and haue not ye enuie and haue indignation and can not obteyne ye fight and warre and get nothing because ye aske not 3 Ye aske and receyue not because ye aske amisse that ye myght consume it on your lustes 4 Ye adulterers and adulteresses knowe ye not that the amitie of the worlde is the eni mitie of God * Whosoeuer therefore wil be a friend of the worlde maketh him selfe the enemie of God 5 Do ye thinke that the Scripture sayth in vaine The spirit that dwelleth in vs lusteth after enuie 6 But the Scripture offereth more grace ād therefore sayth * God resisteth the proude and giueth grace to the humble 7 * Submit your selues to God resist the deuil and he wil flee from you 8 Drawe nere to God and he will drawe nere to you Clense your hands ye sinners ād pur ge your hearts ye wauering minded 9 Suffer afflictions and soro we ye and wepe let your laughter be turned into mournyng and your ioye into heauines 10 * Cast downe your selues before the Lord and he wil lift you vp 11 Speake not euill one of another brethren He that speaketh euill of hys brother or he that condemneth his brother speaketh euill of the Law and condemneth the Law and if thou condemnest the Law thou art not an obseruer of the Law but a iudge 12 There is one Law giuer whiche is
maketh Hard hearted Rom. 9. 18 nothing is Hard to god gen 18. 14 the Haruest leuit 19. 9 the Haruest of the faithful mat 937 ioh 4. 35 Hazael king ouer aram 1. King 19. 15. vnto the 2. king 13 ¶ The Head of the churche christ ephes 4. 15 Heare christ deut 18. 18. mat 17. 5 Singlenes of Heart 2. Cor. 1. 12. 1. Pet. 1. 22 Vncircuncised Hearts 〈◊〉 9. 26. Deut. 10. 16. out of the whiche come euill thoghts Mat. 15. 19 The lord seeth the Heart of man 1. sam 16. 7. Rom. 8. 27 The Heart of man is wicked Gen. 6. 5 Deut. 29. 19 God lawes writen in the Hearts of the faithful Ebr. 8. 10 The good Heart speaketh good things Mat. 12. 35 The creation of Heauen Gen. 1. 6 New Heauens and new earth 2. pet 3. 13 The Heauen shut vp because of gods wrath Deut. 11. 17 Hebron a citie Gen. 35. 27 It is comelie for a woman to haue long Heere 1. Cor. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Not an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall perish that suffre for 〈◊〉 Luk. 21. 18 Our Heere 's be nombred Mat. 10. 30 Christ the Heire of all things Ebr. 1. 2 A description of Hel. Isa. 30. 33 Heman the singer 1. Chron. 6. 33 Henoch the first citie Gen. 4. 17 Henoch the sonne of kain Gen. 4. 17 Henoch taken vp Gen. 5. 24 Herbes created Gen. 1. 11 There must be Heresies and why 1. Cor. 11. 19 Heresies are dedes of the flesh Gal. 5. 19 Heretikes must be auoided Tit. 3. 10 The Heritage of him that dyed without manchilde Nom. 27. 8 God the Heritage of the leuites Deut. 18. 2 An Heritage reserued for vs in heauen Matth. 25. 34. Gal. 3. 17. Tit. 3. 7. 1. Pet. 1. 3 Christ calleth Herode a foxe Luk. 13. 32 Herode killest the infants Mat. 2. 16 The daye of Herodes natiuitie Mar. 6. 21 Herodes opinion of Christ. Mat. 14. 2 Hezekiah kyng of iudah and his doings 2. King 18 and 19 and 20. Isa. 36 Vnto the. 39 ¶ The riuer Hiddekel Gen. 2. 14 Giue the workeman his Hier. leuit 19. 13. Deut. 24. 14 Hiram the king of tyre and his doings 2. Sam. 5. 11. and hiram the cunnyng workeman 1. King 7. 13 God commandeth the Hittites to be de stroyed vtterly Deut. 20. 17 ¶ Honie in the lions bodie Iudg. 14. 8 Honour all men 1. Pet. 2. 17 Giue Honour to thy wife as to the weaker vessel 1. Pet. 3. 7 Giue Honour to whom ye owe honour Rom. 13. 7 We are saued by Hope Rom. 8. 24 Hope maketh not ashamed Rom. 5 5 Hophni the sonne of eli 1. Sam. 2. 34. 4. 4 Horeb a mountaine called also sinai Deut. 1. 2 God is the Horne of our saluation 2 Sam. 22. 3 Horims chased out by the sonnes of esau Deut. 2. 12 The nōbre of salomons Horses 1. King 4. 26. 2. Chron. 9. 25 Abraham and lots Hospitalitie Gen. 18 2 19. 2 Vse Hospitalitie Rom. 12. 13. 2. Ebr. 13. 2 1. Pet. 4. 9 Of Housbands 1. Cor. 7. 11. Ephes. 5. 22 The bodie of man is called an earthlie House 2. Cor. 5. 1 The House infected with the plague of leprosie leui 14. 14 The House of god the house of prayer Isa 65 7. Mat 21 13 The House of god the people of Israel Nomb 12 7 The House of God the temple 2. Sam. 12. 20 ¶ Huldah the prophetesse 2. King 22. 14. 2. Chron. 34. 22 He that Humbleth him self shal be exalted Matth. 23. 12. Philippi 2. 8. Iames. 4. 10. Humilitie Prou. 16. 19. mat 11. 29. Luk. 14 11. Ephes. 4. 2 An Hundreth folde is promised to them that shal forsake that they haue to followe Christ. Mat. 19. 29. Rulers ouer Hundreths established by Moses Exod. 18. 21 Blessed are they that Hungre and thirst for righteousnes mat 5. 6 Christ is an Hungred mat 4. 〈◊〉 Hushai and his doings 2. Sam. 15. 32 17. 5 ¶ Hypocrisie Prou. 12. 6. 30. 12 Hypocrisie reproued Isa. 58. 2 An Hyreling Ioh. 10. 12. I IAakob and esau abunde in 〈◊〉 Gen. 36. 7 Iaakob and his doings Gen. 25. vnto the 49. Iaakob beloued of God Rom. 9. 13 Iaakob is accompanied of God whether soeuer he goeth Gen. 28. 15. Iaakob is called Israel Gen. 32. 28 Iaakob wrestleth with God Gen. 32. 24 Iab in King of canaan Iudg. 4. 2 Iahaziel a prophet 2. Chron. 20. 14 Iair aiudge in israel Iudg. 10. 3. Iames sawe Christs resurrection 1. Cor. 15. 7 Iames the brother of iohn is put to death Act. 12. 2 Iannes and iambres resisted moses 2. Timot. 3. 8 Iaphet his sonnes Gen. 10. 2 Iasons assurance for receiuing of Paul Act. 17. 9 ¶ Ibzan a iudge in israel Iud. 12. 8 ¶ Idolaters ought to dye and wherefore Deut. 17. 2. they shal not inherit the kingdome of heauen 1. Cor. 6. 9. Idolaters slaine by the sonnes of Leuit. Exod. 32. 26 Things consecrated to Idoles 1. Cor. 8. Actes 15. 20 Idoles are but vanitie 1. Sam. 12. 21. 1 〈◊〉 16. 26. They are abomination Deut. 7. 25 27. 15 Idoles forbidden Leuit. 26. 1. Deut. 18. 9. ¶ Iehoahaz the sonne of Iehu the king his doings 2. King 13. 1 Iehoiachin succedeth iehoiak im his father 2. King 24 Iehoiada the hie priest 2. King 11. 4. Iehoiak im seruant to the king of babel 2. King 24. 1 Iehonadab the sonne ofrechab 2. King 10. 15 Iehoram the king of iudah and his doings 1. King 22. 50. 2. King 8. 16 Iehoram the sonne of ahab 2. King 3. 1. Iehoshaphat King of Iudath 1. King 15. 24. 2. King 3. 1 Iehoshua the sonne of iehozadak Hag. 1. 1 Iehu a prophet 1. King 16. 7 Iehu king of israel and his doings 1. King 19. 16. vnto the 2. King 10 God is a 〈◊〉 God Exode 20. 5. Deut. 5. 9 The law of Ielousie Nomb. 5. Iericho destroyed Iosh. 2 6. buylt vp againe by hiel 1. King 16. 34 Iericho wholy consecrated to the Lord. Iosh. 6. 17 the hand of Ieroboam dryed vp 1. King 13. 4. Ieroboam king of Israel and his doings 1. King 11. 26. vnto the 15. the ruine of Ierusalem Mat. 23. 38 Ierusalem buylt againe Nehe. 3. 1 Ierusalem cailed also iebusi iosh. 15 8. 18. 28 Gideon called Ierubbaal and wherefore Iudg. 6. 32 Iesus the name of the messias Mat. 1. 21 Luk. 1. 31. Philip. 2. 10 vaine Iesting forbid Ephes. 5. 4. iethro moses father in law Exod. 3. 1. 18. 1 the Iewes baptized in moses 1. Corinth 10. 2 the Iewes exercised in afflictions Deut. 8. 16 the Iewes obstinacie Isa. 48. 4. Actes 28 27. the remnant of the Iewes shal returne Isa. 10. 21. Iezebei and her cruel doings 1. King 16 18. 19. 21. 2. King 9. 30 ¶ The Image is a curse to him that maketh it Deut. 27 15 mans Imaginations are euil Gen. 6. 5. ¶ we oght not to companie with Infide les 2. Cor. 6. 4 infideles are called the drye tre Luke
in his remembrance Luk. 22. 19. ¶ Sweare by the name of the liuing god Deut. 6. 13. sweare not at all Mat. 5. 34. sweare not by the name of strange god Exod. 23. 13. sweare not in vaine Deut. 5. 11. Paul Sweareth 2. Cor. 2. 1 the autoritie of the temporal Sworde Gen. 9. 6. Rom. 13. 6. T THe forme of the Tabernacle Exod. 26 and 36 39. 32. the feast of Tabernacles Leuit. 23. 24. to bias biddeth the godlie to his Table Tob. 2. 2. the Tables of testimonie Exod. 32. 15 Tabitha is raised vp againe Act. 9. 36. against Tale bearers Prou. 26. 22. 18. 8. Tamar a widow and her doings Ce. 38 Tamar the daughter of dauid 2. Samue 13. 1. ¶ Teachers ordeined in the church 1. Cor. 12. 28. the holie Gost in the Teacher of t faithful Iohn 14. 26. the Temple for the bodie of Christ. Ioh. 2. 21. the Temple is buylt vp againe hag 1. 14. Ezr. 4. 1. the Temple of salomon 1. King 6. 1. and 8. 13. the Temple of the Lord is burnt 2. King 25. 9. tempt not God Deut. 6. 16. Matth. 4 1. Cor. 10. 9. Terah abrahams father Gen. 11. 27. Terah dyeth in haran Gene. 11. 32. the description of the olde Testan Iosh. 24. Ebr. 9. the blood of the Testament Ebr. 9. the newe Testament Gen. 3. 15. Ebr. and 10. 16. for the remission of sil Mat. 26. 28. ¶ Thankesgiuing becometh saintes Ephes. 5. 4 the punishment of Theft Exod. 22. theft forbidden Exod. 20. 15. the Thoghts of mans heart wicke Gen. 6. 5. 〈◊〉 not the Thoghts of thine owne heart Nomb. 15. 39 〈◊〉 as an apostle Iohn 11. 16 20 24. 〈◊〉 sede choked with Thornes Marke 〈◊〉 4. 7. Thryphon 1 Mac. 13. 12 〈◊〉 The latter Times 1. tim 4. 1 〈◊〉 diuersitie of Times Genes 1. 14. and 8. 22. 〈◊〉 must not be obserued Galat. 4. 10 Timotheus 1. Cor. 4. 17 Who liue of the Tithes Deut. 14. 29 the Tithes of sedes are at the kings plea sure 1. Sam. 8. 15. the Tithes of the land are the lords Leuit. 27. 30 〈◊〉 Toi the king of hamath 2. Sam. 8. 9. 〈◊〉 a iudge in israel Iudg. 10. 1. 〈◊〉 faut and vertue of the Tongue I am 3. 5. Prou. 12. 13. 13. 2 14. 3. 〈◊〉 thy Tongue from euil 1. Peter 3 10. 〈◊〉 of Tongues 1. Cor. 12. 28 and 14. 2. 〈◊〉 the for to the. Exod. 21. 24. 〈◊〉 The Good Treasure of the heart Mat. 12. 35. 〈◊〉 Tre grene Tre. Luk. 23. 31. 〈◊〉 Good Tree beareth good frute Mat. 12. 33. 〈◊〉 Tre of life the tre of knowledge Gen. 2. 9. 〈◊〉 Tre that maketh the waters swete Exod. 15. 25. 〈◊〉 created for man Gene. 1. 12. and 2. 9. 16. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 must stād in time of warre Deut. 20. 19 〈◊〉 fruteful Trees thre yeres vncircum cised Leuit. 19. 23. 〈◊〉 and her commendation 1. Esdr. 4. 34. 〈◊〉 of siluer Nomb. 10. 2. 〈◊〉 Rom. 8. 35. Ebr. 12. 5. 〈◊〉 bringeth patience Ro. 5. 3. 〈◊〉 by Tribulations entre into the 〈◊〉 of heauen Actes 14. 22. 〈◊〉 to the faith 1. Pet. 4. 12 〈◊〉 Tribute Rom. 13. 7 〈◊〉 payeth Tribute to the magistrate 〈◊〉 at 17. 27. 〈◊〉 the first 〈◊〉 and yron 〈◊〉 Gen. 4. 22. V 〈◊〉 a worke of the flesh Gal. 5. 20. 〈◊〉 of the tabernacle Exod. 26. 31. 〈◊〉 on moses face Exod. 34. 33. 〈◊〉 is forbid Prou. 20. 22. 〈◊〉 11. 12. Leuit. 19. 18. Luk. 9. 55. 〈◊〉 perteineth to God Deut. 23. Rom. 12. 19. Ebr. 10. 30. 1. Thess. 4. 6 〈◊〉 the Veritie iohn 14. 6. 〈◊〉 of the yong men that is their 〈◊〉 1. Sam. 21. 5. ¶ Noahs Vineyarde Gene. 9. 20. Lawes concerning Vineyardes Exod. 22 5. Deut. 20. 6 22. 9 23. 24. Virgines taken in warre Nomb. 31. 18. ¶ Hearts Vncircumcised Leuit. 26. 41. Vnclennes ought not once to be named among Christians Ephes. 5. 3. cōpanie not with the Vngodlie 1. cor 5. 11. an Vnion of the iewes and gentiles in Christ. Isa. 19. 24. ¶ Vocation of the iewes and Gentiles Rom. 15. 9. hearken to the Voice of the Lord. Exo. 15. 26. Deut. 13. 4 30. 20. Vowes ought to be performed Nomb. 30. 3. Deut. 23. 21. ¶ Vriah the housband of beth-sheba 2. Sam. 11. 3. Vriiah the priest 2. King 16. 11. ¶ Of Vsurie Deut. 23. 20. A law against Vsurie Deut. 23. 19. ¶ Vzziah otherwise called azariah the sonne of amaziah king of iudah 2. King 14. 21. 2. Chro. 26. 1. ¶ to Walke with God Gen. 5. 24. Diuers causes of fredome from Varre Deut. 20. 5. Warre is sent for the sinne of the people 1. King 8. 33. Leuit. 26. 23. No man Warreth at his owne cost 1. Cor. 9. 7. to Watch. Mat. 24. 42. 25. 1. 1. Thess. 5. 2. Cols 4. 2. Vncleane Water liuit 11. 38. Water changed into wine Iohn 2. 8. the Water of life Iohn 4. 14 7. 38. Bitter Waters Exod. 15. 23. Waters flowing out of the rocke Exod. 17. 6. the Kings Waye Nomb. 21. 22. to go the Waye of all the earth for to dye 1. King 2. 2. the Waye of the lord is vncorrupt 2. Sam. 22. 31. the Waye of veritie 2. Pet. 2. 2. ¶ The Weake in knowledge eat herbes Rom. 14. 2. Dauids Weapons against goliath 1. Sam. 17. 40 the Veapons of the faithful 1. Cor. 10. 4. Ephes. 6. 11. a Wedding garment Mat. 22. 12. of Weights Deut. 25. 13. Hos. 12. 7. the feast of Wekes Exod. 34. 22. wel doing cometh of the lord Philip. 1. Prouer. 16. 1. 20. 24. the philistims fil vp abrahams Wels. Gen 26. 14. Israel in his Welts forsoke God Deut. 32. 15. Blessed are they that Wepe Matth. 5. 4. Luk. 6. 21. Wepe with them that wepe Rom. 12. 15. ¶ The vision of wheles Ezek. 1. 15. the vision of the great whore Reuel 17. Whoredome punished by death Gene. 38. 24. Leuit. 18. 29. the hyre of a whore ought not to be giuen vp for a vow Deut. 23. 18. Auoide the companie of Whores Prou. 6. 24 23. 27. ¶ Yong Widowes 1. Tim. 5. 11. the duetie of the Wife Ephes. 5. 22. Tite 2. 5. the praise of a vertuous Wife Pro. 18. 22 the good Wife and the bad Prou. 12. 4. A prudent Wife is the gift of God Prou. 19. 14. A contentious Wife is to be auoyded Prouer. 21. 9. the Wife not founde to be a virgine Deut. 22. 14. the Wife ought to be careful for her familie Tit. 2. 5. the Wife suspect of adulterie Nōb. 5. 12. God worketh in vs both the Wil and the dede Phil. 2. 13. to Wil is present with vs but to performe is not Rom. 7. 18. Priests may not drinke Wine Leu. 10. 8. Wine maketh glad the heart of man Iudg. 9. 13. Psal. 104. 15. Wisdome and simplicitie required Mat. 10. 16. the Wisdome of the flesh disobedient to the law of God Rom. 8. 7. 1. Corint 1. and 2.
lie trauailes Chap. 23.12 “ Or eitie Ezek,20 12 Gen. 2 2. Deut. 5.16 Mat. 15.4 Ephe. 6.2 h By the Which is ment all that haue autoritie 〈◊〉 Mat. 5.16 i But loue preserue thy brothers life k But be pure in heart Word and dede l But studie to saue his goods m But further his good name and spake trueth Rom. 7.7 n Thou maiest not so muche as wishe his hinderance ī anie thīg “ Or heard †Ebr. fire 〈◊〉 Deut. 5.24 18.16 Ebr. 12.18 o Whether you Wil obey hispre 〈◊〉 as you 〈◊〉 sed Chap. 19.8 Chap. 27.8 38.7 Leui. 3.1 Deut. 27.5 Iosh. 8.55 †Ebr. it that is the stone p Whiche might be by his stoupīg or flyeng abroad of his clothes Leui. 25.39 Deut. 15.12 a Paying no 〈◊〉 for his libertie Iere. 14.14 b Not hauing Wife nor childrē c Til her time 〈◊〉 seruitude 〈◊〉 pired Whiche might be the seneth yere or the 〈◊〉 †Ebr. gods d Where the iud ges sate e That is to the yere of 〈◊〉 Which Was euerie 〈◊〉 yere f Constreined ether by 〈◊〉 or els that the master shuld ma ry her g By giuing another money to bye her of hym “ Or defloured her h That is he shal giue her 〈◊〉 i For his sonne k Nether mary her him self nor giue an other mo ney to bye her nor bestowe her vpon his sonne l Thogh a mā be killed at 〈◊〉 yet it is Gods pro uidence that it shulde so be Leui. 24.17 〈◊〉 .18.2 m The holines of the place ought not to defend the murther n Ether far of him or nere o By the ciuile iustice “ O losing of his time p By the ciuile Magistrate but before God he is a murtherer q Of the mother of childe “ Or 〈◊〉 Leui. 24.20 Deut. 19 20. r The 〈◊〉 of this lawe onely belonged to the Magistrat Mar 〈◊〉 5. 33. s So God reuengeth 〈◊〉 in most least things Gene. 9. 5. t If the heast be punished muche more shal the murtheres “ Or testified to his u By the next of the kinred of him that is so slayne x Read Gen. 23. 15. y This lawe forbiddeth not one ly not to hurt but to beware lest any be hurt a Ether great heast of the heard or a smale beast of the 〈◊〉 b Breaking an house to entre in 〈◊〉 vndermining 2. Sam. 11. 6. †Ebr. When the sunne riseth vpō him c He shal be put to death †Ebr. in his bād †Ebr. gods d That is Whether he hathe stollen †Ebr. broken e They shulde sweare by the Name of the Lord. Gen. 31. 39 f He shall shewe some parte of the beast g He that hyred it shal be 〈◊〉 by paying the 〈◊〉 Deut. 12. 28. Deut. 13. 13. 1. Mac. 2. 24. Leui. 19. 33. zach 7. 10. h The iust plague of God vpon the oppressers Leui. 25. 37. Deut 23. 19. Psal. 15. 5. i For colde and necessitie Act. 23. 5. k Thine abundāce of thy corne oyle and Wine Chap. 13. 2. 34. 19 Leui. 〈◊〉 8. Ezek. 44. 31. l And so haue no thing to do with it “ Or reporte a false 〈◊〉 “ Or cruel †Ebr. answer a Do that which is godlie thogh few do fauour it b If we be bōde to do good to our ennemies beast much more to our ennemie him selfe c If God cōmāde to helpe our ene mies asse vnder his burden will hesuffre vs to cast downe our brethren with heauie burdens Mat 5. 44. d Whether thou be magistrate or art cōmanded by the magistrate †Ebr seing Deut. 16. 19. Eccle. 20. 32. e For in that that he is a stranger his heart is soriful ynough Leui. 25. 3. 26. 43. Deut. 15. 1. Chap. 20. 8. Deut. 5. 12. f Nether 〈◊〉 swe a ring by thē nor speaking of thē Psal. 16 4. Ephe. 5. 3. g That is 〈◊〉 in remembrance that the Aung el passed ouer spa red the Israelites when he 〈◊〉 the first borne of the Egyptians h Which is witsontide in token that the law was giuen 50 dayes after they departed from Egypt i This is the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 signifying that they dwelled 40. yere vnder therents or the tabernacles in wildernes k No leauened bread shal be thē in thine house l Meaning that no frutes shulde be taken before iust time 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 brideled 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wantō appetites m I wil giue him mine 〈◊〉 and he shall gouerne you 〈◊〉 my Name Chap. 33. 2. Deut. 7. 21. Iosh. 24. 〈◊〉 n God 〈◊〉 his onely not to worship idoles but to destroye them o That is al thīgs necessarie for this present life Deut. 7. 14. p I will make them afraid at thy comming q Called the sea of Syria r Of Arabia called deserta s To wit 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chap. 34. 15. Deut. 7. 2. †Ebr. offence or 〈◊〉 a When he called him vp to the mountaine to giue him the lawes beginnīg at the 20. Chap. hitherto b When he hadreceiued these lawes 〈◊〉 mount 〈◊〉 †Ebr. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chap. 19. 8. Chap. 20 24. Or a the 〈◊〉 of the moūtaine c For as yet the 〈◊〉 was not giuē to Leui. “ Or of the boke of the Lawe 1. 〈◊〉 1. 2. Ebr 9. 20. d Which blood signifieth that the couenāt bro ken can not be 〈◊〉 without blood sheding e As 〈◊〉 as their 〈◊〉 colde behold his 〈◊〉 †Ebr. bricke worke f He made them not afraid 〈◊〉 pu nished them g That is 〈◊〉 h The seconde time i Signifyeng the hardenes of our hearts except God do Write his law 〈◊〉 by his Spirit 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k To wit the people Ezek. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. Cor. 3. 3. Ebr. 8. 10. 10. 16. “ Or him l The lord appea rethlike deuouring fire to 〈◊〉 men but to thē that he draweth 〈◊〉 his Spirit 〈◊〉 is like pleasant 〈◊〉 Chap. 34. 28. Deut. 9. 9. a After the moral and iudiciall lawe he giueth them the ceremo niall lawe that nothing shuld be left to mans inuention b For the buylding and vse of the Tabernacle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c Whiche is thoght to be a kinde of cedar whiche will not rot d 〈◊〉 for the 〈◊〉 e A place bothe to offe sacrifice and to heare the Lawe Chap. 28. 4. Chap 28 15. Chap. 37. 1. “ Or circle and a bordre “ Or fete f The stone tables the rod of Aaron and Man na Whiche Were a testimonie of Gods presence “ Or coueryng or propitiatorie g There God appeared mercyfully vnto them and this Was a figure of Christ. “ Or wil 〈◊〉 with thee Nom. 〈◊〉 89. Chap. 37. 10. Or an 〈◊〉 bread h To sette 〈◊〉 bread vpon Chap. 37. 17. i It shall not be molton but beaten out of the lumpe of golde With the hāmer k This Was thē talent 〈◊〉 of the temple ād Waied 120 poūd Ebr. 8. 9. Act. 7. 14. a That is of most connyng or fine Worke.
be made to obey for fear h Vnder this he conteineth al the corruption of Gods seruice and the transgressiō of the first table i Or contemne 〈◊〉 and this a perteineth to the seconde table k He 〈◊〉 all iniuries and 〈◊〉 l Meaning that helpeth not and conseleth not his neighbour m In committing vilenit against him n Meaning his wiues mother o For God that seeth in secret wil reueng it Ezek. 22. 12. Gala. 3. 10. Leu. 26. 3. a He wil make thee the moste ex cellent of all peo ple. b When thou 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy selfe 〈◊〉 en c Tl. 〈◊〉 shalt liue welthely d 〈◊〉 children and succession c All thine entre p ises shal haue good successe f Meaning manie waies g God wil blesse vs if we do out 〈◊〉 and not be 〈◊〉 h In that he is thy God thou art his people i For nothing in the earth is profitable but when God sendeth his blessings from heauen “ Or the lowest Leu. 26. 14. Lament 2. 16. mala 2. 2. Baru 1 20. “ Ot store “ Or rebuke Leui. 16. 11. “ Or drought k It shal giue thee no more moysture then if 〈◊〉 were of brasse “ Or out of the ayre as dust raised with winde l Some read thou shalt be a terrour and feare when thei shal heare how God hathe plagued thee m Thou shalt be cursed bothe in thy life ād in thy death for the buryal is a 〈◊〉 of the resurrection 〈◊〉 signe for thy 〈◊〉 kednes 〈◊〉 lacke n In things moste euident and 〈◊〉 thou 〈◊〉 lacke 〈◊〉 and iudgement †Ebr. make 〈◊〉 commune o Whē they shal 〈◊〉 frō 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p As he did Ma nasséh 〈◊〉 zedechias and others 〈◊〉 24. 9. 25. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 6. 15. Ag. 1. 6. “ Or be shaken before thei be ripe q Vnder one kin de he conteineth all the 〈◊〉 Which 〈◊〉 the frutes of the land and this is an euident token of Gods curse r Gods plagues shal be 〈◊〉 signes that he is offended with thee “ Or barbarous cruel or impudent “ Or 〈◊〉 borne of thy bullockes “ Or gates Leui. 26 29. 2. kyng 6. 29. Lamen 4. 10. Baruk 2. 3. Chap. 〈◊〉 9. s As came to passe in the dayes of Ioram kynge of Israel 2. kyng 6. 29. and when the Romaines besieged 〈◊〉 t Hungre shal so bite her that she shal be ready to eat her childe be fore it be 〈◊〉 u For he that offendeth in one 〈◊〉 giltie of all 〈◊〉 2. 10. x Declaring that God hathe infinite meanes to plague the 〈◊〉 besides thē that are 〈◊〉 rie or 〈◊〉 Chap. 10. 22. y 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it is a singular gift of God to be in a place where as we may worship God purely and declare our fayth and religion “ Or thou shalte be in dout of thy 〈◊〉 z Because they were vnmindeful of that miracle when the Sea gaue place for them to 〈◊〉 through a That is the 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 b At the first giuing of the Law which was fourtie yeres before c The 〈◊〉 of my power d He sheweth that it is 〈◊〉 in mans power to vnderstande the 〈◊〉 of God it 〈◊〉 be not giuen him from 〈◊〉 e Made by mans arte but menna whiche is called the breade of Angels Chap. 4. 6. f VVho knoweth your heartes ād 〈◊〉 ye may not thinke to dis 〈◊〉 with him g Alludynge to them that when they made a sure couenant deuided a beaste in 〈◊〉 and past betwene the par 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gen. 〈◊〉 10. h Meaning their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Suche sinne as the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thereof myg 〈◊〉 choke and destroye you “ Or flatter k For as he that is 〈◊〉 desireth to 〈◊〉 muche so he that followeth his ap petites 〈◊〉 by all meanes 〈◊〉 yet can not be sa tisfied l Gods plagues vpon them that rebell agaynste hym shal be so strange that all ages shal be astonied Gene. 19. 〈◊〉 1. Fyng 9. 〈◊〉 Iere. 22 8. “ Or which 〈◊〉 not giue them a lande to possesse m Mosés hereby reproueth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which seke those things that are 〈◊〉 knowen to God and their 〈◊〉 that regarde 〈◊〉 that whiche God 〈◊〉 reueiled vnto thē as the Lawe a By callynge to remembraunce both his mercies and his plagues b In true repentance is none by pocrisie c Euen to the worldes end d And bring thee into thy 〈◊〉 e God wil purge all 〈◊〉 wieked affections which 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 in thine ow 〈◊〉 power to do f If we wil haue God to worke in vs with his holy Spirit we must 〈◊〉 againe to 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 g He meaneth not that God is subiect to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 to be sad but he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 that be 〈◊〉 vnto vs. h The Law is so 〈◊〉 that none can 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Rom. 10. 6. i By heauen and the 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 places most 〈◊〉 distant k 〈◊〉 the Lawe and the Gospel l By 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 m So that to 〈◊〉 and obey God is onely life and 〈◊〉 n He 〈◊〉 the septomises to signifie that it is for our profit that we loue hī and not for his Chap. 4 26. o That 〈◊〉 loue obey God which thing is not in mans power but Gods spiritonely worketh it in his elect a I can no 〈◊〉 execute mine office Nomb. 20. 12. Chap. 3. 26. Nombb 27. 18. Nomb. 21. 24. b Into your han des Chap. 7. 2. Or be of good 〈◊〉 c For he 〈◊〉 must gouerne the people 〈◊〉 nede to be 〈◊〉 to represse 〈◊〉 and constant to mainteine vertue d Signifying that man can neuer be of good courage 〈◊〉 he be persuaded of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and assistance Nehem. 8. 2. Chap. 15. 1. e Before the 〈◊〉 ke of the couenant which was the signe of Gods presence and 〈◊〉 figure of Christ. f Which were not borne when the. Lawe was giuen “ Or commande ment g In a cloude that was facioned like a piller h That is I wil take my fauour from them as to turne his face to ward vs is to shewe vs his 〈◊〉 i To preserue you your children from idola trie by 〈◊〉 Gods bene 〈◊〉 k For this is the nature of flesh no lōger to obey God then it is vnder the rod. l That these euils are come vpon thē because they for 〈◊〉 me 〈◊〉 1. 5. m Of thine 〈◊〉 when 〈◊〉 shalt turne away from the doctrine 〈◊〉 therein n As gouerners iudges and magi strates o By 〈◊〉 worshiping ima ges which are the worke 〈◊〉 your hands a As witnesses of this peoples ingratitude b He desireth that he may spea ke to Gods glorie and that the 〈◊〉 as the grene grasse may receiue the dewe of his 〈◊〉 c The Ebrewe worde is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that God 〈◊〉 is mightie faithful and con stant in his 〈◊〉 d Not according to the commune creation but by a new 〈◊〉 by his Spirit e When God by his prouidence deuided the worl de he lent
chief 1. Chro 〈◊〉 5. a This was a citie in Iudah called also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 15. 9. b VVhich was an hie place of the citic of Baalé 1. Sam. 7 2. c Praised God 〈◊〉 psalmes 1. Chro. 〈◊〉 10. d Here we se what danger it is to follow good intentions 〈◊〉 do anie thinge in Gods 〈◊〉 with out his expresse 〈◊〉 †Ebr. made 〈◊〉 “ Or the diuision of Vzzah e Who was a Le 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 15. 21. 1. Chro. 15. 25. f Meaning he cau sed the 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 it according to the 〈◊〉 g VVich a 〈◊〉 like to the 〈◊〉 garment h The worldlings are not able to cō 〈◊〉 the mocions that moue the children of God 1. Chro. 16. 2. i That is to praye for his house as he had done 〈◊〉 the people k It was for 〈◊〉 worldely affectiō but onely for that zeale that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to Gods glorie l VVhiche was a punishement because she mocked the seruāt of God 1. Chro. 17 2. a Vvithin the Tabernacle couered with 〈◊〉 Exod. 26. 7. b Meanyng he shulde 〈◊〉 yet Nathan 〈◊〉 according tomās iudgement not by the Spirite of prophecie permit ted him c As concernyng the 〈◊〉 of an house 〈◊〉 that without Goddes expresse worde nothynge ought to be 〈◊〉 1. Sam. 16. 〈◊〉 Psal. 78. 70. d I haue made thee famous through all the worlde e He promiseth them quietnes if they will walke in his feare and obedience 1. King 8. 20 1 king 5. 5. 6. 12. 1. 〈◊〉 22. 〈◊〉 Ebr. 1 5. Psal. 89 31. f That is gentely as fathers vse to chastice their children g This was begon in Salomon as a figure but accomplished in Christ. †Ehr is this the lawe of man h Cometh not this rather of thy fre mercie thē of any worthines that can be in man Deut. 4. 7. i O Israél k And inheritāce which is Israél l From the Egyptians and theyr 〈◊〉 m He sheweth that Gods fre election is the onely cause why the 〈◊〉 were 〈◊〉 to be his people n This praier is moste effectuall when we chiefly seke Gods glorie and the accomplishement of his promes †Ebr. founde hys heart disposed o Therefore 〈◊〉 beleue it shall come to passe 1. Chro 18. 1. psal 60. 2. “ Or methegammah a So that thei paied no more 〈◊〉 b He slewe two partes as it pleased him and reserued the third “ Or 〈◊〉 †Ebr 〈◊〉 “ Or hoght the horses of the charets “ Or the Sycide “ Or of Damascus that is which dwelt nere Damascus c In that parte of Syria where Damascus was d They payed 〈◊〉 tribute e For the vse of the temple “ Or Antiochia †Ebr. to aske 〈◊〉 †Ebr. blesse him f 〈◊〉 seing Dauid victorious he was glad to intreat of peace †Ebr. in his hand “ Or Syria or 〈◊〉 “ Or in Gemélah “ Or in all his entreprises g He gaue iudgement in 〈◊〉 and was merciful towarde the people “ Or writer of Chronicles “ Or was ouer the Cherethites h The Cherethites and Pelethites were as the kings garde and had charge of his persone a Because of mine 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 made to Ionathā 1. Sam. 20 〈◊〉 b Suche mercie as shal be acceptable to God Chap 4. 4. c VVho was also called Bham the father of Bathsheba Dauids wife “ Or lands d Meaning a despised 〈◊〉 “ Or nephewe e Be ye prouident 〈◊〉 and gou rners of his lāds that they may be profitable f That Mephibosheth maye haue all things at commandemēt as becommeth a kings sonne 1. Chro. 19. 2. a The children of 〈◊〉 are not vnmindeful of a benefit receiued †Ebr In thine eyes doeth Dauid b Their arrogant malice wold not suffer them to se the simplicitie of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therefore theyr counsel turned to the destruction of their countrey c That they had deserued Dauids displeasure for the iniurie done to his ambassadours “ Or Syrians d These were diuers partes of the countrey of Syria whereby appeareth that the Syriās serued where they mighte haue 〈◊〉 as now the 〈◊〉 e Here is declared wherefore warre ought to be vnder taken for the defence of true religion and Goddes people “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 f Meanyng the greatest parte g VVhiche were the chiefest and moste 〈◊〉 for in all he destroyed 7000. as 1. Chro. 19. 18. or the soldiers which were in 700. charets a The yere follow ing aboute the spring time b VVhereupon he vsed to rest at after none as was red of 〈◊〉 Chap. 4 7. c VVho was not an Israelite borne but conuerted to the true religion Leui. 15. 19. 18. 19. d Fearing left she shulde be stoned according to the Law e Dauid thoght that if Vriah 〈◊〉 with his wife his faute mighte be cloked f Hereby GOD wold touche Dauids conscience that 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his seruant he wolde declare him self so fo get full of GOD and 〈◊〉 to hys seruant g He made hym 〈◊〉 more liberallv them he was wonte to do thinking hereby he wold haue lyē by his wife †Ebr. saying h Except God 〈◊〉 vpholde vs with his mightie spirit the most perfect fall head long into all vice 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or Thou shalt do 〈◊〉 if i Meanyng Gideon Iudg. 9 12. †Ebr. were 〈◊〉 them k He dissembleth with the messenger to the intent that nether 〈◊〉 cruel commandement nor 〈◊〉 wicked obediēce 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 †Ebr. so and so †Ebr. was 〈◊〉 in the eyes of the Lord. a Because Dauid 〈◊〉 no we drowned in sinne the louing 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not his to perishe waketh his 〈◊〉 science by this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hym to 〈◊〉 “ Or wayfaring man “ Or spared †Ebr. The angre of Dauid was kindeled †Ebr. is the childe of deathe Exod. 22. 1. 1. Sam. 16. 〈◊〉 b For Dauid succeded Saul in hys kingdome c The 〈◊〉 vnderstand thys of 〈◊〉 Michal or of Rizpah and Michal d That is greater things then these for Gods loue and benefites inc 〈◊〉 toward his if by their ingratitude thei stay him not e Thou hast most cruelly giuen him into the hands of Gods enemies Deut. 28. 30. Chap. 16. 22. f Meaning openly as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 47. 13. g For the Lorde seketh but that the sinner wolde turne to him h In saying that the Lord hathe appointed a wicked mā to reigne ouer his people i To wit to hys priuie chamber k Thinking by his instant 〈◊〉 that God wolde haue restored his childe but GOD had otherwise de termined †Ebr and he wil do him selfe euill l Shewing that our lamentations oughtnot to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mo derate and that we muste prayse God in all hys doings m As they which considered not that God grāteth manie thinges to the sobbes 〈◊〉 of the faithful n By this 〈◊〉 he appaised his sorowe o To wit thelord 1. Chro 22. 9. Mat.
deliuer ance is his onelie fa uour and loue to vs. q Dauid was 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 cause good be 〈◊〉 toward Saul and his enemies and therefore was assued of Gods 〈◊〉 and deliuerance r For all his dangers he exercised him self in the Law of God s I nether gaue place to their wicked 〈◊〉 nor to mine owne affections t Here he speaketh of God according to our cap 〈◊〉 who sheweth mercie to his and 〈◊〉 hech the wicked as is said also Leuit. 26. 21. u when their sinne is come to the ful measure x He attributeth it to God 〈◊〉 he bothe gate the victorie in the field also destroyed the cities of his enemies y Be the dangers neuer so manie orgreat yet Gods promes must take effect z He giueth good successe to all 〈◊〉 enterprises a A 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 which he toke 〈◊〉 of the hand of Gods ene mies “ Or steele b To defend me from dangers c He 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 continuance and increase in wel doing onely to Gods 〈◊〉 d 〈◊〉 declareth that he did nothing besides his vocation but was stirred vp by Gods Spirit to execute his iudge ments c Thou hast giuē them into mine hāds to be 〈◊〉 f Thei that reiect the crye of the afflicted Godwil also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when thei 〈◊〉 for helpe for ether 〈◊〉 or feare cause those hypocrites to 〈◊〉 g which dwel round about me h The kingdome of Christ is in Da uids Kingdome prefigured who by the preaching of his worde brīgeth all to his sub iection i 〈◊〉 Ive signifying a subicction constrained and not voluntarie k Feare shal cause them to be afraied and come 〈◊〉 of their secret holes and holdes to 〈◊〉 pardon l That is Saul who of malice persecuted him m This propherie 〈◊〉 to the kingdome of Christ and vocatiō of the 〈◊〉 as Rom. 15. 9 n This did not properly apperteine to Salomon but to Iesus Christ. a He 〈◊〉 vnto man his ingratitude seing the heauēs which are dumme creatures set forthe Gods glorie b The continuall successe of the daye the night is sufficient to de clare Gods power goodnes c The heauens are a 〈◊〉 master to al nations be they neuer so barbarous d The heauens are as a line of great capital letters to shewe vnto vs Gods glo rie e Or vaile The maner Was that the bride and bri degrome shuld 〈◊〉 vnder a vaile together after come 〈◊〉 With great solem nitie and reioycing of the assem blie f Thogh the crea 〈◊〉 can not ser ue yet this ought 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 to lead vs vnto him g So that all 〈◊〉 inuentions and intentions are 〈◊〉 h Euerie one Without 〈◊〉 i Except Gods Worde be estemed aboue all 〈◊〉 things it is contemned k For God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 indeuour thogh it be 〈◊〉 vnpersite l Then there is no rewarde of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of Gra ce for Where sinne is there death is the rewarde m Which are done purposly and of malice n If 〈◊〉 suppresse my Wicked 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Spirit o That I may obey thee in thoght Worde and dede a Hereby Kings are also admonished to call to God in their 〈◊〉 res b The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 grace of God c In token that thei are acceptable 〈◊〉 him d 〈◊〉 to the King in Whose Wealth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 standeth e The 〈◊〉 fee leth that God hathe heard their pe tition f As by the visible Sanctuarie Gods 〈◊〉 appeared toward his people 〈◊〉 by the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is ment his power and maiestie g The 〈◊〉 that put not their onely trust in God h Let the King be able to 〈◊〉 vs by thy 〈◊〉 When We seke 〈◊〉 him for 〈◊〉 a When he shal ouercome his ene mies and so be assured of his vocation b Thou 〈◊〉 thy liberal fauour toward him befo re 〈◊〉 praied c Dauid did not onely 〈◊〉 life but also assurance that his po steritie shulde reigne for euer d Thou hast made him thy blessings to others and a perpetual example of thy fauour for euer e Here he describeth the power of Christs kingdome 〈◊〉 the enemies thereof f This teacheth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 en dure the 〈◊〉 til God destroye the 〈◊〉 g Thei layed as 〈◊〉 their nets to make Gods po Wer to giue place to their Wicked 〈◊〉 h As a marke to shote at i Mainteine thy Church against thine aduersaries that We may ha ue ample occasiō to praise thy Name “ Or the hinde of the morning and this Was the name of some commune song a Here appeareth that hor ible con flict Which he su steined betwene faith and desperation b Being tormented With extreme 〈◊〉 “ Or I cease me c He meaneth the place of praising euen the Ta bernacle or els 〈◊〉 is so called becau se he gaue the people cōtinually occasion to praise him d And seming moste miserable of all creatures Which Was ment of Christ And he rein appeareth the vnspeak ble loue of God toWard men that he Wolde thus abase 〈◊〉 Sonne for our sakes †〈◊〉 vpon God e Euen from my birth thou hast giuen me 〈◊〉 to trustin thee f For 〈◊〉 Gods prouidēce preserue the infants they shuld perish a thousand times in the mothers Wombe Matt. 27 43. g He meaneth that his enemies Were so far proude 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they Were rather beastes then men h Before hespake of the 〈◊〉 of his enemies and nowhe 〈◊〉 the inwarde griefs of the 〈◊〉 so that Christ Was tormented bothe in soule and bodie i Thou hast suffred me to be Without all hope of 〈◊〉 k Thus Dauid cō plaineth as 〈◊〉 he Were 〈◊〉 by his 〈◊〉 bothe hands and fete but this Was accomplished in Christ. l My life that is 〈◊〉 left alone for saken of all Psal. 35. 17 〈◊〉 16. m Christ is 〈◊〉 With amore 〈◊〉 deliuerā ce by 〈◊〉 death then if he had not tasted death at all n He promiseth to exhorte the Church that they by his example might praise the Lord. o The poore affli cted are comforted by this exam ple of Dauid or Christ. 〈◊〉 2 12. p Which Were sa 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 Which they 〈◊〉 by Gods commande ment when they Were deliuered out of any great danger q He doethallude stil to the sacrifice r Thogh the 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 as ver 26 yet the 〈◊〉 are not separated 〈◊〉 the grace of Christs kingdome s In Whome there is no hope that he shal recouer life so nether poore nor riche quicke not dead shal be 〈◊〉 from his kingdome t Meaning the 〈◊〉 Which the Lord kepeth as a sede to the Church to continue his praise among men u That is God hathe fulfilled his promes Isa 40. 11. Iere. 23. 5. a He hathe care ouer me and n 〈◊〉 vnto me all things Ezek. 14. 23. 〈◊〉 10. 11. 1. Pet. 2. 〈◊〉 b He 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 me c Plaine or 〈◊〉 Waies d Thogh 〈◊〉 Were in 〈◊〉 of death as the
yet 〈◊〉 assured him self that God had awayes ynough in his hād 〈◊〉 deliuer him c For I am 〈◊〉 to them War des and haue not offended them d Seing it apperreineth to Gods iudgements to pu nish the wicked he 〈◊〉 God to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ven geanceon the reprobat who mali ciously 〈◊〉 his Chu ch e He 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 to hungrie dogs shewing that they are neuer wearie in doing euil f They boast open ly of their Wicked deuiles and euerie worde is as a sworde for thei nether feare God nor are ashamed of men g Thogh Saul haue neuer so great power yet I knowe that thou 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therefore wil I pa ciently hope on thee h He Wil not faile to succout me when nedere quireth i Altogether but by litle that the people seing olte times thy iudges 〈◊〉 may be min deful of thee k That is their miserie shame thei may be as glasses 〈◊〉 of Gods vengeāce l VVhen thy time shal come whē they haue sufficiēt ly serued for an example of 〈◊〉 geāce vnto other m He mocketh at 〈◊〉 vaine ent eprises being as sured that thei shal 〈◊〉 bring their purpose to passe n VVhich didest vse the 〈◊〉 of a Weake womā to cōfounde the enemies strength as 1. Sam 19. 2. o 〈◊〉 him selfe to be 〈◊〉 all v rue and 〈◊〉 he attribu 〈◊〉 the whole to God 2 Sam. 8 〈◊〉 10 1. 1 Chro 18. 1. a These Were certeine songs 〈◊〉 the note 〈◊〉 this psalme was sung Or Syria called Mesopotamia b Called also Sophene which 〈◊〉 deth by Euphrates c For when Saul was not able to resist the enemie the people fled he ther 〈◊〉 for thei colde not be safe in their owne houses d as a cleft with an earth quake e Thou hast handled thy people sharply in taking from them sense iudgemēt in that theiaided Saulthe had giuen the Wicked King and pursued him to Whorne God iust tiltle of the realme f In making me King thou cast performed thy promes Which semed to hauelost the force g It is so certeine as if it Were spoken by an oracle that I shall possesse 〈◊〉 places Whiche Saul had left to his 〈◊〉 h For it Was strong and Well peopled i Dauid meaneth that in this tribe hys kyngdome shal be 〈◊〉 Gen 49. 〈◊〉 k In 〈◊〉 vile subiection l For thou Wilt 〈◊〉 ād fai ne as thogh thou We 〈◊〉 glad m He Was assu red that GOD Wolde giue him the stronge 〈◊〉 of hys enemies Wherein they thoght them selues sure a From the place Where I Was 〈◊〉 is hed beyng driuen out of the 〈◊〉 and temple by my sonne Ab salom b Vnto the 〈◊〉 Without they helpe I can not atteine c There is nothing that doeth more strengthen our faith then the remembrāce of Gods succour in times past d This chiefly is referred to 〈◊〉 Who liueth 〈◊〉 not onely in him selfe but also in his members e For the stabilitie of my kingdome standeth in thy mercie and trueth 1. Chro. 16. 41. a Thogh Satan tempted hym to murmure agaīst God yet he bridled his 〈◊〉 and resting vpon Gods 〈◊〉 beareth his crosse pa tiently b It appeareth by the oft repetitiō of this Word that the Prophet abode manifolds 〈◊〉 but by 〈◊〉 on God and by paci ence he 〈◊〉 came them all c He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 self being 〈◊〉 Whom God had appointed to the kingdome d Thogh ye 〈◊〉 to be in honour yet God Wil sud 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 you e Dauid Was 〈◊〉 moued 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 troubles therefore he 〈◊〉 vp hym selfe to 〈◊〉 in God f These 〈◊〉 and often 〈◊〉 tions Were neces sarie to 〈◊〉 his faith against the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 g He 〈◊〉 heth vs of our Wicked 〈◊〉 Whiche 〈◊〉 hide our 〈◊〉 and bite on the 〈◊〉 then vtter our grief to God to obteine remedie h Giue your selues wholy to God by putting awaye all things that are contrarie to his Lawe i He hathe plainely 〈◊〉 Witnes of his power so that houe nedeth to dout thereof k So that the Wicked shal 〈◊〉 thy power and the godlie thy mercie a To Wit of 〈◊〉 1. 〈◊〉 23. 14. b Thogh he Was bothe 〈◊〉 in greate distres yet he made god his 〈◊〉 aboue all meate and drinke c In this miserie I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the contempla tion of thy pow er and 〈◊〉 as if I Were in thy Sanctuarie d The ren 〈◊〉 ce of thy fauour is more swere vn to me then al the pleasures and 〈◊〉 of the Worlde e He assureth him selfe by the Spirit of God to haue the gift of constancie f He prophecieth of the destruction of Saul ād them that take hys parte Whose bodies shal not be buried but be de uoured With wilde beastes g All that 〈◊〉 by GOD a 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 him shal reioyce in thys Worthie Kyng a in that he calleth to God with his 〈◊〉 is a si gne that 〈◊〉 pray er was vehemēt and that his life was in danger b That is frome their 〈◊〉 malice c To wit their outwarde violen ce d False reportes and sclanders e To be without feare of God ād reuerence of mā is a signe of reprobation f The more that the wicked se Gods children in miserie the more bolde and impudent are they in 〈◊〉 them g There is no waye so 〈◊〉 and subtil to do hurt which they inuented not for his destruction h To se gods 〈◊〉 iudgementes agaynst them ād howe he hathe caught them in their own snares i VVhen they shal 〈◊〉 that he wil be fauora ble to them as he was to hys seruant Dauid a Thou giuest dai ly new occasion to thy Church to praile thee b Not 〈◊〉 the Iewes but 〈◊〉 the Gentiles in the kingdome of 〈◊〉 c He 〈◊〉 it to his sinnes of the people that God who was accustomed to as sille them 〈◊〉 draweth his succour from them d Thou wilt declare thy selfe to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of thy Church in de stroying thyne enemies as thou didest in the 〈◊〉 Sea e As of all barba 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 of f He sheweth that there 〈◊〉 no parte nor 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the worlde which is not gouerned by Gods power and prouidence †Ebr. The going forth of the mor nyng and of the euening g To wit with 〈◊〉 h That is Shiloah or the raine i Thou hast appo 〈◊〉 ted the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 forthe fede to mans vse k By this deser 〈◊〉 he sheweth that al the ordre of nature is ateshmonie of gods loue toward vs who causeth all 〈◊〉 to serue 〈◊〉 necessitie l That is the dume creatures shal not onely reioyce for a time 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 but shall continually sing i Thou hast appo 〈◊〉 ted the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 forthe fede to mans vse a He 〈◊〉 that all 〈◊〉 shal come to the knowledge of God who then was only know 〈◊〉 Iudea b As the faithful shall obey God willingly so
preaching and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the same whiche is cōmitted to the 〈◊〉 l And reprehensions when the word is preached bring vs to life m 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 lokes and 〈◊〉 n Meaning that she will neuer cease til she haue 〈◊〉 to beg gerie and thē seke thy destruction o He approueth not theft but shew eth that it is not so abominable 〈◊〉 whoredome forasmuche as 〈◊〉 might be redemed but 〈◊〉 was a perpetual infamie and death by the Law of God p Meaning 〈◊〉 very 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 faileth in heart q That is death ap pointed by the Law r He sheweth that man by 〈◊〉 seketh his death that hathe abused his wife and so concludeth that nether Gods Law nor the Lawe of nature admitteth 〈◊〉 raunsome for the adulterie a By this diuer sitie of wordes he meaneth that nothing ought to be so dere vnto vs as the word of God not that we loke on any thing more nor minde any thing so muche b Salomon vseth this 〈◊〉 to de clare their 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 thē selues to be abused by 〈◊〉 c He 〈◊〉 that there was almost none so 〈◊〉 but they were afraid to be sene also their owne cō 〈◊〉 did accuse thē 〈◊〉 caused them to seke the night to couer their filthines “ Or garment “ Or 〈◊〉 d He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on s whiche are peculiar to 〈◊〉 †Ebr. she strengthened her face e Because that in peace offrings a portion returned to them that 〈◊〉 she sheweth him that she hath meate at home 〈◊〉 make good there with or els she wolde vse some cloke of holines til she had gotten him in her 〈◊〉 f 〈◊〉 declareth that harlottes outwardly will seme holie religious both because they may the better deceiue others and also thinking by obseruing of ceremonies offrings to make 〈◊〉 for their sinnes “ Or 〈◊〉 work †Ebr. in his hand g 〈◊〉 thinking 〈◊〉 goeth to the 〈◊〉 goeth 〈◊〉 to his owne destruction h 〈◊〉 goeth 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 that he shal be 〈◊〉 †〈◊〉 it is for hys life i Nether wit nor 〈◊〉 can 〈◊〉 them that fall into the hands of the harlot Chap. 2. 18. Chap. 1. 20. a Salomon declareth that man is cause of his owne 〈◊〉 and that he can 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for asmuche as God calleth to all men by his worde and by his workes to follow vertue and to 〈◊〉 from vice b 〈◊〉 the people did moste resort and whiche was the place of iustice c Meaning 〈◊〉 the worde of God is easie vnto all that haue a 〈◊〉 vnto it and which are 〈◊〉 blinded by the prince of this worlde d That is excepte a man haue wisdome whiche is the true knowledge of God he can nether be prudent nor good counseller e So that he that doeth not hate euil feareth not God f VVhereby he declareth that honors dignitie or riches come not of mans wisdome or industrie but by the preuidence of God g That is studie the worde of God diligently with a 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 h Signifying that he chiefly meaneth the spiritual treasures and heauenlie riches i For there can be no true iustice or iudgemēt whiche is not directed by this wisdome k He declareth hereby the diuinitie and 〈◊〉 of this wisdome which he 〈◊〉 and praiseth through this boke meaning thereby the eternal Sonne of God Iesus 〈◊〉 our Sauiour whome S. Iohn calleth the worde that was in the beginning Iohn 1. 1. l He declareth the eternitie of the Sonne of GOD whiche is ment by this worde VVisdome who was before all time euer present with the Father m Some read a chief worker signifying that this VVisdome euen Christ Iesus was equal whiche God his Father created preserued and stil worketh with him as Ioh. 〈◊〉 n VVhereby is declared that the 〈◊〉 of the crea tion was no peine but a solace vnto the wisdome of God o By earth he mea neth man wh ch is the worke of God in whome wisdome toke pleasure in so mu che as for mans sake the Diuine wisdome toke mans nature and dwelt among vs and filled vs with vnspeakeable trea sures and this is that solace and passe time whereof is here spokē Chap. 〈◊〉 a Christ hathe pre 〈◊〉 him a Church b That is many chief staies 〈◊〉 cipal partes of his Church as were the 〈◊〉 Prophetes Apostles Pastors Doctors c He compareth wisdome with great princes that kepe open house for all that come d Meaning true preaches which are not infected with mans wisdo me e He that knoweth his owne ignorance and is voide of 〈◊〉 f By the meat and drinke is ment the worde of God and the ministration of the sacraments whereby God nourisheth his seruants in his house which is the Church g For the wicked wil 〈◊〉 him and labour todiffa me him h Meaning them that are incorrigi gible which calleth doge and swinei or he speaketh this in comparison not that the wicked shuld not be rebuked he sheweth their malice and the smale hope of pro 〈◊〉 i He sheweth what true vnderstanding is to know the wil of God in his worde which is ment by holie things k Thous halt haue the chief 〈◊〉 comodite thereof l By the foolish woman 〈◊〉 vnderstand the wicked preachers who 〈◊〉 the worde of God as appeareth vers 16 which were the wordes of the true preachers as vers 42. but theirs doctrine is but as stollen waters meaning that they are but mens traditions which at more pleasant to the flesh then the worde of GOD and therefore they them selues boast thereof Chap. 15. 20. a This is wicked ly gotten b Thogh he 〈◊〉 the iuste to 〈◊〉 for a time yet 〈◊〉 wil 〈◊〉 him comforte in 〈◊〉 season Or 〈◊〉 c TVhen their 〈◊〉 kednes shal be discouered thei shal be as 〈◊〉 and not knowe what to say d Shal be vile and 〈◊〉 bothe of God and man con 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 owne expectation which thinke to make their name immortal “ Or surely Ebr lippes e He that 〈◊〉 a faire countenance and 〈◊〉 mischief in his 〈◊〉 as Chap 6 〈◊〉 f For the 〈◊〉 of his heart is knowen by his talke 1. Cor. 13 4. 1. 〈◊〉 4. 8. g That is God 〈◊〉 finde him out 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him h And somaketh him bolde to do 〈◊〉 where as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the poore from manie euil things i For they speake trueth and 〈◊〉 manie by 〈◊〉 tions ad nonition and 〈◊〉 k Meaning that all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 things bring care and sorew where as they that feele the blessings of God haue 〈◊〉 l He is but a trou ble and grief to him that setteth him about anie busines m The time of their prosperitie s halbe short because of their great fall thogh thei seme to liue long n They 〈◊〉 in this life by 〈◊〉 hope their euer lasting life a Vnder this worde he 〈◊〉 all false weights measures and deceit †Ebr. 〈◊〉 b VVhen man forgetteth him
Ierusalém as Ier. 20. 2. b He speaketh this as one that felt Gods heauie iudge ments whiche he greatly feared therefore 〈◊〉 them 〈◊〉 with this 〈◊〉 of wordes c This is a greate 〈◊〉 to the godlie when thei se not the frute of their 〈◊〉 and causeth them to thinke that they are not 〈◊〉 whi che thing God 〈◊〉 to do that thei 〈◊〉 praie more earnestly the 〈◊〉 d And kepeth me in holde as 〈◊〉 e He hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †〈◊〉 〈◊〉 f 〈◊〉 greate anguish and sorowe he hathe made me to lose my sense g Thus with 〈◊〉 he was driuen to and fro betwene hope and dispaire as the godlye oft times are yet in the end the Spirit getteth the victorie h He sheweth that God thus vseth to exercise his to the 〈◊〉 that hereby thei maye knowe themselues fele his mercies i Considering the wickednes of mā it is 〈◊〉 that anye remayneth 〈◊〉 only that God for his owne mercies sake and for his promes wil euer haue his church to 〈◊〉 thogh thei be 〈◊〉 so fewe in 〈◊〉 Isa. 〈◊〉 9. k VVe fele 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 daily l The godlie put their whole confidence in God therefore loke for none other inheritāce 〈◊〉 Psal. 16 5. m He 〈◊〉 that we 〈◊〉 neuer begin to timely to be 〈◊〉 vnder the crosse that whē the 〈◊〉 grow greater our pacience also by 〈◊〉 may be 〈◊〉 n He 〈◊〉 not against God 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 o He 〈◊〉 him selfe as they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 downe with their face to the grounde and so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 waiteth for succour p He 〈◊〉 no pleasure in it but 〈◊〉 it of necessirie for our 〈◊〉 dement when he suffreth the wicked to oppresse the poore †〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 q 〈◊〉 doeth not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 r He sheweth that nothing is done without 〈◊〉 pro 〈◊〉 s 〈◊〉 aduersi 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Amos 〈◊〉 6. t VVhen God 〈◊〉 him u That is both heartes handes for els to lift vp the handes is but 〈◊〉 1. Cor. 4. 〈◊〉 x I am 〈◊〉 with sore weping for all my people y Read Ierem. 17. 16. how he was in the mydle dungeon z Meaning the cause wherefore his life was in dan ger Psal. 〈◊〉 4. “ Or an 〈◊〉 heart a By the golde he meaneth the princes as by the stones he vnderstandeth the Priestes †Or hid Or sonnes b VVhich are of smale 〈◊〉 and haue 〈◊〉 honour c Thogh the dragons be cruel yet thei pitie their yong and nourish th m which thing Ierusalem doeth 〈◊〉 d The women for sake their 〈◊〉 as the 〈◊〉 doeth her 〈◊〉 Iob 39. 〈◊〉 Gene 19 〈◊〉 “ Or no 〈◊〉 was against her e They that were before moste in Gods fauour are now in greatest abominatiō vnto him Nomb. 6 2. f For lacke of fode they pyne awaye and consume g He 〈◊〉 that these things are come to passe ther fore contrarye to all mens expectation h Some referre this to the blinde men which as thei went stombled on the blood whereof the Citie was ful i Meaning the 〈◊〉 then whiche came to destroye them colde not abyde them “ Or face k 〈◊〉 is the enemies l He sheweth two principal causes of their destruction their crueltiē and their vaine confidence in man for they rusted in the helpe of the 〈◊〉 m Our King Iosiah in whome stode our hope of Gods fauour and on whome depēded our state and life was 〈◊〉 whome he calleth 〈◊〉 because he was a figure of Christ. n This is spoken by 〈◊〉 “ Or shew thy nakednes o He comforteth the Church by that after seuentie yeres their sorowes shal haue an end where as the wic ked shulde be 〈◊〉 mented for euer a This prayer as is 〈◊〉 was made when some of the people were caryed away captiue others as the poorest remained and some went into Egypt and other places for socou albeit it 〈◊〉 that the Pro phet foreseing their miseries to come thus prayed b Meaning their extreme 〈◊〉 and bondage c VVe are ioyned in league 〈◊〉 with them or haue submitted our selues vnto them d As our fathers haue bene punished for their sinnes so we that are culpable of the same sinnes are punished e Because of the enemie that came from the wildernes and wold not suffe vs to go 〈◊〉 our necessarie fode f That is by the enemies hand g Their sclauerie was so great that thei were not able to abide it h There were no more laws nor for me of commune 〈◊〉 i VVith weping k And therefore thy couenant and mercies can 〈◊〉 faile l VVhereby 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that it is 〈◊〉 power to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God but 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 conuerte vs and 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vs 〈◊〉 we 〈◊〉 to him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 18. a After that the boke of the Law was 〈◊〉 which was the 〈◊〉 yere of the reigne of 〈◊〉 so that fiue and twentie yeres after this bo ke was founde Ieconiah was led awaie captiue with Ezekiél and manie of the people who the first yere after sawe these visions b VVhiche was a part of Euphrates so called c That is notable and excellent visions so that it might be knowen 〈◊〉 was no natural dreame but came of God d That is the Spirit of prophecie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 3. 22 and 37. 1. e By this 〈◊〉 of wordes he signi fieth the 〈◊〉 iudgement of God and the great 〈◊〉 that shulde come vpon 〈◊〉 “ Or pale yellow f VVhich were the foure Cherubims that represēted the glorie of God as Chap. 〈◊〉 23. g The wing of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 had 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 face of a 〈◊〉 and of 〈◊〉 on the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the 〈◊〉 of a bulloc ke and of 〈◊〉 egle on the left side †〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 or wil was to go i That is 〈◊〉 they h 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the state of 〈◊〉 k 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 worde is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was like the 〈◊〉 sea or a precious stone so called “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 l VVhich declared 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 m Which 〈◊〉 that they had no power of them sel ues but onely waited to execute Gods commandement n VVhereby was 〈◊〉 a terrible iudgemēt toward the earth o 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of God and 〈◊〉 weakenes of flesh a That is the Lord b Meaning 〈◊〉 which is but earth and ashes whiche was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cause him to cō sider his owne sta te and Gods grace c So that he colde not abide Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 did 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †〈◊〉 of face d This 〈◊〉 on the one parte 〈◊〉 great affection toward his 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 yet he 〈◊〉 send his 〈◊〉 among 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 on the other 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 cease not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 people 〈◊〉 so 〈◊〉 for the worde of 〈◊〉 shal be ether to 〈◊〉 saluation or greater 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 f 〈◊〉 doeth
at all times to approue their reli gion if the Kings autoritie were al ledged for the esta blishemēt thereof not cōsidering in the meane season what Godsworde did permit d These are the two dangerous weapons where with Satā 〈◊〉 fight against the children of God the consent of the multitude and that 〈◊〉 of the punishment for thogh some feared God yet the multitude which consented to the wickednes astonied them and here he King 〈◊〉 not an inward consent but an outward gesture that the Iewes might by litle and 〈◊〉 learne to forget their true religion e It semeth 〈◊〉 thei named not Daniél because he was greatly in the Kings fauou thin king if these thre had bene destroyed they might ha ue had better occasion to accuse Daniél this declareth that this policie of erecting this image was in uented by the ma licious flatteters which soght nothing but the destruction of the Iewes Whome they accused of rebelliō and ingratitude f Signifying that he wolde receiue them to grace If they wolde now at the length obey his decre g For they shulde haue done 〈◊〉 to God if they shul de haue douted in 〈◊〉 is holie cause therefore they say that they areresol ued to dye for Gods cause h They groūde on two pointes first in the power and prouidēce of God ouer them secon dly on their cause whiche was Gods glorie and the testi fying of his truete ligion with their blood so make open confession that they Wil not so muche as outwardly consene to 〈◊〉 i This declareth that themore that tyranes rage and the more Witty the shewethē selurs in inuenting strange and cruel punishements the more is glorified God glorified by his sernāts to Who me he giueth pacience and constau cie to abide the 〈◊〉 of their punishement forether he deliue reth thē frō death or els for this life giueth thē a better k For the Angels were called the sō nes of God becau se of their 〈◊〉 therefore the King called this Angel whome God sent to comfort his in these great 〈◊〉 the sonne of God l This cōmendeth their obediēce vn to God that they wolde not for any feare departe out of this fornace til the time was appointed as Noáh remained in the Arke 〈◊〉 the Lord called him forthe m He was moued by the greatnes of the miracle to prai se God but his heart was not tou 〈◊〉 And here we se that miracles are not sufficient to 〈◊〉 men to God but that doctrine must chiefly be adioyned without the whiche there can be no faith n If this heathen King moued by Gods 〈◊〉 woldenorse blasphemie vnpunished but made a Law and set a punishemēt to such e trāsgresser 〈◊〉 te ought all they that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 take order that suche impietie 〈◊〉 not lest according as their knowledge and charge is greater so they suffer double punishment o Meaning so farre as his dominiō extended p Read Chap. 2. 44 a There was no trouble that might cause me to dreame therefore it came onely of God b This was another dreame besides that which he sawe of the foure empires for Daniél bothe declared what that drea me was what it ment and here 〈◊〉 onely expoundeth the dreame c In that that 〈◊〉 sent abroad to others whose igno rance in times past he had experimen ted 〈◊〉 Daniél which was euer readie at hand 〈◊〉 declareth the 〈◊〉 re of the vngodie which neuer 〈◊〉 to the seruantes of God but for very 〈◊〉 and thē they spare no flat terings d This no doute was a great grief to Daniél not one ly to haue his name chāged but to be called by the na me of a vile idole which thing 〈◊〉 chad-nezzar did to make him forget the true religion of God e VVich also was a great grief to the Prophet to be nōbred among the 〈◊〉 and men whose practises were wicked and contraty to Gods worde f By the tre is signified the dignitie of a King who me God 〈◊〉 to be a defence for all kinde of men and whose state is profitable forman kinde g Meaning the Angel of God which nether eateth not slepeth but is euer ready to do Gods wil is not infect with mans corruption but is euer holy in that that he cōmandeth to 〈◊〉 downeth is tre he knewe that it shul de not 〈◊〉 cut downe by mā but by God h Hereby he meaneth that Nehuchad-nezzà r shul de not onely for a timeloose his kīgdome but be like a beast i God hathe 〈◊〉 this iudgement the whole armie of heauē ha ue as it were sub scribe dvnto it like as also thei desire the execution of his decre against all them that life vp them selues against God k He was troubled for the 〈◊〉 ment of God whiche he sawe 〈◊〉 ned against the King and so the Prophetes vsed on the one parte to de nounce Gods iudgements for the zeale they bare to his glorie on the other parte to haue 〈◊〉 vpon man also to 〈◊〉 that they shulde be subiect to Gods 〈◊〉 if he did not regarde thē with pitie l VVhereby he meaneth a long space as seuen 〈◊〉 Some interpre teseuen moneths and others seuen wekes but it semeth he ment of yeres m Not that his shape or forme was changed into a beast but that he was ether striken mad and so auoided mans cōpanie or was cast out for his tyrannie and so wandred among the beasts and are herbes and grasse o Daniel sheweth the cause why God thus punished him o Cease from 〈◊〉 God to angre any longer by thy sinnes that he may mitigate his punishment if thou shewe 〈◊〉 thine vpright life that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 faith and repentance p Suffre the errours of thy former life to be redressed q After that Daniel had declared this vision and this his 〈◊〉 declared 〈◊〉 it is not in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to God 〈◊〉 his Spirit moue him seing that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 threatnings colde not moue him to repent r VVhen the terme of these seuen yeres was ac complished Chap. 7. 14. mich 4. 11. luk 〈◊〉 33. s He confesseth 〈◊〉 wil to be the rule of all iusti ce and a moste per 〈◊〉 Law where by he gouerneth bothe man 〈◊〉 gels and 〈◊〉 so that 〈◊〉 ought to 〈◊〉 or aske a 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 but onely to stand 〈◊〉 there with giue him the glorie t By whome it semeth that he had bene put from his kingdome before u He doeth not onely praise God for his deliuerance but also confesseth his faute that God may onely haue the glorie man the 〈◊〉 that be may be 〈◊〉 and man castdowne a Daniel 〈◊〉 this historie of King 〈◊〉 hazzar euil 〈◊〉 son ne to shewe Gods 〈◊〉 against the wicked for the deliuerance of his Church and how the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 was true that they shuld be deliuered after seuentie yeres b The Kings of the 〈◊〉
then vsed to 〈◊〉 alone communely and disdained that anie shulde sit in their 〈◊〉 now to 〈◊〉 his power and how 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy his enemie which then besieged Babylon he made a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vsed excesse in their companie which is ment hereby drinking wine thus the wicked are moste dissolute and negligent when their destruction is at hand ' Or ou 〈◊〉 with wine c Meaning his grand father d In contempt of the true God they praised their idoles 〈◊〉 that they thoght 〈◊〉 the golde or siluer were gods but that there was a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and power in them to do them good with is also the opinion of all 〈◊〉 e That it might the better 〈◊〉 f So he that before 〈◊〉 God was moued by this 〈◊〉 to tremble 〈◊〉 feare of Gods iudgements g Thus the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their troubles seke manie meanes who draw ethem from God because they seke not to him who is the onelie comfort in 〈◊〉 h To wit his grād mother 〈◊〉 nezzars wise which for her age was not before at the feast but came 〈◊〉 when she heart of these strāge newes i Read Chap 4. 6. and this declareth that bothe this na me was odious vnto him and also that he did not vse these vile 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because he was not among them when all were called k For the idolaters thoght that the Angels had power as God therefore had thē in like estimation as they had God thinking that the spirit of prophecie and vnderstāding came of them l Before he red the writing he declareth to the King his great in gratitude toward God who 〈◊〉 not be moued to giue him the glotie considering his wonderful worke toward his grand father and so sheweth that he doeth not sinne of ignorance but of malice m After that God had so long time 〈◊〉 his angre and 〈◊〉 wai ted for thine amē dement n This worde is twise writen for the certeinitie of thing shewing that God had moste surely counted signifying also that God hathe appointed a terme for all kingdo mes and that a miserable end shal come on all that raise them selues against him “ Or wanting o 〈◊〉 sonne in lawe giue him this title of honour althogh 〈◊〉 in effect had the dominion a Read 〈◊〉 Chap 1 〈◊〉 †Or not be troubled b This heathen King preferred Da niél a stranger to all his nobles and familiars because the graces of God were more excellent in him then in others c Thus the wicked can not abide the graces of God in others but sake by all occasions to de 〈◊〉 them 〈◊〉 re against suche assaltes there is no better remedie 〈◊〉 to walke vprightly in the feare of God and to haue a good conscience d 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 ned the wickednes of the King who wolde be set vp as a god and passel not 〈◊〉 wicked lawes he approued for the maintenance of the same e Because he wolde not by his silen ce shew that he cō sented to this wic ked decre he set opē his windowes towarde 〈◊〉 lém 〈◊〉 he pray ed bothe to 〈◊〉 vp him self 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of Gods promises to his people when they shulde pray towarde that 〈◊〉 also 〈◊〉 others might 〈◊〉 he wolde nether consent in heart nor dede for these 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thing that was cō 〈◊〉 to Gods glo rie f Thus the wicked 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 laws 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is of 〈◊〉 times 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or stubbernes when is the innocents the 〈◊〉 perish therefore 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 re nor be ashamed to b. 〈◊〉 suche g This 〈◊〉 that Darius 〈◊〉 not touched with the true knowled ge of God because he douted of his power h My iuste cause vp 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 thing wherein I was charged is ap proued of God i For he did 〈◊〉 bey the Kings wic ked cōmandemēt to obey God and so did no iniurie to the King who oght to commande nothing whereby God shulde be dishonored k Because he 〈◊〉 him self wholy vnto God whose cause he did defend he was assured that 〈◊〉 but good colde co me vnto him 〈◊〉 rein we se the power of faith as Ebr 11. 〈◊〉 l This 〈◊〉 a terrible example against all the wicked whiche do against their conscience make c uel lawes to destroye he children of God and also admonis heth princes how to punish such when their Wickednes is come to light 〈◊〉 not in euerie point or with like circumstances yet to execute true iustice vpon them m This 〈◊〉 not that 〈◊〉 did wo ship God 〈◊〉 or els was 〈◊〉 for thē he wolde haue destroyed all 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and not one ly giuen God the chief place but one ly haue set him vp and caused him to be honored 〈◊〉 to his worde 〈◊〉 this was a 〈◊〉 confession of Gods power whereunto he was compelled by this wonderful miracle n Which hathe not onely life in him self but is the onelie fountaine of life and quickeneth all things so that without him there is no life a VVhere as the people of Israél loked for a continual 〈◊〉 after these seuen 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 had declared he 〈◊〉 weth that 〈◊〉 rest shal not be a 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 but a beginning ther 〈◊〉 mean aged them to toke or a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 by whome they shulde 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shulde 〈◊〉 a certeine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the destruction of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 kingdome b 〈◊〉 signified 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shulde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 troubles and afflictions in the worlde in all corners of the worlde and at son 〈◊〉 times c Meaning the 〈◊〉 Caldeā 〈◊〉 whiche was moste strong 〈◊〉 in power 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 one come to their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thogh 〈◊〉 had had wings to 〈◊〉 ye their wings were pulled by the Persians thei went on thei fete were made like other men which is here 〈◊〉 by mans heart d Meaning the Persians which were barbarous and 〈◊〉 e Thei were 〈◊〉 in the beginning were shut vp in their mountaines and had no 〈◊〉 f That is destroyed many kingdomes was 〈◊〉 g To wit the Angels by Gods cōmādement who by this meanes punished the 〈◊〉 of the worlde h Meaning Alexander the King of Macedonie i That is his foure chief captaines whiche 〈◊〉 the empire among them after his death Seleueus had Asia the great Antigonus the esse Cassander and after him 〈◊〉 was King o Macedonie 〈◊〉 had Egypt k It was not of him self 〈◊〉 of his owne power that he 〈◊〉 all these countreis for his armie conteined but thirtie thousand men and 〈◊〉 ouercame in one battel Darius which had 〈◊〉 hundreth thousand when he was so 〈◊〉 with slepe that his eyes were se 〈◊〉 open is the stories reporte therefore this power was giuen him of God l That is he Romain em 〈◊〉 which was as a monster colde not be 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 beast because
Antiochia then that whyche was in Syria e This declareth that the Scripture is giuen to tea che and exhorte vs and that they refused none that had giftes to set forth Gods glorie and to edi he his people Exod. 1. 1. Exod. 13. 14. Exod. 16. 1. f Here is declared the great pa cience and 〈◊〉 suffring of God before he punis heth Iosh. 14. 1. Iud. 3. 9. g For these 450 yeres were not 〈◊〉 accomplished but there lacked 3. yere countyng from the birth of Isaac to the distribucion of the land of Canaan 1. Sam. 8. 5. 1. Sam 9. 〈◊〉 and 10. 1. 1. Sam. 16. 13. 〈◊〉 89. 21. 〈◊〉 11. 1. Mat. 3. 5. Mark 1. 2. Luke 3. 2. Mark 1. 7. h VVhen his office drewe to an end he 〈◊〉 his di sciples to Christ. Iohn 1. 20. i That is this message and tidings of 〈◊〉 k He rebuketh them for their ignorance l Althogh they red the Law vet their 〈◊〉 are couered that they can not vnderstande m In Christ all the promises are Yea and Amen 2. 〈◊〉 1. 14. Mat. 27. 〈◊〉 Mark 15. 13. Luke 21. 23. Iohn 19. 6. Mat. 28. 2. Mark 16. 6. Luke 14. 7. Iohn 20. 19. 2. Cor. 1. 20. n In that he was borne 〈◊〉 Psal. 2. 7. Ebr 1. 5. and 5. 5. Isa. 55. 〈◊〉 Psal. 15. 10. o Meaning that he wolde faithfully accomplish the promises whiche he made of his fre mercie with the forefathers and 〈◊〉 sheweth that 〈◊〉 the grace 〈◊〉 God hath giuen to his Sonne 〈◊〉 permanent for euer so likewise the lyfe of the Sonne is eternal Chap. 2. 31. 1. Kyng 2. 10. Chap. 〈◊〉 29. Habak 1. 5. p He reproueth them sharpely 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wolde not preuaile q VVhiche is vēgeance vnspeakeable for the cō tempt of God 〈◊〉 worde r Thei disdained that the 〈◊〉 shulde be made equall with thē Mat. 10. 6. s VVhiche is 〈◊〉 knowe one onelie GOD and whome he hathe sent Iesus Christ. Isa. 49. 6. Luk. 2. 31. t None cābeleue but they whome God doeth appoint before all beginnings to be 〈◊〉 u He meaneth su 〈◊〉 women suche as 〈◊〉 led with a blinde zeale albeit the cōmune people estemed thē godlie therefore Luke spea keth as the world estemed them Mat. 10. 14. Mat. 6. 11. Luk. 9. 〈◊〉 Chap. 〈◊〉 6. a VVhich 〈◊〉 not obey the doctrine nether suf fer the n 〈◊〉 to be persuaded to beleue the trueth and to embrace Christ. () In so muche that all the people were moued at the doctrine So bothe Paul Barnabas remained at Lystra () I say to thee in the Name of the Lord Iesus Christ b That is trimmed with flowres and 〈◊〉 c He meaneth be forethe 〈◊〉 of the house where the Apostles lodged for the 〈◊〉 was without the towne therefore the Priests broght the 〈◊〉 as hethoght to the gods them 〈◊〉 d In signe of 〈◊〉 abhorring it e That is not without our infirmities and sin nes 〈◊〉 subiect to death Gen. 1. 1. Psal. 145. 6. reuel 14. 7. f To liue after their owne fanrasies not prescri bing vnto them anie religion g To take from men all 〈◊〉 Psal. 81. 13. Rom. 1. 2. h That being 〈◊〉 they might reioyce () But that they shulde go euerie man home And whiles they 〈◊〉 and taught there came c. () And disputing boldely persuaded the people to forsake them for said thei 〈◊〉 say nothing true but lie in all things 2 Cor. 〈◊〉 22. i The word signi fieth 〈◊〉 elect by 〈◊〉 vp the hands which declareth that mini sters were not made without the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 people Chap. 13. 1. k By their ministerie a As Cerinthus others so writeth Epiphanius against the Cerinthians also the fame of the place 〈◊〉 they came did much preuaile to persuade abrode Gal. 5. 1. b Which were sa ctious giuen to dissension Chap. 10. 20. c As touching adoption and 〈◊〉 nallife d By faith God 〈◊〉 the heart 1. Cor. 1 2. e Thei purposely tēpt God which lay greater charges on mens con sciences thē they are able to 〈◊〉 Chap. 10 43. Mat. 23 4. f And not by the Law for it is a clog to the cōsciē ce and we cā not be deliuered thereby 〈◊〉 Pet 1 1. Amos. 9. 11. g That is the Church where of the Tēple was a figure h VVhich are gathered into one familie with the Iewes to the intēt thei shulde ac knowledge all one God one Sauiour Christ Iesus i For some thoght it none offence to be pre sent in the idoles tēples there to banket whiche S. Paul saith is to drinke the cup of the deuils k The heathen thoght this no vice but made it a commune 〈◊〉 me As touching a strangled thing and blood they were 〈◊〉 vnlawful of thē selues 〈◊〉 were obserued but for a time () And whatsoeuer they wolde not shulde be done to them sel ues that they shulde not do it to others l Therefore the ceremonies commanded by God colde not so sone be 〈◊〉 til the libertie of the Gospel were 〈◊〉 ter knowen Cor. 10. 21. m Whome the ho lie Gost hathe moued and directed to ordeine and write these 〈◊〉 not as the 〈◊〉 of this do ctrine but as the ministers of Gods ordinance () And whatsoeuer ye wold not that men shulde do vnto you do not to others Exod. 14. 31. Iud. 7. 20. Hag. 1. 12. “ Or 〈◊〉 n Hauing desired leaue of the Church the 〈◊〉 prayed God to prosper 〈◊〉 iorney o VVho for iuste causes changed his minde () And onely Iu das went () Wolde 〈◊〉 Iohn 〈◊〉 p God suffreth the moste 〈◊〉 to fall and yet turneth their infirmities to the setting 〈◊〉 of his glorie as this breache of companie caused the worde to be preached in 〈◊〉 places Rom. 16. 21. Philip. 2. 19. 1. Thes 3.2 a 〈◊〉 the Iewes shulde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as one that were prophane and without God b God chuseth not onely men but also appointeth countreis where his worde shal be preached and onely as he wil. c Meaning Asia the lesse Of Iesus d Called also ' An tigonia and Alexandria e We oght not to credit visions except we be assured thereof by the Spirit of God f Which is in the borders of 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 g In Greke and Latine the worde is called Colonia which can not otherwise be wel expressed but by suche circumstance of wordes h Where the Christians accustomed to assemble their Church when the 〈◊〉 persecuted them i Which colde gesse and 〈◊〉 me of things past present and to come which knowledge in manie things God 〈◊〉 to the deuil Leu. 〈◊〉 27. Deu. 18. 7. 1. Sam. 18. 7. k Satan althogh he spake the 〈◊〉 yet was his 〈◊〉 pur pose to cause the Apostles to be troubled as sedicious persones and teachers of strange religion l For 〈◊〉 subtiltie increased and also it might seme that Satan and the Spirit of God taught
Paul defendeth himself in iudge ment “ Or to 〈◊〉 pleasu 〈◊〉 d Seing him self betrayed by the ambition of the iudge he desireth that in considera tiō of his fredom he may be sent to Rome e It is lawful to require the defēse of the Magistrate to maintei ne our right f Without whose consent he colde do nothing g This was his owne sister whome he enter teined h This worde doeth also signifie religion but he speaketh in contempt of 〈◊〉 true doctrine “ Or 〈◊〉 i Platterers firste vsed to call 〈◊〉 by this name and after it so growed into vse that 〈◊〉 princes refu sed it not as appeareth by Plipies Epistles to Traiane a Forasmuche as he beste vnderstode the religion he ought to be more attentiue b Paul speaketh of this sect according to the peoples estimation who preferred it as moste holie aboue all others for their doctrine was least corrupte Chap. 8. 3. c That is I appro ued their crueltie whiche they vsed against him Chap. 9. 3. Chap. 9. 4. and 22. 7. d Of the Iewes e Althogh this properly 〈◊〉 vnto God yet he applieth this vnto his ministers vnto whome he 〈◊〉 hys holye Spirite Chap 13. 14. Chap. 21. 30. f He knewe that the Law and the 〈◊〉 were of God but he did not vnder stand the true ap plyinge of the same 2. Cor. 〈◊〉 25. a 〈◊〉 Sidon to Myra they shuld haue sayled north and by west but the windes caused them to 〈◊〉 to Cyprus plaine North thence to Cilicia North ād by East and so to Pamphilia and 〈◊〉 playne west “ Or 〈◊〉 b VVhiche was an hygh 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 bowing to the sea ward c This 〈◊〉 the Iewes obserued aboute the moneth of October in the Faste of their expiration 〈◊〉 23. 37. So that Paul thoght it better to winter there then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 of winter whiche was at hande d That is the Northeast wind or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 winde that is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ād stormie e 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 west be South frome Candye straight toward the goulf 〈◊〉 which were certeine 〈◊〉 sandes that swal lowed vp all that thei caught “ Or boat “ Or 〈◊〉 out the 〈◊〉 f That is ye shulde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the losse by auoydynge the 〈◊〉 g They colde not the 〈◊〉 hym of 〈◊〉 seing that this was the ordināce of God h The graces ād 〈◊〉 which God giueth to his 〈◊〉 pro fire 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whi che are vnworthie to 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 therof i Faith is groun ded vppon the worde of God k Thys sea in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 taken for al that 〈◊〉 whyche was 〈◊〉 the mountaines 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and so 〈◊〉 Italie from Dalmatia and goeth vp to Venice l Paul wolde vse suche meanes as God had ordeined lest he shuld seme to haue 〈◊〉 hym m He meaneth an extraordinarie abstinence whiche came of the feare of death ād so toke away their 〈◊〉 n By thys 〈◊〉 phrase is ment that they shulde be in all 〈◊〉 safe and sounde 1. Sam. 14 45. 1. Kyng 1. 52. 〈◊〉 10. 30. o This declareth the great and bat barous ingratitude of the wicked which can not be wonne by no 〈◊〉 a Now called Malta “ Or heape b Suche is the per uers iudgement of men that they condemne suche as thei se in anie affliction c VVhome thei made a Goddesse called 〈◊〉 Dice or Nemesis d Beholde the ex tremitie of these infideles how muche thei are bent to superstitiō for after one rage and errour 〈◊〉 fell into another e These the Paynims fained to be 〈◊〉 children and gods of the sea f These places were 〈◊〉 from Rome a daies iourney or there about “ Or 〈◊〉 g No doute the Captaine vnderstode bothe by Festus lettres ād also by the repor te of the vnder captaine that Paul had commit ted no faute h That is for 〈◊〉 Christs cause whome thei had long loked for as he that shulde be the redemer of the worlde i That this kingdome which was spoken of by the Prophetes was offred vnto them 〈◊〉 the comming of Christ. Isa. 6. 9. Mat. 13. 14. Mar. 4 12. k Hereby the hearts of the infideles ought to be molified the weakelings confirmed that thei 〈◊〉 not offended by the slubbernes of the 〈◊〉 Luk 8 10. Iohn 12. 40. Rom. 11 8. l The worke of God healeth 〈◊〉 the vertue of the Spirit is ioyned with it and it is preached generally that all might be inexcusable “ Or minister a Through Gods mercie and also appointed by cōmandement to this Apostle ship b Or chosen by the eternal coun sel of God or by the declaration of the same counsel Act. 13. 2. Deu. 18. 15. Act. 〈◊〉 22. c The Scriptures onely set forthe the great benefite of God promi sed and performed to the world in Iesus Christ d Meaning of the posteritie and of the flesh of the virgine Marie e By the Spirit he declareth that Christ is God whose power did so 〈◊〉 his humanitie that it colde not fele corruption nor yet remaine in death f Which was that moste liberal benefite to preache the vnsearcheable riches of Christ g That is by the mercie of God are adopted in Iesus Christ. h The fre mercie of God and prosperous successe in all things i That is through all Christian Churches k Earnestly and from the heart l In preaching the Sonne of God that is 〈◊〉 tion and peace through Christ. 1. Cor. 1. 2. 〈◊〉 1. 3. 2. Tim. 1. 6. m Ether by Satan n 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 spo ken 〈◊〉 15. 16. 1. Thess. 2. 18. or by the holie Gost Act. 16. 6. or called to some other place to preache the Gospel o He passeth not for the mocking of the wicked Chap. 15. 20. p Or effectual in strument “ Or Gentile Habak 2. 4. q The perfection and integritie which whoseeuer hathe appea reth before God holie blameles and can be accused of no faute this iustice is contrarie to 〈◊〉 iustice or the iustice of workes onely is apprethē ded by faith which daily increaseth Psa. 84. 7 r Which God approueth 1 Cor. 1. 18. s He deuided the law of nature corrupt into vngodlines and vnrighteousnes Vngodlines conteineth the false worshipping of God vnright eous nes breache of loue toward mā t In that they nether worship God as nature 〈◊〉 teacheth them nor loue one another Gal. 3. 〈◊〉 ebr 10. 〈◊〉 u They worshiped him not as he prescribed but after their good intentions Ephe. 4. 18. x Or deliuered them as a iuste iudge y Seing men wolde not accor ding to the knowledge that God gaue them worship him a right he smote their hearts with blindnes that they shulde not knowe them selues but do iniurie one to another and commit suche horrible vilenie z That is suche one as was desti ture of all iudgement 〈◊〉 aboue the Creator Or appetite a Which Law God writ in their consciences and the
in respect of his humanitie whose flesh hath this glorie by the power of God who dwelleth in it a Bothe in substā 〈◊〉 and forme we are earthlie b This natural bo die as it is now til it be made newe by the Spirit of Christ. c When the Lord cometh to iudge ment some of the Saintes shal be aliue whome he wil change euen as if they were dead so that this chāge is in steade of death to thē Mat. 24. 31. () O death whe re is thy victorie o graue where is thy sting 1. thess 4. 16. Isa. 25. 8. d Sinne first broght in death and giueth it power ouer vs the strength of sinne is the Law because it doeth 〈◊〉 the iudge ment of God against vs or els the chief cause of our destruction is in our selues Reuel 7 17. Hose 13. 14. Ebr. 2. 14. e The hope of re surrectiō causeth the faithful to sur 〈◊〉 all difficulties a Vpon the first day of the weke which the Scripture calleth the Lordsday 〈◊〉 Sonday they accustomed not onely in the Church but at home also according to euery mans zeale to lay vp some piece of money towar de the relief of the poore 〈◊〉 2. Iohn 5. 5. Chap. XVI Act. 11. 29. 12. 25. Rom. 12. 13. b Which ye shal send by thē that cary the money Act. 18. 〈◊〉 c Because God blessed his labour d Willing that they shulde defēde him against the aduersaires of Christ because it is the Churche duetie to be care ful for the preseruation of their ministers e As thogh he were to yong to be a minister f That is safe and sounde g Lest 〈◊〉 steale vpon you at 〈◊〉 h For they had euery mā respect to himself 〈◊〉 ry to loue i That is the first which embraced the Gospel k And reuerence them l The grief that I toke for your absence was greatly aswaged by their presence “ Or minde m In token of mutual 〈◊〉 whichthing was obserued in the primatiue church when the Lords Supper was ministred Rom. 16. 16. 2. Cor. 13. 〈◊〉 1. Pet. 5. 15. 19. “ Or Maranatha n Or as is most probable from Ephesus a Meaning that countrey where of 〈◊〉 was the chief citie Ep hes 13. b Or praise and glorie be giuen 1. Peter 1. 3. c which I suffer for Christ or which Christ suffereth in me d For seing him indure so muche they had occasion to be confirmed in the Gospel e As God onely worketh al things in vs so doeth he also our saluation by his fre mercie and by suche mea nes as he hathe here left in this life for vs to be 〈◊〉 in Rom. 7. 5. and 8. 5. Colos. 1. 14. f Hereby he sheweth his owne in firmitie that it might appeare how wonderfully Gods graces wroght in him g I was vtterly resolued in my self to dye h So manie dangers of death Rom. 15. 30. i He rendreth a reason why they ought to prayevn to God for his 〈◊〉 k Vsing that wisdome which God gaue me from heauen l Ye knowe Par tely my constancie bothe by my dwelling with you and also my writting vnto you and I trust ye shal knowe me to be the same to the very end m In that we ha ue taught you the Gospel so syncere ly n Because we haue wonne you to Christ o which shal abolish al worlde lieglorie p which is rashely to promes and not to performe q Now to affirme one thing and 〈◊〉 to deny it whichis a signe of inconstancie r He taketh God to witnes that he preacheth the 〈◊〉 s He preached no thing vnto them but onely Iesus Christ who is the moste constāt and infallible trueth of the Father t They aremade performed and we are partakers onely by him who 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in that he hathe fulfilled them for vs. u In that I say I tame not because I wolde spare you I meane not that I haue autoritie to alter true religion or to binde your consciences but that I am Gods minister to confirme and comfort you 〈◊〉 4. 30. x And faith is not in subiection to man a which was giuen to Satan but now doeth repent b Which made you him sory in my further epistle c After this adul 〈◊〉 did repent and amend paul did sovtterly cast of alsorowe that he denieth that inmaner he was anie with sorie d And so shulde increase his soro we which I wolde diminish e The adulterer which interteined his mother in Law f That at my in 〈◊〉 you wolde declare by the publike consent of the Church that you embrace him againe as a brother seing he was excommunicate by the commune consent g That is truely and from mine heart euen as in the presence of Christ. h By our rigorous punishing “ Or in my minde i From this place vnto the 6. Chap. 11. he 〈◊〉 onely of the ministers saue he some time intermedeleth that which apperte ineth to the whole Church 〈◊〉 Chap. 3. 17 18. vetses and not onely to the mini 〈◊〉 k In working 〈◊〉 by vs partakers of his victorie and triumph l The preaching of the crosse bringeth death to them which onely consider Christs death as a commune death and be thereat offended or els thinke it 〈◊〉 bringeth againe life to them who in in his death beholde their life m That is which preache for gaine and corrupt it to serue mens affectiones Rom. 11. 16. Chap. 4. 2. “ Or through Christ or of Christ. a Meaning him self 〈◊〉 and Siluanus b who were Gods penne c The hardnes of mās heart before he beregenerat is as a stonie table Ezech. 11. 19. 36. 26. but being 〈◊〉 nerat by the 〈◊〉 of God it is as softe as flesh that the grace of the Gospel may bewritteninit as in new tables 〈◊〉 31. 32. d whose minister Moses was e which Christ gaue f Meaning the spiritual doctrine which is in our hearts g Thus he nameth the Law in cōparison of the Gospel h After that God had spoken with him and giuen him the Law i For the Law declareth all men to be vnder condemnation k Meaning of the Gospel which declareth that Christ is made our righteousnes l In preaching the Gospel Exod. 34. 33. m Moses shewed the Law as it was couered with shadowes so that the Iewes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ligh tened 〈◊〉 blinded and so colde not come to 〈◊〉 who was the 〈◊〉 thereof 〈◊〉 againe the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the the glorie of God 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 eyes but 〈◊〉 the darkenes away frō 〈◊〉 n 〈◊〉 is our 〈◊〉 and au tor of New 〈◊〉 ment whose doctrine is 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 life to the Law o In Christ who is God 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 we se god the Father as in a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cleare glasse Ioh. 4. 24. a For anie troubles or afflictiōs b Meaning suche shiftes and pretences as become not them that haue such a great 〈◊〉 in hand
〈◊〉 so do wherby Paul de clareth the 〈◊〉 of hys preaching “ Or abominable 1. Cor. 〈◊〉 1. g Since that 〈◊〉 Pharise I was made an 〈◊〉 Act 9 1. By 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h That is doctrine inuented by man 〈◊〉 by mans 〈◊〉 do I preache 〈◊〉 Or age l He 〈◊〉 thre 〈◊〉 in Gods eternal predestination firste hys eternall counsel then 〈◊〉 appointing frō the mothers wombe 〈◊〉 hys callyng k That is of the Lawe of GOD 〈◊〉 was giuē to the ancient fa thers l He 〈◊〉 thre 〈◊〉 in Gods eternal predestination firste hys eternall counsel then 〈◊〉 appointing frō the mothers wombe 〈◊〉 hys callyng Ephes. 〈◊〉 8. “ Or 〈◊〉 me m 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with anye man as thogh I had nede of his counsel to approue my do ctrine n That is the Go spel vvhich is the doctrine of faith a Paul nothing 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 but because many reported that he taught cō trary doctrine to the other Apostles which rumors hindered the 〈◊〉 of the Gospel he endeuored to remedie it to proue that they consen ted with him †Greke without profit b VVhich declareth that the other Apostles agreed with him Act. 15. 2. c Lest we shulde haue betrayed the 〈◊〉 libertie d Albeit they had bene conuer sant with Christ afore time e But approued my 〈◊〉 perfect in all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 10. 17. 2. Chro. 19. 7. Iob. 14 9. Wisdo 6. 8. Eccles. 35. 6. Act. 10. 34. Rom. 2. 11. Ephe. 6. 9. Coloss. 3 26. 1. pet 1. 17. f In 〈◊〉 that we all agreed in doctrine Act. 11. 30. 2. Cor. 9. 3. g 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all men †〈◊〉 with a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h In bringing their consciences into 〈◊〉 by thine exāple and 〈◊〉 here the 〈◊〉 commeth to his chief point Or man i For so the Iewes called the 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 Rom. 3. 19. Phil 3. 9. k Except our 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to our 〈◊〉 we declare 〈◊〉 we haue 〈◊〉 Christ. l For he caused thē not 〈◊〉 sinne but disclosed it nether toke he away the righteousnes of the Law but 〈◊〉 their hypocrisie which were not able to performe that whereof they boasted m For my doctri ne is to destroy sinne by faith in Christ and not to establish sinne n And 〈◊〉 his strength in me which killeth sinne o Not as I was once but regenerat and changed 〈◊〉 a new creatu re in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 substance p In this mortall bodie q As did the false Apostles which preached not the faith in Christ. “ Or for nothing a To whome Christ 〈◊〉 so liuely preached as if his 〈◊〉 ima ge were set 〈◊〉 your eyes or els had bene crucified among you b Meaning the 〈◊〉 of the Spirit c That is the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 through faith in Iesus Christ as cha 1. 〈◊〉 d The false apostles taugh that Christ 〈◊〉 nothing except they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and that the Law was the perfection and Christs doctrine onely the rudiments thereunto e And ceremonies of the Law Gen. 15. 6. Rom. 4. 3. Iam 2 23. Gen. 12. 13. Eccle. 44. 20. Act. 3 25. f whiche thinke to be iustified by them Deut 27. 26. Habak 2. 4. Rom. 1. 17. Ebr. 10 38. 〈◊〉 18. 5. g 〈◊〉 Law pronounceth not thē iust which beleue but whiche worke and so condemneth all them which in al points do not fulfil it Deut. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h Which is the Gospel 〈◊〉 9. 17. i I wil vse a commune example that you may be 〈◊〉 to attri bute 〈◊〉 vnto God thē to suche 〈◊〉 which one man maketh to another k No more is the promes or couenant of God abrogate by the Law not yet is the Law added to the promes to take any 〈◊〉 away that was super 〈◊〉 or to supplie any thing that wanted l Which declareth that the Iewes 〈◊〉 are bothe partakers of the promes because thei are ioyned in Christwaich is 〈◊〉 blessed sede m That sinne might appeare 〈◊〉 made more abundant and so all to be 〈◊〉 vp vnder sinne n Who as ministers 〈◊〉 it to Moses by the autoritie of Christ. a To whome Christ 〈◊〉 so liuely preached as if his 〈◊〉 ima ge were set 〈◊〉 your eyes or els had bene crucified among you o But serueth bothe for the Iewes Gentiles to ioyne them to God p Constant and alwayes like him self q Bothe men and all their workes r The ful reuelation of things which were hid vnder the shadowes of the Law Rom. 3. 9. s Not that the doctrine of the Law isabolished but the condemnotion thereof is 〈◊〉 away by faith t So that Baptisme succedeth Circumcision and so through Christ bothe Iewe and Gentile 〈◊〉 saued Rom. 10 4. u As all one mā Rom. 63. Chap. IIII. a The Church of Israel was vnder the Lawe as the pupil subiect his tutor euen vnto the time of Christ 〈◊〉 he waxed 〈◊〉 them her 〈◊〉 hip ended b That is the Lawe which be fore he called a scholemaster Chap. 3. 25. c That is vnder the Law which was but an a b. c in respect of the Gospel d That is who was subiect vnto the 〈◊〉 e For our adoptionvnto Christ is sealed by him Rom. 8. 13 f He instructeth both Iewes and 〈◊〉 to call God their Father in euerie lāgage so that none are excepted g Which maist not vse thy liber tie h When ye recei ued the Gospel ye were 〈◊〉 therefore it is shame for you to refuse libertie ād become seruants yea and seing the Iewes desire to be out of their tutle sh ip i Not in dede but in opinion k The Galatians of painims began to be Christians but by false apost les were turned backewarde to begine a newe the Iewish ceremonies and so in 〈◊〉 of going for ward towarde Christ they ran backewarde frō him l Ye obserue daye as 〈◊〉 new moones c ye obserue moneths as the first and seuenth 〈◊〉 ye 〈◊〉 times as Easter witson 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of Tabernacles ye 〈◊〉 yeres as the 〈◊〉 or yere of 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nies are moste pernicious to thē which haue recei ued the swete libertie of the Gospel thrust thē backe into 〈◊〉 stitious sclauerie m So 〈◊〉 to me as I am affectioned towards you n For I pardon you if yourepent o Being in great dangers and affli ctiōs or without pompe and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p That is the troubles vexacious which God sent to trie me While I was among you q For my mininisteries sake r For they are but ambitious s They wold turneyou from me that you might followethem t And imprinted so in your hearts that you 〈◊〉 none other u That is 〈◊〉 x Agar and Sina represente the Lawe Sara and 〈◊〉 the Gospel 〈◊〉 the Iewish Synagogue and Isaac the Churche of Christ. y That is 〈◊〉 of the lande of promes “ Or hie and heauenlie z Meaning Sara Gen. 21. 10. Gen. 16. 15. Gen. 21. 2. Isa. 54. 1. a For weare in
10. Luk 18 1. 〈◊〉 18. 12. m Then is a man fully sanctified perfect when his minde thinketh no thing his soule that is his vnderstanding and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nothing nether his bodie doeth execute any thing contrary to the wil of God colos 4 3. Chap. 3 12. 1. cor 1 8. 1. Cor. 1 8. 1. Thess. 1. 2. a Whiche procedeth of your faith as a moste notable frute b The faithful by their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in a cleare glasse the end of Gods iust iudgement when as they shal reigne with Christ whiche haue suffered with him ād the wicked shal 〈◊〉 his extreme wrath and vengeance Iude. 6. c By whome he declareth hys might 1. 〈◊〉 4. 16. d As God is euer lasting so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 punishmēt be euerlasting as he is moste mightie of power so shal their punishment be moste sore e The frebeneuo 〈◊〉 of Gods goodnes compre hendeth his purpose his predesti nation vocatiō the worke of faith conteineth our iustification to the which God addeth glorification and al these he worketh of his mere grace through Christ. f Faith is Gods wōderful worke in vs. g As the head with the bodie a As false 〈◊〉 tion or dreames b Which are spo ken or written Ephes. 5 6. c A wonderful 〈◊〉 of the moste parte from the faith d This wicked Antichrist comprehendeth the whole succession of the 〈◊〉 of the Church all that abominable kingdome of 〈◊〉 whereof some were beares some lyōs others leopardes as Daniel describeth thē and is called the man of sinne because he setteth him self vp agaīst God e Who as he destroyeth others so shal he be destroyed him self f Because the false apostles had persuaded after a sorte the Thessalonians that the day of the Lord was nere and so the redemption of the Church Paul 〈◊〉 thē to loke for this horrible dissipation before and therefore rather to prepare them selues to patience then to rest and quietnes for as yet there was a let that is that the Gospel shulde be preached through out all g To wit 〈◊〉 and is therefore called a mysterie because it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h Which shal 〈◊〉 for a time i That is with his worde k Meaning the whole time that he shal remaine l Satans power is limited that he can not 〈◊〉 the elect to their destruction m Delited in false doctrine n The 〈◊〉 of our election is the loue of God the sanctification of the Spirit and beleuing the trueth are testimonies oft e same election 〈◊〉 24. 14. o Before the fundacion of the worlde p And Gospel q By our preaching Isay. 11. 4. r That is the doctrine 〈◊〉 s That is by my 3. 6. preaching of the Gospel * Thes. 2. 2 * Chap. Ephes 6. 〈◊〉 Colos. 4. 3. a Althogh they 〈◊〉 them selues there of b Frō the slaights of Satan c By the Worde of God d Which is to tra 〈◊〉 if he Wil eat Chap. 2. 〈◊〉 1. Cor. 4. 12. 1. Thes. 4 11. Act. 20. 34. 1 〈◊〉 4. 12. 1. Thes 2. 9. 1. Cor 11. 10 e Then by the Worde of God noneogh to liue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 him selfe to some 〈◊〉 to get his 〈◊〉 by to do good to others Galat. 6. 9. Mat. 18. 27. 1. Cor. 5. 9. f The end of excommunicacion is not to 〈◊〉 from the Church suche as haue fallē but to Winne thē to the Church by amendement g Whether they be mine Epistles or other mens “ Or ordinance a So called becau se he followed the simplicitie of the Gospel Colos. 1. 8. b Because these questionistes preferred their curious 〈◊〉 to all other knowledge and 〈◊〉 them with the Law as if thei had bene theverie Law of God S. Paul sheweth that the end of Gods Law is loue which can not be without a good conscience nether a good 〈◊〉 science without faith nor faith 〈◊〉 the wor de of God so their doctrine which is an occasion of 〈◊〉 is worth nothing “ Or of the Law Act. 16 〈◊〉 Chap. 4. 7. Tic. 1. 14. Chap. 6. 4. Rom. 13. 10. c Whose hearts God spirit 〈◊〉 direct to do that willingly which the Law requireth so that their 〈◊〉 affection is to thē as a Law without further 〈◊〉 d Suche as onely delite in sinning Rom. 7. 12. e Whiche steale away children or seruants f He declareth to 〈◊〉 the ex cellent-force of Gods Spirite in them whome he hath chosen to beare his worde althogh before they were Gods 〈◊〉 enemies to encourage hym in this battel that he shulde fight against al insideles hypocrites Chap. 6. 13. g Not knowing that I foght against God h Whiche chased away 〈◊〉 i Whiche ouercame crueltie Mat. 9. 13. Mar. 2. 17. Chap. 6. 12. k He brasteth forthe into these godlie affections cōsidering Gods greate mercie toward him l It appeareth that the vocatiō of 〈◊〉 was approued by notable prophecies which thē were reueiled in the primatiue Churche as Paul Bar nabas by the ora cle were appointed to go to the Gentles m That is sounde doctrine 1. Cor. 5. 5. n Excommunicate and cast out of the Churche a That is of euerie degre of all sortes of people b Althogh they 〈◊〉 the Churche of God so it be of ignorance els if they do it maliciously as Iulianus A 〈◊〉 they may not be praied for Galat. 5. 12. 1. Thes. 2. 16. c As Iewe Gē tile poore riche 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 3. 〈◊〉 2. Tim. 4. 14. 1. Iohn 5. 16. d Who wil reconcile of all nations people and 〈◊〉 to one god e Who being God was made man f He sheweth that there can be no 〈◊〉 or except he be also the redemer g Which shulde beleue h Which the 〈◊〉 testified that Christ shulde offre him self forthe redem ption of man at the time that god had determined 1. Pet. 3. 3. i As testimonies of a pure heart conscience 2. Tim. 1. 11. k The worde signifieth to plat to crispe to 〈◊〉 de to folde to bush to hurle or tolay it curiously whereby al 〈◊〉 pe wantonnes is condemned which women vse in trimming their heades Gen. 1. 27. l Read * Gen. 3 6. * 1. Cor. 14. 34. m The woman was first deceiued and so became the instrument of Satan to deceiue the man and thogh therefore God punis heth them with subiection and paine in their trauel yet if they be faithful and godlie in their vocacion they shal be saued n That is giltie of the transgression “ Or women a With a 〈◊〉 zeale to 〈◊〉 the Church of God whereso euer he shal call him Tit. 2. 6. b Whether he be Pastor or Elder c Bothe for the difficultie of the charge and also the excellencie thereof and the necessitie of the same d For in those countries at that time some men had mo thē one which was a signe of incontinencie “ Or reuerence e If it be requisite that a man shulde take
him that is benethī the earth and ashes 4 From him that is clothedin blewe silke and weareth a crowne euen vnto him that is clothed in simple linen 5 Wrath and enuie trouble and vnquietnes and feare of death and rigour and strife in the time of rest the slepe in the night vpon his bed change his knowledge 6 A litle or nothing is his rest and afterwarde in sleping he is as in a watchetowre in the daye he is troubled with the visions of his heart as none that renneth out of a battel 7 And when all is safe he awaketh and marueileth that the feare was no thing 8 Suche things come vnto all flesh bothe man and beast but seuen folde to the vngodlie 9 Moreouer * death and blood and strife sworde oppression famine destruction punishement 10 These things are all created for the wicked and for their sakes came the * flood 11 * All things that are of the earth shal turne to earth againe and they that are of the * waters shal returne into the sea 12 ¶ All bribes and vnrighteousnes shal be put awaye but faithfulnes shal endure for euer 13 The substance of the vngodlie shal be dryed vp like a riuer and they shal make a sounde like a great thonder in the raine 14 When he openeth his hand he reioyceth but all the transgressours shal come to naught 15 The children of the vngodlie shal not obteine manie branches for the vncleane rootes are as vpon the high rockes 16 Their tender stalke by what water soeuer it be or water bāke it shal be pulled vp before all other herbes 17 ¶ Friendlines is as a moste plentifull garden of pleasure and mercie endureth for euer 18 * To labour and to be content with that a man hathe is a swete life but he that findeth a treasure is aboue them bothe 19 Children and the buylding of the Citie maketh a perpetual name but an honeste woman is counteth aboue them bothe 20 Wine and musicke reioyce the hearte but the loue of wisdome is aboue them bothe 21 The pipe and the psalterion make a swete noyce but a pleasant tongue is aboue thē bothe 22 Thine eye desireth fauor and beautie but a grene sede time rather then them both 23 A friend and companion come together at opportunitie but aboue them bothe is a wife with her housband 24 Friends and helpe are good in the time of trouble but 〈◊〉 shal deliuer more thē them bothe 25 Golde and siluer fasten the fete but counsel is estemed aboue them bothe 26 Riches and strēgth lift vp the minde but the feare of the Lord is aboue them both there is no want in the feare of the Lord and it nedeth no hêlpe 27 The feare of the Lord is a pleasant gardē of blessing and there is nothing so beautiful as it is 28 ¶ My sonne lead not a beggers life for better it were to dye then to begge 29 The life of him that depēdeth on another mans table is not to be counted for a life for he tormēteth him self after other mens meat but a wise man and wel nourtred wil beware thereof 30 Begging is swete in the mouth of the vnshame fast and in his bellie there burneth a fyre CHAP. XLI 1 Of the remembrance of death 3 Death is not to be feared 8 A curse vpon them that forsake the Lawe of GOD. 12 Good name and fame 14 An exhortacion to giue hede vnto wisdome 17 Of what things a man ought to be ashamed 1 O Death how bitter is the remembrance of thee to a man that liueth at rest in his possessions vnto the man that hath nothing to vexe him and that hathe prosperitie in all things yea vnto him that yet is able to receiue meat 2 O death how acceptable is thy iudgemēt vnto the nedefull and vnto hym whose strength faileth and that is now in the last age and is vexed with all things to him that dispaireth and hathe lost pacience 3 Feare not the iudgement of death remēber them that haue bene before thee and that come after this is the ordināce of the Lord ouer all flesh 4 And why woldest thou be against the pleasure of the moste High whether it be tene or an hundreth or a thousand yeres there is no defense for life against the graue 5 ¶ The children of the vngodlie are abominable children and so are they that kepe companie with the vngodlie 6 The inheritance of vngodlie children shal perish and their posteritie shal haue a perpetual shame 7 The chyldren complaine of an vngodlye father because they are reproched for his sake 8 Wo be vnto you ô ye vngodlie whiche haue forsaken the Lawe of the moste high God for thogh you increase yet shall you perish 9 If ye be borne ye shal be borne to cursing if ye dye the curse shal be your porcion 10 All that is of the earth shal turne to earth againe so the vngodlie go from the curse to destruction 11 Thogh men mourne for their bodie yet the wicked name of the vngodlie shal be put out 12 Haue regarde to thy name for that shal cō tinue with thee aboue a thousand treasures of golde 13 A good life hath the dayes nombred but a good name endureth euer 14 * My children kepe wisdome in peace for wisdome that is hid and a treasure that is not sene what profite is in them bothe 15 A man that hideth his foolishnes is better then a man that hideth his wisdome 16 Therefore beare reuerence vnto my wordes for it is not good in all thinges to be ashamed nether are all things alowed as faithful in all men 17 Be ashamed of whoredome before father and mother be ashamed of lies before the princes and men of autoritie 18 Of sinne before the iudge and ruler of offence before the congregaciō and people of vnrighteousnes before a companiō and friend 19 And of theft before the place where thou dwellest and before the trueth of God and his couenant and to leane with thyne elbowes vpon the bread or to be reproued for giuing or taking 20 And of silence vnto them that salute thee and to loke vpon an harlot 21 And to turne away thy face from thy kinsmā or to take away a portiō or a gift or to be euil minded toward another mans wife 22 Or to sollicite any mans maide or to stand by her bed or to reproche thy friēds with wordes 23 Or to vpbraide when thou gyuest anye thing or to reporte a matter that thou hast heard or to reueile secret wordes 24 Thus maiest thou well be shamefast and shalt finde fauour with all men CHAP. XLII 1 The Law of God must be taught 9 A daughter 14 A woman 18 God knoweth all things yea euen the secrets of thine heart 1 OF these things be not thou ashamed nether haue regarde to offend for any persone 2 Of
the Law of the moste High and his couenant and of iudgement to iustifie the godlie 3 Of the cause of thy companion of strangers or of distributing the heritage among friends 4 To be diligent to kepe true balance and weight whether thou haue much or litle 5 To sel marchandise at an indifferent price and to correct thy children diligently to beat an euil seruant to the blood 6 To set a good locke where an euill wife is and to locke where manie hands are 7 If thou giue aniething by nomber and weight to put all in writing both that that is gyuen out and that that is receyued againe 8 To teache the vnlearned and the vnwise the aged that contēd against the yong thus shalt thou be well instructed and approued of all men liuing 9 ¶ The daughter maketh the father to watch secretly and the carefulnes that he hathe for her taketh away his slepe in the youth lest she shuld passe the floure of her age and when she hathe an housband lest she shulde be hated 10 In her virginitie lest she shulde be defiled or gotten with childe in her fathers house and when she is with her housband lest she misbehaue her self and when she is maried lest she continue vnfruteful 11 * If thy daughter be vnshamefast kepe her straitly lest she cause thyne ennemyes to laugh thee to scorne and make thee a cōmune talke in the citie and diffame thee among the people and bring thee to publicke shame 12 * Beholde not euerie bodies beautie and companie not among women 13 For as the moth cometh out of garments * so doeth wickednes of the woman 14 The wickednes of a man is better then the good intreatie of a woman to wit of a woman that is in shame and reproche 15 ¶ I wil remember the workes of the Lord and declare the thing that I haue sene by the worde of the Lord are his workes 16 The sunne that shineth loketh vppon all things and all the worke thereof is full of the glorie of the Lord. 17 Hathe not the LORD appointed that his Saincts shulde declare all hys wonderous workes whiche the almig htie Lord hathe stablished to confirme all things by in his maiestie 18 He seketh out the depth and the hearte he knoweth their practises for the Lord knoweth all science and he beholdeth the signes of the worlde 19 He declareth the things that are past for to come and discloseth the paths of things that are secret 20 * No thogh may escape him nether maye anie worde be hid from him 21 He hathe garnished the excellent workes of his wisdome and he is from euerlasting to euerlasting and for euer vnto him maye nothing be added nether can he be minished he hathe no nede of anie counseler 22 Oh how delectable are all his workes and to be considered euen vnto the sparkes of fyre 23 They liue all and endure for euer when soeuer nede is they are all obedient 24 Thei are all double one against another he hathe made nothing that hathe anye faute 25 The one commendeth the goodnes of the other and who can be satisfied with beholding Gods glorie CHAP. XLIII The summe of the creacion of the workes of God 1 THis high ornament the cleare firmament the beautie of the heauen so glo rious to beholde 2 The sunne also a marueilous instrument when it appeareth declareth at his going out the worke of the moste High 3 At noone it burneth the countrey who may abide for the heat thereof 4 The sunne burneth the mountaines thre times more then he that kepeth a fornace with cōtinual heat it casteth out the fyrie vapours with the shining beames blindeth the eyes 5 Greate is the Lord that made it and by his commandement he causeth it to runne hastely 6 * The moone also hathe he made to appeare according to her season that it shuld be a declaration of the time a signe for the worlde 7 * The feastes are appointed by the moone the light therof diminisheth vnto the end 8 The moneth is called after the name thereof and groweth wonderously in her changing 9 It is a campe pitched on high shining in the firmament of heauen the beautie of heauen are the glorious starres and the ornament that shineth in the high places of the Lord. 10 By the commandement of the holye one they continue in their order and fayle not in their watche 11 ¶ * Loke vpon the raine bowe and prayse him that made it verie beautiful is it in the brightnes thereof 12 * It compasseth the heauen aboute with a glorious circle and the hands of the moste High haue bended it 13 ¶ Thorowe his cōmandement he maketh the snowe to haste and sendeth swiftly the lightning of his iudgement 14 Therefore he openeth his treasures and the cloudes flie for the as the foules 15 In hys power hathe he strengthened the cloudes and broken the haile stones 16 The moūtaines leape at the sight of hym the South winde bloweth according to his wil. 17 The sounde of his thonder beateth the earth so doeth the storme of the North the whirle winde also as birdes that flie scattereth the snowe and the falling downe thereof is as the greshoppers that light downe 18 The eye marueileth at the beautie of the whitenes thereof and the heart is astonished at the raine of it 19 He also powreth out the frost vppon the earth like salt and when it is frosen it sticketh on the toppes of pales 20 When the colde North winde bloweth an 〈◊〉 is frosen of the water it abideth vpon all the gatherings together of water and clotheth the waters as with a brest plate 21 It deuoureth the mountaines burneth the wildernes and destroyeth that that is grene like fyre 22 The remedie of all these is when a cloude cometh hastely and when a dewe commeth vpon the heat it refresheth it 23 By his worde he stilleth the winde by his counsel he appeaseth the depe plante thylands therein 24 They that saile ouer the sea tel of the perils thereof and when we heare with our eares we marueile there at 25 For there be strange and wonderous workes diuers maner of beasts and the creatiō of whales 26 Thorowe him are all things directed to a good end and are stablished by his worde 27 And when we haue spoken muche we can not atteine vnto thē but this is the summe of all that he is all 28 What power haue we to praise him for he is aboue all his workes 29 The Lord is terrible and verie great * and marueilous is his power 30 Praise the Lord and magnifie him as much as ye can yet doeth he farre excede exalte him with all your power be not wearie yet can ye not atteine vnto it 31 * Who hathe sene him that he might tel vs and who can magnifie him as he is 32 For